Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Yuken Catalog PDF
Yuken Catalog PDF
Product description
This catalogue describes Yuken’s primary standard oil hydraulic equipment.
Details of Description
The principal details described for each model include the following.
● Specifications
● Instructions
● Attachment
● Performance characteristics
● List of seals
● Others
However, there are some models for which descriptions are shortened.
In this case, please request for separate materials.
Design Standards
The range of Yuken hydraulic products is available to three different Design Standards as follows:
a) Those products manufactured for use in Europe and other countries using metric standards are
designed to meet the appropriate CETOP, DIN and ISO standards and are identified as “80” Design
Standard.
b) Those products manufactured for use in North America are designed to meet the appropriate NAS,
USAS and NFPA standards, and are identified as “90” or “950” Design Standard.
c) Those products manufactured for use in Japan are designed to meet the appropriate JIS standards, and
have no suffix to the Design Number.
The distinctive features of the various Design Standards are as shown below.
Design European Design
N. American Design Standard
Standard Standard Japanese
Standard "JIS"
Feature "80" Design Standard "90" Design Standard "950" Design Standard
◆ For North American Design Standards, this catalogue describes “950” for AR/A/A3H Series Variable
Displacement Piston Pumps and “90” for other control valves. Control valves with “950” are also
available. Please contact us for the details.
1
Design Number
Yuken products have factory applied Design numbers, the key to which is as follows.
Example: A16-F-R-01-C-K- 3 2 8 0
Design Standard
Design Numbers are subject to change. But installation dimensions and specifications remain unchanged for
variation in the second digit of design numbers (minor design number).
Index System
When looking up products by name, please use to “Yuken
hydraulic Equipment Catalogue Index” on page 6.
2
Satety Precautions
To prevent serious accidents, equipment damage, and other 3. Precautions for Operation
property damage, please observe the following precautions, as
DANGER 1 Never operate any device in an environment
well as all related regulations regarding safety. where there is danger of explosion or fire,
Before using the product, be sure you read and understand all unless the device is fully protected. This may
the instructions in the Operator's Manual entirely. lead to major and serious accidents including
In this catalogue, safety precautions are classified into three ranks: explosion or fire.
DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION. These words are defined as follows: WARNING 2 Do not approach near the pumps or motors in
operation. There is a fear of injury by such an
DANGER: Indicates an imminent danger that is very accident that the hands or clothes are caught
likely to cause death or severe injury unless by or coiled into the pumps and the motors.
the situation is avoided. WARNING 3 In event of abnormal operation (unusual
WARNING: Indicates a potential danger that may sounds, oil leakage, smoke, etc.), immediately
cause death or severe injury unless the stop operation and take appropriate corrective
situation is avoided. measures.
CAUTION: Indicates a potential danger that may cause WARNING 4 Completely discharge air from the cylinder at
a minor or moderate injury or that may low pressure. Failure to do so may result in
result in property damage. unexpected movement of the cylinder, which
in turn may cause injury.
1. Precautions for Use WARNING 5 To adjust the cushion, gradually increase the
cylinder speed from a low speed [50 mm/s (2
CAUTION 1 To avoid possible injury when handling the in./s) or less]. Rapidly accelerating the
products, wear protective safety equipment in cylinder may produce abnormal surge
accordance with the instructions in the pressure, resulting in damage to the cylinder or
Operator's Manual. the machinery and consequently leading to a
CAUTION 2 Failure to support the weight of the product or serious accident.
lifting the product with improper posture may CAUTION 6 Before operating this device for the first time,
result in injury to the hands or back. Be sure to check that hydraulic and electrical circuits are
follow the instructions in the operator's properly connected and that adjoining surfaces
manual. are tightly aligned.
CAUTION 3 Do not climb on, strike, drop or exert CAUTION 7 Do not use the product out of the specification
unnecessary force on the product. This may as described in the catalogue, related data
lead to injury or fire due to improper sheets, drawings, etc. Not doing so may cause
operation, damage, or oil leakage. improper operation, damage or injury.
CAUTION 4 Oil on the product or floor must be cleaned up CAUTION 8 During operation, high temperatures in the
thoroughly. Oil could cause you to drop the hydraulic system or solenoid units may occur.
product or slip on the floor. Wear protective gear on hands and body when
around these parts.
2. Precautions for Installation, Removal, and Maintenance CAUTION 9 Be sure to operate the product with proper oil,
WARNING 1 All installation, removal, maintenance, piping and within established ranges for temperature,
or wiring should be performed by properly viscosity and purity. Use outside of specified
trained personnel. limits may cause improper operation or fire
due to oil leakage.
WARNING 2 Before starting the work for installation,
removal, maintenance, piping and wiring, do 4. General Precautions
the following jobs. Failure to do these jobs
may cause the equipment to move suddenly or WARNING 1 Never convert the products. If any conversions
spout the oil from it during the work, which are made, unexpected machine movement may
eventually may cause the serious accidents. cause injury.
● Shut off the power supply to the equipment
CAUTION 2 Do not disassemble or change the products
and make sure that all the electrical motors without prior consent of the manufacturer.
or engines have stopped. Failure to do this will cause the products not to
● Fix the Cylinder rod not move/move down
perform the specified performance and
when installing/removing the Cylinder. characteristics, and moreover will become the
● Get the pressure in the pipes and cylinders in
causes of the accidents or failures.
the hydraulic system back to zero pressure. CAUTION 3 For transportation/storage of the product, pay
WARNING 3 Before working on any electrical wiring, be attention to environmental conditions, such as
sure to shut off the power supply. Failure to do ambient temperature and humidity, and take
this may cause electrical shock. anti-dust/rust measures.
CAUTION 4 Keep all installation holes and surfaces clean. CAUTION 4 The seals may be required to replace if the
Failure to do this may cause insufficient products is used after long-term storage.
tightening of the bolts that may cause fire due CAUTION 5 Read the manual thoroughly and take due care
to oil leakage.
to replace the seals.
CAUTION 5 Before installing the product, be sure that all
specified bolts are tightened with the specified 5. Related Regulations
torque. Tightening with the outside
specifications may cause improper operation, CAUTION To ensure that this product is used in a safe
manner, it is essential to observe the above
damage, oil leakage, etc.
precautions, as well as all related regulations
regarding safety.
3
Head Office and Sagami Plant
4
Outline of the Company
Products:
● Hydraulic equipment for industrial use:
Hydraulic pumps, Hydraulic motors, Directional control valves,
Pressure control valves, Flow control valves, Modular valves,
Logic valves, Proportional electro-hydraulic control equipment, Servo valves,
Hydraulic cylinders, etc.
● Hydraulic equipment for industrial vehicles
Hydraulic pumps, Hydraulic motors, Various control valves, etc.
● Hydraulic systems
Various hydraulic systems for industrial machine,
Various hydraulic systems for marine use, Special hydraulic power units,
Various standard power packs, etc.
● Applied hydraulic products
◆ Environmental machinery
A compacting & separation machine for kitchen garbage,
Automatic shavings compactor KIRIKO,
PET bottle compacting press,
Various compactors
● Factories:
Sagami plant: 4-34, Kamitsuchidana-Naka 4-chome, Ayase, Kanagawa Prefecture, 252-1113
Tel. 0467-77-2111
(Technical Center, Sagami factory, Component Assembly Centre, Hydraulic System Centre)
Fukuroda factory: 65, Kitadage, Daigo-machi, Kuji-gun, Ibaraki Prefecture, 319-3521
Tel. 02957-2-0425
5
HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE
INDEX
A PISTON PUMPS 13
AR Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..........15
A Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ............................................................27
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..............................................................33
Single Pumps, Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type ................................................55
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator with Unloading Type ....................................63
Single Pumps, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type ........................64
Single Pumps, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type ......74
Single Pumps, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type-
“OBE” Type ..........................................................................................................86
Single Pumps, Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator ..........................96
Single Pumps, Constant Power Control type ..........................................................105
Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..........................................................113
Variable/Fixed Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type..................................115
A3H Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ......................................................117
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ............................................................122
Single Pumps, Constant Power (Torque) Control type............................................141
Single Pumps, Load Sensing Type ..........................................................................150
6
Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................378
Electronic Relay Incorporated Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........379 PISTON PUMPS
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..........................................381
G Series Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..409
A
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................412
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..........................................418
VANE PUMPS
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..............................................................................423
Manually Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................429 B
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ................................................................441
Rotary Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................441
Cam Operated Directional Valves ..........................................................................445
PRESSURE
Poppet Type Directional Valves..................................................................................451
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..............................................453 CONTROLS C
Multi Purpose Control Valves ................................................................................459
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves ................................................480
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ............................................489
FLOW CONTROLS
Check Valves / Pilot Controlled Check Valves ..........................................................497
In-line Check Valves................................................................................................498 D
Right Angle Check Valves ......................................................................................500
Pilot Controlled Check Valves ................................................................................504
DIRECTIONAL
F MODULES 511 CONTROLS E
005 Series Modular Valves ........................................................................................517
01 Series Modular Valves ..........................................................................................535
03 Series Modular Valves ..........................................................................................577 MODULES
06 Series Modular Valves ..........................................................................................619
10 Series Modular Valves ..........................................................................................633
F
G LOGIC VALVES 647
LOGIC VALVES
Directional/Directional & Flow Control Logic Valves ..............................................650
Solenoid Operated Directional Control Logic Valves ................................................651
G
Relief Logic Valves ....................................................................................................652
Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valves ..................................................................653
PROPORTIONAL
H PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CONTROLS 655
ELEC.-HYD.
CONTROLS
H
EH Series Hybrid Components, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls ................656
Pilot Relief Valves ..................................................................................................658
SERVO VALVES
Pressure Control Valves ..........................................................................................659
Relief Valves............................................................................................................660 I
Relieving and Reducing Valves ..............................................................................661
Flow Control (and Check) Valves ..........................................................................662
Flow Control and Relief Valves ..............................................................................663
ACTUATORS
High Flow Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ................................................664
Directional and Flow Control Valves ......................................................................665 J
High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves....................................666
E Series Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls ......................................................667
Pilot Relief Valves ..................................................................................................670 POWER
Relief Valves............................................................................................................676
Relieving and Reducing Valves ..............................................................................685
PACKAGES
K
40Ω Series Flow Control (and Check) Valves ........................................................695
10Ω Series Flow Control (and Check) Valves ........................................................705
40Ω-10Ω Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ..................................................712 Others
10Ω-10Ω Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ..................................................722
High Flow Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ................................................733
Shockless Type Directional and Flow Control Valves ............................................743
ACCESSORIES L
DATA SHEET
Directional and Flow Control Valves ......................................................................746
High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves....................................753
Direct Type............................................................................................................753
Tow Stage Type ....................................................................................................760
Power Amplifiers ....................................................................................................766
Setting Adjusters......................................................................................................789
7
I SERVO VALVES 797
High-Speed Linear Servo Valves ................................................................................798
Direct Type ..............................................................................................................798
Two Stage Type ......................................................................................................800
Linear Servo Amplifiers ..........................................................................................802
OBE (On-Board Electronics) Type Linear Servo Valves ..........................................803
J ACTUATORS 805
CJT Series Standard Hydraulic Cylinders ..................................................................806
8
Hydraulic Equipment
Model Number Index
A AMN-G: Power Amplifiers for Shockless Type
Proportional Directional and Flow Control
A-BSG: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves with Vent Valves..............................................................782
Restrictor, Sub-plate Mounting ........................220 AMN-L: Power Amplifiers for High Response Type
A-BST: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves with Vent Proportional Directional and Flow Control
Restrictor, Threaded Connection ......................220 Valves ..............................................................786
A-S-BSG: Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief AMN-T: Slope Controllers ............................................796
Valves with Vent Restrictor..........................230 AMN-W: Power Amplifiers for Shockless Type
A∗-∗-R-01: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Proportional Directional and Flow Control
Pumps-Single Pump, Pressure Compensator Valves ............................................................782
Type ..............................................................33 AR∗-F-R-01: “AR” Series Variable Displacement
A∗-∗-R-02: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Pumps-Single Pump, Solenoid Two Pressure Pressure Compensator Type ......................19
Control Type ................................................55 A3H∗-∗R01: “A3H” Series Variable Displacement
A∗-∗-R-03: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Pumps-Single Pump, Pressure Compensator Pressure Compensator Type ....................122
with Unloading Type ....................................63 A3H∗-∗R09: “A3H” Series Variable Displacement
A∗-∗-R-04: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Pumps-Single Pump, Proportional Electro- Constant Power (Torque) Control Type ..141
Hydraulic Load Sensing Type ......................64 A3H∗-∗R14: “A3H” Series Variable Displacement
A∗-∗-R-04E: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Pumps-Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type ..................................150
Proportional Pressure &Flow Control
Type ..........................................................74
A∗-∗-R-04EH: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston B
Pumps-Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic BG: Pilot Operated Relief Valves,
Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Sub-plate Mounting ................................................209
Type (OBE Type) ....................................86 BGM: Sub-plates for Relief Valve ................................213
A∗-∗-R-07: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston BSG: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves,
Pumps-Single Pump, Pilot Pressure Control Sub-plate Mounting ..............................................220
Type Pressure Compensator..........................96 BST: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves,
A∗-∗-R-09: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Threaded Connection ............................................220
Pumps-Single Pump, Constant Power BT: Pilot Operated Relief Valves,
Control Type ..............................................105 Threaded Connection ..............................................209
A∗∗-∗-R01∗01∗: “A” Series Variable Displacement BUCG: Unloading Relief Valves ..................................265
Piston Pumps-Double Pump, BUCGM: Sub-plates for Unloading Relief Valve..........267
Pressure Compensator Type ..............113
A∗R∗-∗-R01∗: “A” Series Variable Displacement
Piston Pump-Variable/Fixed Double Pump, C
Pressure Compensator Type ..................115 CDSC: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
AG: Adaptor for Needle Valve ......................................325 Two-Way Valves, Cartridge Type ....................480
AMB-EL: Power Amplifiers for High Response Type CDSG: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Proportional Directional and Flow Control Two-Way Valves, Casket Mounting..................480
Valves............................................................786 CDST: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
AMC-IV: Energy-Saving Controller ..............................811 Two-Way Valves, Threaded Connection ..........480
AMC-T: Multifunction Slope Controller........................792 CG: Pilot Selector Valves........................................474-477
AMC-V6: Six Point Setting Adjuster ............................791 CIT: In-line Check Valves..............................................498
AME-D-10: Power Amplifiers For 10Ω Series CJT: CJT Series Hydraulic Cylinders ............................806
Proportional Control Valve ........................767 CJT35L, 70L, 140L: CJT Series Hydraulic Cylinders with
AME-D-40: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω Series Proximity Switch ..........................806
Proportional Flow Control Valves ............772 CPF, CPDF: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
AME-D2-1010: Power Amplifiers For 10Ω-10Ω Series Flanged Connection ..................................504
Proportional Flow Control and Relief CPG, CPDG: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
Valves ..................................................780 Sub-plate Mounting..................................504
AME-D2-H1: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω-10Ω Series CPT, CPDT: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
Proportional Flow Control and Relief Threaded Connection ................................504
Valves......................................................778 CRF: Right Angle Check Valves,
AME-DF: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω Series Proportional Flanged Connection ..............................................500
Flow Control Valves ....................................772 CRG: Right Angle Check Valves,
AME-T: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω Series Proportional Sub-plate Mounting..............................................500
Flow Control Valves ........................................772 CRGM: Sub-plates for Right Angle Check Valve ........502
AMLS: Power Amplifiers for High-Speed CRT: Right Angle Check Valves,
Linear Servo Valves ..........................................802 Threaded Connection ............................................500
AMN-D: Amplifiers for 10Ω Series
Proportional Control Valves ..........................771
9
D E-YM: Energy-saving Hydraulic Units YM-e Pack
(Equipped with Vane Pump) ............................812
DCG: Mechanically Operated Directional Valves, EBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relief Valves ....676
Sub-plate Mounting..............................................445 EDFG: Shockless Type Proportional Directional and
DCT: Mechanically Operated Directional Valves, Flow Control Valves (Direct Type) ..................743
Threaded Connection ..........................................445 EDFHG: Proportional Directional and Flow Control
DG-01: Remote Control Relief Valves, Valves (Two Stage Type)................................746
Sub-plate Mounting ..........................................203 EDG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Pilot
DG-02: Direct Type Relief Valves, Relief Valves ......................................................670
Sub-plate Mounting ..........................................206 EFBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control and
DGM: Sub-plates for Remote Control Relief Valve ....204 Relief Valves
DHF: Pilot Operated Directional Valves, •10Ω - 10Ω Series ..............................................722
Flanged Connection..............................................423 •40Ω - 10Ω Series ..............................................712
DHG: Pilot Operated Directional Valves, •High Flow Series ..............................................733
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................423 EFBGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Flow Control and
DHGM: Sub-plate for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Relied Valves
Directional Valves ..........................401, 402, 403 •For 10Ω - 10Ω Series Valves ................727, 728
DMF: Manually Operated Directional Valves, •For 40Ω - 10Ω Series Valves ................717, 718
Flanged Connection ............................................430 EFG, EFCG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control
DMG: Manually Operated Directional Valves, (and Check) Valves
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................429 •10Ω Series ..............................................705
DMT: Manually Operated Directional Valves, •40Ω Series ..............................................695
Threaded Connection ..........................................429 EFGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Flow Control (and
DP∗: Digital Pressure Monitors......................................274 Check) Valves
DRG: Rotary Type Directional Valves, •For 10Ω Series Valves ....................................708
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................441 •For 40Ω Series Valves ............................698, 699
DRGM: Sub-plates for Rotary Type EHBG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Directional Valves ..........................................443 Relief Valves ....................................................661
DRT: Rotary Type Directional Valves, EHDFG-01, 03: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-
Threaded Connection ..........................................441 Hydraulic Directional and Flow Control
DSG-005: Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, Valves ................................................665
DSG-005 Series ............................................336 EHDFG-04, 06: “EH” Series-High Response Type
DSG-01: 1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSG-01 Series ................................................344 Directional and Flow Control
DSG-03: 3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, Valves ................................................666
DSG-03 Series ................................................361 EHDG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSGM-005: Sub-plats for DSG-005 Series Solenoid Pilot Relief Valves ............................................658
Operated Directional Valves......................342 EHFBG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSGM-01: Sub-plates for 1/8 Solenoid Operated Flow Control and Relief Valves ............663, 664
Directional Valve ........................................356 EHFCG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSGM-03: Sub-plates for 3/8 Solenoid Operated Flow Control and Check Valves ....................662
Directional Valve ........................................373 EHFG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSHF: Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Flow Control Valves ........................................662
Valves, Flanged Connection ..............................381 EHRBG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSHG: Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Relieving & Reducing Valves ........................661
Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ............................381 ELDFG: High Response Type Proportional Directional
DSLG-01: 1/8 Poppet Type Solenoid Operated and Flow Control Valves (Direct Type) ..........753
Directional Valves ......................................453 ELDFHG: High Response Type Proportional Directional
DSLHG: Multi-Purpose Control Valves ......................459 and Flow Control Valves (Two Stage Type) ..760
DSPC: Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional ERBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relieving &
Valves, Cartridge Type ......................................489 Reducing Valves ..............................................685
DSPG: Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional ERBGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Relieving &
Valves, Sub-plate Mounting..............................489 Reducing Valves ....................................687, 688
DT-01: Remote Control Relief Valves,
Threaded Connection ........................................203
DT-02: Direct Type Relief Valves, F
Threaded Connection ........................................206 F-: Hydraulic equipment for use of phosphate ester type
fluids (disregard “F-“ for reference to phosphate ester
application and see standard model number)
E F3: “F3” Series Pipe Flange Kits ..................................821
E-DSG-01, 03: Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid F5: “F5” Series Pipe Flange Kits ..................................824
Operated Directional Valves ......................378 F5-06-∗-1021, 10801, 10950: Pipe Flange for “AR” Series
E-YA: Energy-saving Hydraulic Units YA-e Pack Variable Displacement Piston Pump ................24
(Equipped with Piston Pump) ............................813 F6: “F6” Series Pipe Flange Kits ..................................829
10
FCG: Flow Control and Check Valves ..........................277 MBK-01: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 1/8 Modular
FG: Flow Control Valves ..............................................277 Valves ............................................................576
FGM: Sub-plates for Flow Control Valve ..............281-283 MBK-03: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 3/8 Modular
FHCG: Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves ..289 Valves ............................................................618
FHG: Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves ..................289 MBK-06: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 3/4 Modular
Valves ............................................................630
MBK-10: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 1-1/4 Modular
G Valves ............................................................644
G-DSG-01,03: “G” Series Shockless Type MBP-005: 005 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ........518
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..412 MBP-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ............536
G-DSHG: “G” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled MBP-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ............578
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ................418 MBR-01: 1/8 Brake Modular Valves ............................542
GCT: In-line Type Needle Valves ................................325 MBW-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for A, B-Lines....578
GCTR: Angle Type Needle Valves ..............................325 MC-01, 02: Manually Operated Setting Adjusters ........790
MCA-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for A-Line ..........605
H MCB-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for B-Line ..........605
MCP-005: 005 Check Modular Valves for P-Line ........529
HCF: HC Type Pressure Control Valves, MCP-01: 1/8 Check Modular Valves for P-Line............567
Flanged Connection ............................................237 MCP-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for P-Line............605
HCG: HC Type Pressure Control Valves, MCPT-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for P, T Lines....607
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................237 MCT-01: 1/8 Check Modular Valves for T-Line ..........567
HCT: HC Type Pressure Control Valves, MCT-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for T-Line ..........605
Threaded Connection ..........................................237 MDC-005: 005 Blocking Plate ......................................530
HF: H Type Pressure Control Valves, MDC-01-A: 1/8 Blocking Plates ....................................571
Flanged Connection ................................................237 MDC-01-B: 1/8 Bypass Plates........................................571
HG: H Type Pressure Control Valves, MDC-03-A: 3/8 Blocking Plates ....................................613
Sub-plate Mounting ..............................................237 MDC-03-B: 3/8 Bypass Plates........................................613
HGM: Sub-plates for H and HC Type MDS-01: 1/8 Connecting Plates ....................................572
Pressure Control Valves ....................244, 245, 246 MDS-03: 3/8 Connecting Plates ....................................614
HT: H Type Pressure Control Valves, MF∗-01: Pressure and Temperature Compensated 1/8 Flow
Threaded Connection ............................................237 Control (and Check) Modular Valves ............551
MF∗-03: Pressure and Temperature Compensated 3/8 Flow
Control (and Check) Modular Valves ............591
J MHA-01: 1/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves
JT: Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches ..................272 for A-Line ......................................................544
MHA-03: 3/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves
for A-Line ......................................................588
L MHB-03: 3/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves for
L-DSG-01: 1/8 Low Wattage (14W) Type B-Line ............................................................588
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ......344 MHP-01: 1/8 Sequence Modular Valves........................544
L-DSG-03: 3/8 Low Wattage (14W) Type MHP-03: 3/8 Sequence Modular Valves........................588
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ......361 MJ∗-01: 1/8 Pressure Switch Modular Valves ..............547
LB: Relief Logic Valves ................................................652 MMC-005: Base Plates, For 005 Modular Valves ........531
LBS: Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valves ............653 MMC-01: Base Plates, for 1/8 Modular Valves ............573
LD: Directional/Directional and Flow Control MMC-03: Base Plates, for 3/8 Modular Valves ............615
Logic Valves ..........................................................650 MP∗-005: 005 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves ..527
LDS: Solenoid Operated Directional Control MP∗-01: 1/8 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves......569
Logic Valves ........................................................651 MP∗-03: 3/8 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves......610
LP-1A: Mounting Bracket Kits for “AR” Series MP∗-06: 3/4 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves......626
Variable Displacement Piston Pump ..................24 MP∗-10: 1-1/4 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves ..640
LSVG: Hi-Speed Linear Servo Valves (Direct Type)....798 MR∗-01: 1/8 Reducing Modular Valves ........................539
LSVHG: Hi-Speed Linear Servo Valves MR∗-03: 3/8 Reducing Modular Valves ........................581
(Two Stage Type)............................................800 MR∗-06: 3/4 Reducing Modular Valves ........................620
LSVHG-∗EH: OBE Type Linear Servo Valves ............803 MR∗-10: 1-1/4 Reducing Modular Valves ....................634
MRL∗-03: 3/8 Reducing Modular Valves for
Low Pressure Setting ....................................584
M MRP-005: 005 Reducing Modular Valves ....................521
MAC-01: 1/8 Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves ............568 MS∗-06: 3/4 Throttle and Check Modular Valves ........623
MAC-03: 3/8 Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves ............609 MS∗-10: 1-1/4 Throttle and Check Modular Valves......637
MBA-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for A-Line ..........536 MSA-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
MBA-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for A-Line ..........578 for A- Line ....................................................524
MBB-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for B-Line ..........536 MSA-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
MBB-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for B-Line ..........578 for A- Line ......................................................563
MBK-005: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 005 Modular MSA-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
Valves ..........................................................534 for A- Line ......................................................602
11
MSB-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves SK1091: Power Amplifiers for Proportional Directional
for B-Line ....................................................524 and Flow Control Valves ................................784
MSB-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves SK1106: Amplifier for “04E” Type Pump ......................85
for B- Line ......................................................563 SK1112: Cable Assembly for “04E” Type Pump ............85
MSB-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves SK1114: IH Controller ..................................................817
for B- Line ......................................................602 SRCF: One Way Restrictors, Flanged Connection ........299
MSCP-01: 1/8 Check and Throttle Modular Valves ......561 SRCG: One Way Restrictors, Sub-plate Mounting ........299
MSCP-03: 3/8 Check and Throttle Modular Valves ......600 SRCT: One Way Restrictors, Threaded Connection ......299
MSP-01: 1/8 Throttle Modular Valves for P-Line ........559 SRF: Restrictors, Flanged Connection ..........................299
MSP-03: 3/8 Throttle Modular Valves for P-Line ........598 SRG: Restrictors, Sub-plate Mounting ..........................299
MST∗-01: Temperature Compensated 1/8 Throttle and SRT: Restrictors, Threaded Connection ........................299
Check Modular Valves..................................555 ST1004: Air Bleed Valves..............................................820
MST∗-03: Temperature Compensated 3/8 Throttle and
Check Modular Valves..................................595
MSW-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves T
for A, B Lines ..............................................524 T-∗-DSG-01, 03: Electronic Relay Incorporated Type
MSW-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves Solenoid Operated Directional
for A, B- Lines ..............................................563 Valves ................................................379
MSW-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves TC1G: Throttle Modules ................................................305
for A, B- Lines ..............................................602 TC2G: Throttle and Check Modules ..............................305
P U
PV2R1, 2, 3, 4: “PV2R” Series Single Vane Pumps......163 UBGR: Brake Valves ....................................................271
PV2R4A: PV2R4A Type Single Vane Pumps ..............177 UCF1G: Feed Control Valves ........................................318
PV2R12, 13, 23, 33, 14, 24, 34: “PV2R” Series UCF2G: Feed Control Valves ........................................318
Double Vane Pump ....181
PV2R24A/34A: PV2R24A/34A Type Double
Vane Pumps ........................................196 Y
YF10/YF16: Space Saving & Low Noise Type
Hydraulic Power Units <YF Pack> ..........814
R YP∗: Low Noise & Small Type
RBG: Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves, Hydraulic Power Units <YP Pack> ......................815
Sub-plate Mounting..............................................260 YSD∗: Intelligent Hydraulic Servo Drive Pack..............816
RBGM: Sub-plates for Pressure Reducing and
Relieving Valve ........................................261, 262
RCF: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves, Z
Flanged Connection ..............................................251 ZCG: Deceleration and Check Valves,
RCG: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ..............................................310
Sub-plate Mounting..............................................251 ZCT: Deceleration and Check Valves,
RCT: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves, Threaded Connection ............................................310
Threaded Connection ............................................251 ZG: Deceleration Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ..............310
RF: Pressure Reducing Valves, Flanged Connection ....251 ZGM: Sub-plates for Deceleration Valve ......................314
RG: Pressure Reducing Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ....251 ZT: Deceleration Valves, Threaded Connection ............310
RT: Pressure Reducing Valves, Threaded Connection ..251
S
S-BG: Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves ..216
S-BSG: Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves ....................................................230
S-DSG-01: 1/8 Shockless Type Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves ......................................344
S-DSG-03: 3/8 Shockless Type Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves ......................................361
S-DSHG: Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ................381
SB1100/SB1190: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-
Hydraulic Pressure Control Valves ..659
SJT∗: Pressure Sensors ..................................................274
SK1015: Power Amplifiers for 10Ω Series Control
Valves ..............................................................767
SK1022: Power Amplifiers for 10Ω Series Control
Valves ..............................................................767
12
PISTON PUMPS
A
Yuken offers low noise/high efficiency, swash plate type variable displacement piston pumps. These pumps
have been developed by Yuken's leading hydraulic engineers and provide a diverse lineup to meet a wide range
of application requirements.
Available in a wide range of displacements from 10 to 219 cm3/rev (.610 to 13.36 cu. in.
/rev)
13
"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
AR16
Axial Port Type
AR16
Side Port Type
"AR" series variable displacement pump has been developed which the aim of even further the quientness in
operation, smaller in size and lighter in mass and based on Yuken technology and engineering which put on market
the "A" series pump which has a reputation for its quiet operation and high efficiency.
AR16
"AR" Series
Variable Diplacement 16 (2320) 18
M
Piston Pumps
O
AR22
15
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids Control of Contamination
Use petroleum base oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over
oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type hydraulic contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise
oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. The recommended lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit.
viscosity range is from 20 to 400 mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU) Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
and temperature range is from 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F), Grade 10.
both of which have to be satisfied for the use of the above The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100 µm
hydraulic oils. (150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line must
have a line type filter of under 10 µm.
Instructions
Mounting Drain Piping
When installing the pump the filling port should be positioned Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that
upwards. pressure within the pump housing should be maintained at
a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI) and
Alignment of Shaft surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (72.5 PSI).
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and the
any stress from bending or thrust. pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm In case AR16 and AR22 pump, a screw-in torque of fitting
(.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular is 40 to 50 Nm (354 to 443 IN.1bs.). Do not apply bending
is less than 0.2°. and thrust torque to the fitting.
Suction Piping
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the
suction piping and suction line filter should be located
lower than the pump position to prevent air in the suction
line.
"AR" Series
pump is returned direct to the reservoir or the actuator
moves in a free load.
[Volume of Pre-fill Oil Required]
Model Volume cm3 (in.3 )
AR16
430 (26.2)
AR22
Adjustment Volume
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI)
AR16/AR22-FR01B 2.9 (420)
AR16/AR22-FR01C 5.4 (780)
Adjustment of Delivery
Turning the delivery adjustment screw clockwise,
decreases delivery.
The minimum adjustable flow and adjustable volume of
each full turn of the delivery adjustment screw
Adjustable volume
Model with each full turn Minimum adjustable flow
of the adjustment
Numbers screw cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
AR16 1.5 (.092) 6 (.366)
AR22 2.1 (.128) 8.5 (.519)
Drain Port
Journal Bearing
OUT
IN
Shaft
Port Plate
Yoke
Cylinder Block
Slipper Retainer
Features
Smaller in Size and Lighter in Mass Low Noise
As indicated in the dimensional comparison presented The noise level of AR16 has been reduced by 1-2 dB (A)
below, the AR16 is smaller than the A16 (32 design). at full flow and full cut-off compared with that of the
Also, the mass of AR16 is substantially lighter than the excellent A16 quiet pump.
A16.
A16,32 Design
AR16,20 Design
187(7.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"AR" Series
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Geometric Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx.
Model Numbers Displacement MPa (PSI) r/min. Mass
cm3/rev (cu.in./rev) kg (lbs.)
Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950 15.8 ( .964) 1800 600
16 (2320) 9.8 (21.6)
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950 22.2 (1.355) 1800 600
When setting the pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure.
Efficiency
Efficiency
Output Flow
Output Flow
12 6
8 20 10 8 20
10
Input Power
Input Power
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
2320 Pressure 2320
Pressure
Input Power
kW kW
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
HP 10 10 P=MPa(PSI)
HP
12 P=MPa(PSI) P= 14 (2030)
12
8 P= 14 (2030) 8 P= 12 (1740)
10 10
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
Input Power
Input Power
8 6 P= 10 (1450) 8 6 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
6 6
4 P= 6 (870) 4 P= 4 (580)
4 P= 4 (580) 4 P= 2 (290)
2 P= 2 (290) 2 P=0.7 (100)
2 2
P=0.7 (100)
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
L/min L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
Drain
in.3/min L/min
Full Cut-off Power 120 2.0
HP kW N=1800 r/min
100
2.0 1.5 1.5
80
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
2320 2320
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
70 70
Noise Level
Full Flow
Noise Level
60 Full Flow 60
50 50
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Pressure 2320 Pressure 2320
"AR" Series
%
Efficiency
Efficiency
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
100 100
Volumetric Efficiency Volumetric Efficiency
L/min L/min U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency U.S.GPM
80 40 80 40
10 Output Flow 10
HP kW HP kW
16 12 60 Output Flow 30 8 16 12 60 Overall Efficiency 30 8
Output Flow
Output Flow
10 10
Input Power
6 6
Input Power
12 12
8 Input Power 20 8 Input Power 20
8 6 4 8 6 4
4 10 4 10 2
4 2 4
2 2
0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Pressure 2320 2320
Pressure
Input Power
HP HP
14 kW N=1500 r/min 14 kW N=1800 r/min P=MPa(PSI)
10 10
P=MPa(PSI) P= 14 (2030)
12 P= 14 (2030) 12
P= 12 (1740)
8 P= 12 (1740) 8
10 10 P= 10 (1450)
Input Power
P= 10 (1450)
Input Power
8 8 6 P= 8 (1160)
6 P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870) P= 6 (870)
6 6
4 P= 4 (580) 4 P= 4 (580)
4 P= 2 (290) 4
P= 2 (290)
2 P= 1 (145) 2
2 2 P= 1 (145)
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
Drain
in.3/min L/min
Full Cut-off Power 120 2.0
1800 r/min
HP kW 100
2.0 1.5 1.5
80
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure 2320 Pressure 2320
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
70 70
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
60 60
50 50
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Pressure 2320 Pressure 2320
M
O
Conditions
Drive Speed : 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid : ISO VG32 oil
Oil Temperature : 50 °C (122 °F)
Viscosity : 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Result of Measurement
t1 t2
Pressure Ps
P1
"AR" Series
Pressure Gauge Connection Filling Port
Fully Extended
"F" Thd [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
165.5(6.52) Lock Nut
Lock Nut Fully Extended 44.5 Drain Port Fully Extended 13(.51) Hex.
13(.51) Hex. 195.5(7.70) (1.75) "D" Thd. 100.5
68 6.5 (3.96)
4.79(.1886) Pressure Adj. Screw
Flow Adj. Screw (2.68) (.26)
4.76(.1874) 13(.51) Hex.
13(.51) Hex.
Dia.
25
DEC. INC.
(.98)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
"E" Thd.
(4.49)
17(.67) Deep
114
(3.78)
12(.47)
(3.03)
96
2 Places
(1.97)
77
50
(1.874)
47.6
(2.99)
76
(1.22)
Dia.
31
10
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480)
Suction Port 22.2 (.39) 106
19(.75) Dia. 147
(.874) (5.79) (4.17)
32.5 32.5 130 95(3.74) Dia.
172
(1.28) (1.28) (6.77) (5.12)
120 Discharge Port
(4.72) "C" Thd.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
AR16/AR22-FR01*-20 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10
AR16/AR22-FR01*-2080 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
AR16/AR22-FR01*-20950 SAE #12 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC SAE #4
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
AR16-FR01*S-20/2080/20950 Side Port Type
AR22-FR01*S-20/2080/20950
22.2 74 74 158
(.874) (2.91) (2.91) (6.22)
Suction Port Discharge Port
19 (.75) Dia. "C" Thd.
66(2.60)
(1.874)
47.6
(1.874)
47.6
C
66(2.60)
(1.874)
(1.09)
mm (In.)
Japanese Std. "JIS"
F5-06-B-1021 15 (.59) M10 45Lg.
European Design Std.
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (2 Pcs.) C F5-06-B-10901 16.75 (.66) 3/8-16 UNC 1-1/4 Lg. N. American Design Std.
(.59)
14
15
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950
"AR" Series
21 26 15 33 13 24 16 29 31 12 30 32 14 23 11 10 6 35 34 4 27 17 1 3 25
38
39
40
41
42
9 28 5 19 37 36 8 7 2 22 18 20
70 71 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61
63 62
Section Z-Z
List of Seals & Bearings
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
AR16-FR01 AR22-FR01
5 Gasket 1302-PK312891-5 1
17 Bearing 6305 1
19 Bearing HMK 1715 V2 Z30-1303-PK410300-8 1
20 Oil Seal TCN 254511 1
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 3
31 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 1
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 1
54 O-Ring SO-NA-A018 1
62 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 1
70 O-Ring SO-NB-A905 1
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Number
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
KS-AR16-01-20
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950
Interchangeability in Installation
Model Numbers Interchangeability in Installation
Comparison of dimensions between "A" series and "AR" series are shown below.
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K Note: Dimensions with star mark are identical to each other.
Fully Extended 44.5
219 Filling Port
59 6.5
26.5
Pressure Adj. Screw Drain Port "D" Thd.
Flow Adj. Screw
φ 19.05 -0.03
21.24 -0.16
+0.03
0
25 4.76 0
φ 82.55 -0.05
109
96
0
18
62
187
12
47.6
φ95 R12
"E" Thd. 17 Deep
12 106
Suction Port 22.2 8 Places
19 Dia. 172 130
65
Discharge Port 188
19 Dia.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32 Rc 3/8
M10
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3280 3/8 BSP.F
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32950 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC
AR16/22-FR01*-20 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10
AR16/22-FR01*-2080 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
AR16/22-FR01*-20950 SAE #12 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC SAE #4
AR16/AR22-FR01
Filling Port Fully Extended
44.5 Drain Port "D" Thd. 165.5
Flow Adj. Screw Fully Extended Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended
195.5 6.5 100.5
68 +0.03
4.76 0
25
φ19.05 -0.03
21.24 -0.16
"E" Thd.
0
φ82.55 -0.05
17 Deep
114
0
96
2 Places
12
77
50
47.6
31
Pressure
76
Gauge 10
Connection
Suction Port 22.2 "F" Thd. 147 106
19 Dia. 32.5 32.5 172 130 95
120
Discharge Port "C" Thd.
A37 A1637
A56
A16 A10
A10
21 (3050)
A16
A22 16 (2320)
A37
21 (3050)
Single Pumps A56 30
M
O A70
A90 28 (4060)
A145
A220 16 (2320)
Various control types are available such as pressure compensator type. Refer to page 31 and 32.
The maximum operating pressure for each double pump depends on its combination of pumps. Contact us for details.
27
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids Control of Contamination
Use petroleum based oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over
oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type hydraulic contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise
oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. The recommended lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit.
viscosity range is from 20 to 400 mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU) Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
and temperature range is from 0 to 60°C (32 to 140°F), Grade 10.
both of which have to be satisfied for the use of the above The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100 µm
hydraulic oils. (150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line must
have a line type filter of under 10 µm.
Instructions
Mounting Drain Piping
When installing the pump the filling port should be Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that
positioned upwards. pressure within the pump housing should be maintained
at a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI) and
Alignment of Shaft surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (72.5 PSI).
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and
any stress from bending or thrust. the pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm
(.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular [Recommended Drain Piping Size]
is less than 0.2°.
Fitting Size
Inside Dia.
Suction Pressure Model Japnese Std. "JIS" & N.American of Pipe
European Design Std. Design Std.
Permissible suction pressure at inlet port of the pump is
between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7 3/8 SAE #6
A10
PSIG). [Inside Dia. 8.5 mm (.33 in.) or more] 10 mm
For piping to the suction port, use the pipes of the same 3/8 SAE #8 (.39 in.)
diametre as that of the specified pipe flange to be used. A16, A22
[Inside Dia. 8.5 mm (.33 in.) or more]
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is
1/2 SAE #10 12 mm
within one metre (3.3 ft) from the oil level in the reservoir. A37
[Inside Dia. 10 mm (.47 in.) or more] (.47 in.)
"A" Series
pump is returned direct to the reservoir or the actuator
moves in a free load. Adjustment of Discharge Pressure
Turning the adjustment screw clockwise, increases
[Volume of Pre-fill Oil Required] pressure.
Model Volume cm3 (cu.in.) Volume adjusted by each full turn of the pressure
A10 370 (22.6) adjustment screw
A16/A22 600 (36.6)
Adjustment Volume
A37/A56 1200 (73.2) Model Numbers
MPa (PSI)
A70 2100 (128) A10-FR01B 2.9 (420)
A90 2500 (153) A10-FR01C/H 5.4 (780)
A145 3300 (201) A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-B 3.5 (510)
A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-C 6.5 (940)
A16/A37/A56-*-R-01-H 7.9 (1150)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01B 2.3 (330)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01C 3.2 (460)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01H 4.0 (580)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01K 4.7 (680)
Adjustment of Delivery
Turning the flow adjustment screw clockwise, decreases
delivery.
Adjustable volume
Model with each full turn Minimum adjustment flow
of the adjustment
Numbers screw cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
A10 1.1 (.067) 2.0 (.122)
A16 1.4 (.085) 4.0 (.244)
A22 2.0 (.122) 6.0 (.366)
A37 2.9 (.177) 10 (.610)
A56 3.9 (.238) 12 (.732)
A70 4.4 (.268) 30 (1.83)
A90 4.8 (.293) 56 (3.42)
A145 7.2 (.439) 83 (5.06)
Control Piston
Spool
Drain Port
Pivot
Flow Adj. Screw
Shaft
OUT
IN
Yoke
Features
High efficiency Low noise level
Under the conditions of pressure 16 MPa (2320 PSI) In the "A16" pump, the noise level is as low as 57.3
and speed 1800 r/min, the volumetric efficiency is over dB(A) [at the full cut-off pressure 21 MPa (3050 PSI)
98% and the overall efficiency is over 90%. with speed 1500 r/min one metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally
away from pump head cover.]
Output Flow
20
5
Noise Level
Efficiency
8 6 16 4 60
Input Power Full Cut-off
12 3
4 3 8 2 50
4 1
0 0
0 0 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
"A" Series
Output Flow
When the system pressure increases and comes close
Pressure
to the preset cut-off pressure, the pump flow decreases
"01" Compensator
automatically while maintaining the set pressure as it
33
M
Type
O is.
Pressure
Output Flow
Solenoid-two PL PH This type of control is ideal for an application where the
Pressure SOL SOL output power of the actuator has to be controlled in two
"02" Control "OFF" "ON" 55
different load pressures while keeping the actuator
Type speed nearly constant.
PL PH
M
O
Pressure
Electro-
minimum necessary level to operate the actuator.
Hydraulic
"04" Pump flow rate and cut-off pressure are controlled 64
Load
proportional to the input current to the control device
Sensing
M on the pump and the input current is regurated by the
Type O Pressure
(S Input Current i 1 L) specific amplifier.
Electro-
Hydraulic This type of control has the pressure sensor and tilt
Proportional angle sensor in the pump. The pump is used with the
"04E" Pressure & external amplifier (amplifier is integrated into pump 74
L)
Two-Pressure QH
Output Flow
SOL"OFF"
Two-Pressure QH
Output Flow
by Solenoid PH
changeover from rapid advance, to feed has been made.
Valve PL PH
M
O
Pressure
Output Flow
Pilot Pressure
Control Type control valve. By controlling the pilot
"07" Pressure pressure, the full cut-off pressure can be 96
Compensator
M
O
remote-controlled according to your
Pressure requirements.
Output Flow
Constant Input Power the preset input power.
"09" Power 105
Control Type The pump can act for function of two
M
pumps, low-pressure large-flow and
O
high-pressure small-flow. Therefore, the
Pressure motor capacity can be reduced.
Control type "05" and "06" are not shown in this catalogue. Contact us for the details.
"A" Series
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Operating Presure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Displacement Adj. Flow MPa (PSI) r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev 2 1 Flange Foot
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
A10-FR01B-12* 5.1 (11.2)
10.0 (.610) 2 (.122) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600
A10-FR01C/H-12* 8.5 (18.7)
A16-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600 16.5 (36.4) 18.7 (41.2)
A22-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 1800 600 16.5 (36.4) 18.7 (41.2)
A37-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600 28.0 (61.7) 32.3 (71.2)
A56-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600 35.0 (77.2) 39.3 (86.7)
A70-*R01*S-60* 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.83) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) 1800 600 58.5 (129) 70.5 (155)
A90-*R01*S-60* 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) 1800 600 72.5 (160) 93 (205)
A145-*R01*S-60* 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) 1800 600 92.5 (204) 117.5 (259)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never
exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure. One Cycle Time
2. Care should be taken in cases of used at a higher pressure than the rated 1/5 of One Cycle
pressure, because operating terms may be restricted. For example, if (Max. 6s)
used as per maximum illustrated operating conditions, intermittent time
Pressure
at maximum flow is restricted to under 1/5 of one cycle time and under
six seconds simultaneously. Conditions may vary according to the actual 21 MPa (3050 PSI)
working pressure and delivery (inclination angle of the swash plate). {28 MPa (4060 PSI)} *1
Consult factory or Yuken sales representative for further information. Max.
Output
Flow
3. The table above shows specifications for using petroleum based oils.
Pumps (customized design) for special fluids are also available. Their
operating pressure and maximum shaft speed however differ from the 0
20 MPa (2900 PSI)
values in the table above depending on the fluid type. {27 MPa (3920PSI)} *1
Range of operating temperature and viscosities may differ from those
of petroleum based oils due to their characteristics. *1. Applicable only for "A70/90/145"
Specifications and Design numbers for Special Fluids
Allowable Temperature Viscosity Design Numbers for
Type Operating Pressure Maximum
Pump Shaft Speed Range Range Special Fluid
of MPa (PSI)
Series r/min (Occasion of Japanese
Fluids
°C (°F) mm2/s (SSU) Std. “JIS”) 3
Rated Intermittent Rated Max.
16(2320)
Water- A16 – A56 14(2030) 1 2
3230
{14(2030)} 1200 (1800) 0 - 50 (32 - 104)
Glycols
A70 – A145 21(3050) 21(3050) 6030
20 - 200(98 - 927)
16(2320)
Phosphate A16 – A56 14(2030) 1
3206
{14(2030)} 1200 (1800) 2
0 - 60 (32 - 140)
Ester Type
A70 – A145 21(3050) 21(3050) 6006
Polyol A16 – A56 16(2320) 16(2320) 32450
1800 1800 0 - 60 (32 - 140) 20 - 200(98 - 927)
Ester Type A70 – A145 21(3050) 21(3050) 60450
A70 -F R 01 B S -60 *
Series Direction of Control Pres. Adj. Range Port Design Design
Mounting
Number Rotation Type MPa (PSI) Position Number Std.
A10
3 B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020) 4
F: Flange
C: 2.0 - 16 (290 - 2320) 12
(10.0 cm3/rev) Mtg.
H: 2.0 - 21 (290 - 3050)
A70 Viewed from
01: Pressure 60
(70.0 cm3/rev) Shaft End
F: Flange Compensator Refer to 2
1 Type B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)
A90 Mtg. R: Clockwise C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)
S: Side Port 60
(91.0 cm3/rev) (Normal) H: 1.8 - 21 (260 - 3050)
L: Foot K: 2.0 - 28 (290 - 4060)
A145 Mtg.
60
(145 cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult 3. When A10 pump is used as the foot Mtg., order the Mtg. Bracket kit
Yuken for details. shown below separately. Refer to page 24 for dimensions of the Mtg.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" bracket.
80 ............... European Design Standard Note: The mounting bracket kit consists of a mounting bracket, two hex.
950 ............. N. American Design Standard bolts and two plain washer.
"JIS" Design Std. Design Std. European Design Std. European Design Std.
Design Std. Design Std.
A16-*-R-01 Suction F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-B-1090 F5-06-C-10 F5-06-C-1090
A22-*-R-01 Discharge F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-B-1090 F5-06-C-10 F5-06-C-1090
A37-*-R-01 Suction F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-B-1090 F5-10-C-10 F5-10-C-1090
A56-*-R-01 Discharge F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-B-1090 F5-10-C-10 F5-10-C-1090
Suction F5-12-A-10 F5-12-A-1080 F5-12-B-10 F5-12-B-1090 F5-12-C-10 F5-12-C-1090
A70-*R01
Discharge F5-08-A-10 F5-08-A-1080 F5-08-B-10 F5-08-B-1090 F5-08-C-10 F5-08-C-1090
A90-*R01 Suction F5-16-A-10 F5-16-A-1080 F5-16-B-10 F5-16-B-1090 F5-16-C-10 F5-16-C-1090
A145-*R01 Discharge F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-B-1090 F5-10-C-10 F5-10-C-1090
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attention to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming
to the SAE Standards can be used.
Details of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.
"A" Series
Drive Speed : 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid : ISO VG32 oil
Oil Temperature :A10-A56: 50 °C (122 °F) [Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)]
A70-A145: 40 °C (104 °F) [Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU)]
Result of Measurement
t1 t2 Full Cut-off
Pressure
* Response time except A10, A70, A90 and A145 is measured Yoke travel.
Efficiency
L /min L /min
80 Overall Efficiency 20 U.S.GPM 80 Overall Efficiency 20 U.S.GPM
5 5
Output Flow
60 15 4 60 15 4
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
HP kW 3 HP kW 3
Input Power
8 40 10
Input Power
8 40 10
8 6 2 8 6 2
wer
4 Powe
r 5 4 t Po 5
4 Input 1 4 Inpu 1
2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 21 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 21 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Pressure 3050 PSI Pressure 3050 PSI
Input Power
HP kW N=1500 r/min HP kW N=1800 r/min P=MPa (PSI)
8 8
10 10 P= 20 (2900)
7 P=MPa (PSI) 7 P= 18 (2610)
P= 20 (2900) P= 16 (2320)
8 6 P= 18 (2610) 8 6
P= 14 (2030)
P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
5 P= 14 (2030) 5 P= 12 (1740)
6 P= 12 (1740) 6 P= 10 (1450)
4 P= 10 (1450) 4 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
4 3 4 3
P= 6 (870) P= 4 (580)
2 P= 4 (580) 2
P= 2 (290) P= 2 (290)
2 2
1 1
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 5 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
1.2
80
0.8
1.0
60 1.0
.8 0.6 A10-FR01C
Drain
1500 r/min
.6 A10-FR01C 40
0.4 1800 r/min
0.5 A10-FR01B
.4 1500 r/min Flow Full
0.2 20
.2 A10-FR01B 800 r/min
1500,1
0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Full Cut-off Pressure 3050 PSI Pressure 3050 PSI
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB (A) dB (A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
70 70
Full Flow
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
60 60
50 50
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
3050 PSI 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
"A" Series
100 100
Volumetric Efficiency Volumetric Efficiency
HP kW L /min
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency U.S.GPM
80 16 12 80 32
U.S.GPM Output Flow 8
HP kW L /min 28 7
Output Flow 7
12 9 60 24 12 9 60 24
6 6
Input Power
20 20
Output Flow
Output Flow
5 5
Input Power
Efficiency
Efficiency
8 6 16 4 8 6 16 4
Input Power
12 3 12 3
Input Power
4 3 8 2 4 3 8 2
4 1 4 1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 10 MPa (1450 PSI), a flow 20 L/min (5.3 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input becomes
about 3.7 kW (5 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP kW HP kW P=MPa(PSI)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
16 12 P=MPa(PSI) 16 12 P= 20 (2900)
P= 20 (2900) P= 18 (2610)
10 P= 18 (2610) 10 P= 16 (2320)
12 P= 16 (2320) 12 P= 14 (2030)
8 P= 14 (2030) 8 P= 12 (1740)
Input Power
Input Power
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
8 6 P= 10 (1450) 8 6 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
4 P= 6 (870) 4 P= 4 (580)
4 P= 4 (580) 4 P= 2 (290)
2 P= 2 (290) 2 P= 0.7 (100)
P= 0.7 (100)
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
A16- *-R-01-C
0.5 A16- *-R-01-C 1
.5 50 N=1500 r/min
N=1500 r/min
A16- *-R-01-B
A16- *-R-01-B
0 0 1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A) N=1800 r/min
N=1500 r/min
80 80
70 70
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60
50 50
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Efficiency
% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
Efficiency
Output Flow
Output Flow
12 60 30 8 12 60 30 8
Overall Efficiency
10 10
Input Power
Input Power
12 6 12 6
8 20 8 20
8 6 4 8 6 4
Input Power Input Power
4 10 4 10
4 2 4 2
2 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2320 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2320 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 10 MPa (1450 PSI), a flow 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input becomes
about 5.4 kW (7.2 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP HP
14 kW N=1500 r/min 14 kW N=1800 r/min
10 10
P=MPa(PSI) P= 14 (2030)
12 12
P= 14 (2030) P= 12 (1740)
8 8
10 P= 12 (1740) 10 P= 10 (1450)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
Input Power
Input Power
8 6 8 6
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
6 P= 6 (870) 6
4 4 P= 4 (580)
P= 4 (580)
4 P= 2 (290) 4
P= 2 (290)
2 P= 1 (145) 2
2 2 P= 1 (145)
0 0 P=MPa(PSI)
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
0.5 1
50 A22- *-R-01-B
.5 N=1500 r/min
1500,1800 r/min
A22- *-R-01-B Full Flow
0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure 2320 Pressure 2320
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70
Full Flow Full Flow
60 60
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
50 50
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 MPa 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2030 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2030 PSI
Pressure Pressure
"A" Series
Efficiency
100 100
Efficiency
Output Flow
Output Flow
30 12 30 12
Input Power
Input Power
20 40 20 40
20 8 20 8
Input Power Input Power
10 20 10 20
10 4 10 4
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 16 MPa (2320 PSI), a flow 45 L/min (11.9 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input becomes
about 12.6 kW (16.9 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP P=MPa(PSI) HP P=MPa(PSI)
35 kW N=1500 r/min 35 kW N=1800 r/min P= 20 (2900)
25 P= 20 (2900) 25
P= 18 (2610)
30 P= 18 (2610) 30
P= 16 (2320) P= 16 (2320)
20 20 P= 14 (2030)
25 P= 14 (2030) 25
Input Power
Input Power
P= 12 (1740)
P= 12 (1740)
20 15 20 15 P= 10 (1450)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
15 P= 8 (1160) 15
10 P= 6 (870) 10 P= 6 (870)
10 P= 4 (580) 10 P= 4 (580)
5 5 P= 2 (290)
5 P= 2 (290) 5 P= 1 (150)
P= 1 (150)
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
3 A37- *-R-01-H
2 N=1800 r/min 120 2 N=1500 r/min
Drain
2 90
A37- *-R-01-C
1 60 1
1 N=1500 r/min A37- *-R-01-B
30 1500,1800 r/min
0 A37- *-R-01-B Full Flow
0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
70 70
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
50 50
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Efficiency
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency 80
80
Overall Efficiency
L /min
U.S.GPM
60 60 120
L /min Output Flow 30
HP U.S.GPM HP
Output Flow 100 100
60 kW 25 60 kW 25
Output Flow
40 80 20 40 80 20
Output Flow
Input Power
Input Power
40 60 15 40 60 15
Input Power
20 40 10 20 40 10
20 Input Power 20
20 5 20 5
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 16 MPa (2320 PSI), a flow 70 L/min (18.5 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input becomes
about 20.8 kW (27.9 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
kW N=1500 r/min P= 20 (2900) kW N=1800 r/min P= 20 (2900)
HP 40 HP 40
50 P= 18 (2610) 50 P= 18 (2610)
35 P= 16 (2320) 35 P= 16 (2320)
40 30 P= 14 (2030) 30 P= 14 (2030)
40
P= 12 (1740)
Input Power
P= 12 (1740)
Input Power
25 25 P= 10 (1450)
30 P= 10 (1450) 30
20 20 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
20 15 P= 6 (870) 20 15
P= 4 (580)
10 P= 4 (580) 10 P= 2 (290)
10 P= 2 (290) 10
5 5 P=MPa(PSI)
P=MPa(PSI)
0 0
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
3
150 A56- *-R-01-H
3 N=1800 r/min
Drain
2 2 A56- *-R-01-C
2 100
N=1500 r/min
Full Flow
1 1 A56- *-R-01-B
1 50 N=1500 r/min 1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70
Full Flow Full Flow
60 60
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
50 50
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
"A" Series
100
Efficiency
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency L /min
Overall Efficiency
80 80 140 U.S.GPM
Volumetric Efficiency L /min Output Flow 35
Output Flow
60 120 U.S.GPM 60 120
Output Flow 30 30
HP kW HP kW
Output Flow
80 60 100 80 60 100
25 Volumetric Efficiency 25
Input Power
Input Power
60 60
40 80 40
20 Input Power
40 Input Power 40
20 20
20 20
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Pressure 3630 Pressure 3630
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 20 MPa (2900 PSI), a flow 70 L/min (18.5 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input becomes
about 26 kW (35 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP kW N=1500 r/min HP kW N=1800 r/min P=MPa(PSI)
80 60 80 60 P= 24 (3480)
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 24 (3480) P= 22 (3190)
50 P= 22 (3190) 50 P= 20 (2900)
60 P= 20 (2900) 60 P= 18 (2610)
40 P= 18 (2610) 40 P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
P= 16 (2320) P= 14 (2030)
P= 14 (2030) P= 12 (1740)
40 30 40 30
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
P= 10 (1450) P= 8 (1160)
20 P= 8 (1160) 20 P= 6 (870)
20 P= 6 (870) 20 P= 4 (580)
10 P= 4 (580) 10 P= 2 (290)
P= 2 (290)
0 0
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 L /min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 L /min
0 10 20 30 35 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 35 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
5 300 5
Full Cut-off Power
200
4 3 3
1500 r/min
2 2
2 100
1 1 Full Flow
1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure 3630 Pressure 3630
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70 Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Pressure 3630 Pressure 3630
Efficiency
Efficiency
Output Flow
Output Flow 80
Output Flow
100 42
HP kW 36
80 60 130 80 60 150 40
34
Input Power
Input Power
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Pressure 3630 Pressure 3630
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 18 MPa (2610 PSI), a flow 110 L/min (29.1 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input
becomes about 34 kW (46 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP P=MPa(PSI)
kW N=1500 r/min 100 kW N=1800 r/min P= 25 (3630)
70 P=MPa(PSI) 70 P= 24 (3480)
HP P= 25 (3630) P= 22 (3190)
80 60 P= 24 (3480) 80 60 P= 20 (2900)
P= 22 (3190) P= 18 (2610)
50 P= 20 (2900) 50 P= 16 (2320)
P= 18 (2610)
60 60 P= 14 (2030)
P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
40 P= 14 (2030) 40 P= 12 (1740)
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
40 30 P= 10 (1450) 40 30 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
20 P= 6 (870) 20 P= 4 (580)
20 P= 4 (580) 20
P= 2 (290) P= 2 (290)
10 10
0 0
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 L /min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
5 400
Full Cut-off Power
6 6
4 300
Drain
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
3630 3630
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
Full Flow
Noise Level
70
Noise Level
70
Full Flow
60 60
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
3630 3630
Pressure Pressure
"A" Series
Efficiency
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
80 80
Volumetric Efficiency
60 60
L /min U.S.GPM Volumetric Efficiency L /min
Output Flow 220 58 270 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
70
56
Output Flow
210 Output Flow 260
HP kW HP kW 68
54
160 120 200 160 120 250 66
Input Power
Input Power
120 120
80 80 240
80 Input Power 80 Input Power
40 40
40 40
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Pressure 3630 Pressure 3630
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 20 MPa (2900 PSI), a flow 180 L/min (47.6 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input
becomes about 64 kW (86 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
P=MPa(PSI) P=MPa(PSI)
P= 28(4060) P= 28(4060)
kW N=1500 r/min HP kW N=1800 r/min
P= 26(3770) P= 26(3770)
140 140
HP P= 24(3480) 180 P= 24(3480)
160 120 P= 22(3190) 160 120 P= 22(3190)
P= 20 (2900) P= 20 (2900)
140 P= 18 (2610) 140 P= 18 (2610)
100 100
120 P= 16 (2320) 120 P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
80 P= 14 (2030) 80 P= 14 (2030)
100 100 P= 12 (1740)
P= 12 (1740)
80 60 P= 10 (1450) 80 60 P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160) P= 8 (1160)
60 40 60
P= 6 (870) 40 P= 6 (870)
40 P= 4 (580) 40 P= 4 (580)
20 20 P= 2 (290) 20 P= 2 (290)
20
0 P= 1 (145) 0 P= 1 (145)
0 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 L /min 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
10 7.5 7.5
1800 r/min Full Cut-off
400
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Drain
5.0 5.0
1500 r/min
5
200
2.5 2.5
Full Flow
1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure 3630 Pressure 3630
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
90 90
Noise Level
Noise Level
80 80
Full Flow
Full Flow
70 70
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
60 60
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Pressure 3630 Pressure 3630
(2.56)
65
(2.07)
(4.06)
(3.35)
103
85
(6.57)
167
(1.61)
41
(1.22)
(.47)
12
31
19.02(.7488) Dia.
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
2 3 2 3 10.5
19.05(.7500)
82.55(3.2500)
Suction Port 25 25 Discharge Port 106
(.41)
RC 1/2 Thd. (.98) (.98) RC 1/2 Thd. (4.17)
131
64.5 64.5 130
(5.16) (5.12)
(2.54) (2.54) 156
93(3.66) Dia.
(6.14)
159.5
(6.28)
2 3 2 3
Suction Port C C Discharge Port A
"E" Thd. "E" Thd.
B B 159.5(6.28)
For other dimensions, refer to above Pressure Adj. Range "C" & "H".
"A" Series
M 10
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3280 3/8 BSP.F
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3290 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC
(3.78)
109
(.98)
96
(2.44)
(7.36)
62
187
(1.874)
47.6
(.47)
(.71)
12
18
19.02(.7488) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
19.05(.7500)
R12
95(3.74) Dia. (R .47)
82.55(3.2500)
Suction Port 22.2 "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
12 106
19(.75) Dia. (.874) 8 Places
Discharge Port (.47) (4.17)
65
172 130
(2.56) 19 (.75) Dia.
(6.77) (5.12)
188
(7.40)
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
(3.15)
(.59)
(.55)
15
14
3(.12)
80
50 56.5 95
(1.969) (2.22) (3.74)
95 27.5 72.5 72.5
(3.74) (1.08) (2.854) (2.854)
180
(7.09)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Flange Mtg.: A16-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
A22-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950 Discharge Port 19 (.75) Dia.
Rear Side
"D" Thd. 17 (.67) Deep Suction Port 19 (.75) Dia.
4 Places (Both Sides) 44.5
188 Fully Extended (1.75)
(7.40) 219(8.62)
78(3.07) 109(4.29)
47.6(1.874)
74 74 22.2
(2.91) (2.91) (.874)
Surface of Suction Port Surface of Discharge Port 150.5
(5.93)
For other dimensions, refer to "Axial Port Type".
Foot Mtg. Type; Mounting bracket is common to that of "Axial Port Type".
(4.13)
112
(.98)
105
25
(2.68)
(.55)
68
(7.95)
14
(2.311)
202
58.7
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
R14
22.23(.8752)
(R .55)
101.60(4.0000)
120(4.72) Dia.
Suction Port 30.2 "D" Thd. "E" Deep 12
8 Places 146
32(1.26) Dia. (1.189) (.47) (5.75)
72 Discharge Port 195 174
(2.83) 32 (1.26) Dia. (7.68) (6.85)
202
(7.95)
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
102
3(.12)
15
14
60 74 120
(2.362)(2.91) (4.72)
115 39 95 95
(4.53) (1.54) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Flange Mtg.: A37-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
Discharge Port 32 (1.26) Dia.
"D" Thd. "E" Deep Rear Side
4 Places (Both Sides) Suction Port 32 (1.26) Dia.
202 Fully Extended 59
(7.95) 247(9.72) (2.32)
112(4.41)
58.7(2.311)
202(7.95)
86 86 30.2
(3.39) (3.39) (1.189)
Surface of Surface of 178.5
Suction Port Discharge Port (7.03)
For other dimensions, refer to "Axial Port Type".
Foot Mtg. Type; Mounting bracket is common to that of "Axial Port Type".
"A" Series
Fully Extended (2.44)
Flow Adj. Screw Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. Filling Port 1
17(.67) Hex. 259.5(10.22) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
50.5(1.99) 9.5 Surface of
DEC. Pressure Adj. Screw 2
(.37) Drain Port "C" Thd. Drain Port
17(.67) Hex. (Both Sides)
13 19 43.5(1.71) 41 49
(.51) (.75) INC. (1.61) (1.93)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
40 7.97(.3138)
Dia.
(1.57) 7.94(.3126)
(5.43)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
138
(3.54)
(3.03)
(.55)
90
14
77
(9.29)
(2.311)
236
(.98)
58.7
25
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
R14
31.75(1.2500)
Suction Port 120(4.72) Dia. (R.55)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
35(1.38) Dia. 30.2 12 146
8 Places (.47) (5.75)
(1.189)
76 Discharge Port 207 174
(2.99) 32 (1.26) Dia. (8.15) (6.85)
232
(9.13)
(4.02)
(.55)
(.59)
102
3(.12)
14
15
60 77 120
(2.362) (3.03) (4.72)
115 42 95 95
(4.53) (1.65) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Flange Mtg.: A56-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950 Discharge Port 32 (1.26) Dia.
Rear Side
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
Suction Port 35 (1.38) Dia.
4 Places (Both Sides)
232 Fully Extended 62
(9.13) 259.5(10.22) (2.44)
(5.43)
138
58.7(2.311)
(9.29)
236
(7.17)
Y 4 Places X
182
14(.55)
(3.54)
90
(2.063)
(4.504)
(7.09)
52.4
114.4
180
18(.71)
14(.55)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
(4.65)
118
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
31.75(1.2500)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
16
26.2 (.63) 114.4 35(1.38) Dia.
(1.031) 18 (4.504) Spotface
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep (From Rear)
(.71) 134
4 Places 2 Places
246.5 (5.28)
(9.70) 181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
Flow Adj. Screw Eye Bolt
17(.67) Hex. Pressure Adj. Screw 1 M10
17(.67) Hex. Filling Port
DEC. [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
INC.
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
(2.752)
69.9
View Arrow Y
View Arrow X
F
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
mm (IN.)
A70-FR01*S-60 Rc 3/4
M 12 M 10 19 (.75)
A70-FR01*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A70-FR01*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A70-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
42.5
(1.67)
(5.00) Dia.
(5.12)
(.94)
130
24
(.12)
3
(1.02)
125 77 171
26
"A" Series
105 105
329(12.95)
(4.13) (4.13)
119.5 23(.91)
Surface of Drain Port 68 68 Surface of Drain Port
(4.70)
13(.51) (2.68) (2.68)
63(2.48)
(7.50)
(2.311)
190.5
58.7
(4.45)
113
Y 9.56(.3764) X
(6.362)
161.6
9.53(.3752)
(5.00)
127
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
32(1.26) Dia. 21.5(.85) Dia. Through R22
22
38.10(1.5000)
152.40(6.0000)
30.2 (.87) 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6 (R.87)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep (1.189) (From Rear) (6.362)
4 Places 23
(.91) 4 Places
270
(10.63) 3
Case Drain Port
5(.2) Hex. Soc.
Eye Bolt
Pressure Adj. Screw M10
Flow Adj. Screw 17(.67) Hex. 1
17(.67) Hex. Filling Port
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
INC. Suction Port
DEC. 48(1.89) Dia.
(3.063)
77.8
View Arrow Y
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
42.9
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. (1.689)
2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. 270
Keep the remaining port plugged. (10.63)
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic
fluid from pump casing. View Arrow X
F
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
mm (IN.)
A90-FR01*S-60 Rc 3/4
M 12 M 10 19 (.75)
A90-FR01*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A90-FR01*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A90-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
(.12)
3
(7.81)
198.5
11.14
11.11
(4.33)
X
110
.4386
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
.4374
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
32(1.26) Dia. 44.45(1.7500)
152.40(6.0000)
R22 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
30.2 24 228.6
"E" Thd. "H" Deep (R .87) 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface
(1.189) (.94) (9.000)
4 Places (From Rear)
26 273 4 Places
3
Case Drain Port (1.02) (10.75)
5(.2) Hex. Soc. 299.5
(11.79)
1
Filling Port
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Eye Bolt
M10
Pressure Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
INC. 1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia. 2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the
remaining port plugged.
(3.063)
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
77.8
42.9
(1.689)
299.5 Dimensions mm (IN.)
(11.79) Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F H
A145-FR01*S-60 Rc 3/4
View Arrow X M 12 M 10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR01*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A145-FR01*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A145-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
22(.87) Dia. Through
43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(7.37)
187.3
(.12)
3
29(1.14)
30(1.18)
A10-FR01-B-12
A10-FR01C/H-12/1280/12950
"A" Series
38 35 64 23 37 36 39 25 23 22 21 20 15 18 19 16 40 28 27 14 29 12 11 1
10
7
8
6
5
2
9
4
3
37 41 33 34 42 24 17 32 30 31 26 13
51 52 53 54 55 56 59 57 58 63 60 62 61 71 70 73 72
A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-*-*-K-32/3280/32950
56
25 40 35 9 43 2 44 3 25 11 52 60 31 4 22 1 32
27
61
X 58
X
29
57
51
5
55
54
49
53
28 50 7 30 19 33 20 17 8 10 21
23 43 37 14 18 15 13 24 12 34 39 16 41 36 6 42
47
46
38
45
Section X-X
A70/A90-*R01*S-60/6080/60950
"A" Series
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
63
55 27 26 55 37 12 32 56 36 67 3 1 4
53
A 51
46
9
35 42
P
45 X X
Q 60
Z
64 62
34 6
54 40
Z 47 38
48
52
66
39 25 2 61 5 33 31 13 28 16 15 14 17 29 65 30
23 58 44 11 7 8 59 22 44 70
A145-*R01*S-60/6080/60950
58 69 51 52 36 65 62 46 65 14 8 7 33 16 3 60 37 73 59 5 76
25 9
A
59 44
X X
67 54
70 41
35 68
27 4
29 64
74 39
30 57
40 28
53 2 34 26 11 6 1 32 38 10 13 12 16 71 31 72
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
24 62 56 19 17 50 48 66 23
57 63 15 46
20
21 45 43 18 22 59 47 49
Section X-X Detail "A"
"A" Series
Graphic Symbol Performance Characteristics
PL PH
Output Flow
SOL SOL
"OFF" "ON"
M
O
PL PH
Pressure
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
MPa (PSI) Minimum r/min kg (lbs.)
Displacement Adj. Flow
Model Numbers Adj. Pres.
cm3/rev cm3/rev 2 1 Flange Foot
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Rated Intermittent MPa (PSI) Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
A16-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 24.5 (54.0) 26.7 (58.9)
A22-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 24.5 (54.0) 26.7 (58.9)
A37-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.61) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 36 (79.4) 40.3 (88.9)
A56-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.73) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 43 (94.8) 47.3 (104)
A70-*R02S*-60* 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.83) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 2 (290) 1800 600 63.5 (140) 75.5 (166)
A90-*R02S*-60* 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 2 (290) 1800 600 80.5 (178) 101 (223)
A145-*R02S*-60* 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 2 (290) 1800 600 97.5 (215) 122.5 (270)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never 2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating
exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure. conditions are restricted. Refer to page 33 for the details.
Solenoid Ratings
Solenoid operated directional valves used on these pumps are YUKEN DSG-01 series (standard type). For detail
specifications of solenoid operated directional valves, refer to page 345.
A70 AC
A100, A120 60
(70.0 cm3/rev) Viewed from
F: A200, A240
Shaft End 02:
Flange Mtg.
A90 Solenoid Two S: DC 2
60 Refer to
(91.0 cm3/rev) R: Prsuure Control Side Port D12, D24
L: 1
D48
Clockwise Type
Foot Mtg.
A145 (Normal) R(AC DC Rectified)
60
(145 cm3/rev) R100, R200
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult 2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
Yuken for details. 80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............ N. American Design Standard
Performance Characteristics
For performance characteristics, refer to models of pressure compensator type on page 37 to 43.
"A" Series
Fully Extended
256.5(10.10) 2 3
Pilot Port "PP2"
141.5 "E" Thd.
(5.57)
95 136
74.5
(3.74) (5.35)
Lock Nut (2.93)
112 44.5 Electrical Conduit
14(.55) Hex. 3 51.5 Connection
(4.41) (1.75)
(.12) (2.03) "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
59 6.5
1
(2.32) (.26) Filling Port
26.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
"PP1" (1.04) Drain Port
"PP2"
"C" Thd.
(7.66)
194.5
(6.93)
4.79(.1886)
176
(5.71)
145
(10.73)
(4.61)
25
272.5
4.76(.1874)
117
(3.78)
(.98)
96
(2.44)
X
62
18(.71)
(.47)
12
19.02(.7488) Dia.
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
R12(R.47)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
19.05(.7500)
95(3.74) Dia.
12 106
Lock Nut (.47)
17(.67) Hex. (4.17)
172 130
(6.77) (5.12)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH)
188
14(.55) Hex.
(7.40)
Works at Solenoid INC.
Energised
Pilot Port "PP1"
2 A16-F-R-02-K-*-3280
16 23
(.63) (.91) "E" Thd. A22-F-R-02-K-*-3280
Cable Departure
3(.12) Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) Cable Applicable:
14(.55) Hex. Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
Works at Solenoid INC.
De-energised 132.5 77.6
(5.22) (3.06)
Flow Adj. Screw d 51.5
5(.20) Hex. Soc. (2.03)
(6.34)
161
DEC.
(1.874)
47.6
a
b
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
at the top.
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-32 Rc 3/8 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
2. The pilot port provided is for connecting a M10
control valve, if multistage pressure control A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-3280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
is required. A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-32950 SAE #8 1/2 NPT SAE #4 3/8-16 UNC
3. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for
N.American Design Standard.
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(7.81)
198.5
(7.09)
180
(5.87)
(11.36)
32(1.26) 6.38(.2512)
149
288.5
(4.76)
121
(4.13)
6.35(.2500)
105
(2.68)
68
(2.311)
58.7
(.55)
(.98)
25
14
R14(R.55)
22.20(.8740) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
120(4.72) Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
22.23(.8752)
Front Side : Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia. 146
30.2 12
Rear Side : Suction Port 32(1.26) Dia. (5.75)
(1.189) (.47)
178.5 174
"F" Thd. "H" Deep (6.85)
4 Places (7.03)
202
(7.95)
2
13 26 Pilot Port "PP1"
Pressure Adj. INC. (.51) (1.02) "E" Thd.
Screw (PH)
14(.55) Hex.
6(.24)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
Works at Solenoid 14(.55) Hex. Cable Departure
Energised Works at Solenoid INC. Cable Applicable:
De-energised Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Flow Adj. Screw Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 155.5 74.6
(6.12) (2.94)
(6.50)
165
DEC. d 48.5
(1.91)
a
b
86 86
(3.39) (3.39)
Surface of Surface of
Suction Port Discharge Port
mm (IN.)
View Arrow X Model Numbers
a b d
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. A37-F-R-02-S-K-A*-3280 197 (7.76) 185 (7.28) 39 (1.54)
2. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control A37-F-R-02-S-K-D*-3280 208 (8.19) 196 (7.72) 39 (1.54)
valve, if multistage pressure control is required. A37-F-R-02-S-K-R*-3280 211 (8.31) 189.2 (7.45) 53 (2.09)
3. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American
For other dimensions, refer to 32/32950 design.
Design Standard.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32 Rc 1/2 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32950 SAE #10 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
"A" Series
292(11.50)
Lock Nut 177
17(.67) Hex. (6.97) 3 4
Pilot Port "PP2"
95 171.5 "E" Thd.
(3.74) (6.75) 71.5
Lock Nut 147.5 62(2.44) (2.81)
Electrical Conduit
14(.55) Hex. (5.81) 6 48.5 Connection
1 (.24)
50.5(1.99) 9.5(.37) Filling Port (1.91) "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
43.5(1.71) Drain Port 2
"PP1" "C" Thd. (Both Sides)
5
"PP2" 41 49 5
(8.80)
223.5
(8.07)
40
205
7.97(.3138) (1.61) (1.93)
(6.85)
174
(5.75)
(1.57)
(12.66)
7.94(.3126)
321.5
X
146
(3.54)
(3.03)
58.7(2.311)
90
77
(.98)
(.55)
25
14
Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
R14(R.55)
101.60(4.0000)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) 120(4.72) Dia.
Front Side : Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia. 146
30.2 12
Rear Side : Suction Port 35(1.38) Dia. (5.75)
(1.189) (.47)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep 207 174
4 Places (8.15) (6.85)
232
(9.13)
3
13 26 Pilot Port "PP1"
Pressure Adj. (.51) (1.02) "E" Thd.
Screw (PH) INC. Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
14(.55) Hex. 6(.24) 14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid Works at Solenoid INC. Cable Departure
Energised De-energised Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Flow Adj. Screw Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
168
(7.48)
74.6
190
DEC. (6.61)
(2.94)
d
48.5
(1.91)
a
100 100 b
(3.94) (3.94)
Surface of Surface of
Suction Port Discharge Port
View Arrow X
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. a b d
Keep the remaining port plugged.
A56-F-R-02-S-K-A*-3280 222 (8.74) 210 (8.27) 39 (1.54)
3. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control
A56-F-R-02-S-K-D*-3280 233 (9.17) 221 (8.70) 39 (1.54)
valve, if multistage pressure control is required.
A56-F-R-02-S-K-R*-3280 236 (9.29) 214.2 (8.43) 53 (2.09)
4. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American
Design Standard. For other dimensions, refer to 32/32950 design.
5. Dimensions show surface of drain port.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
(9.29)
(1.57)
(8.56)
217.5
236
202.5
(7.97)
X 7.94(.3126)
186.5
(7.34)
Y
18(.71)
14(.55)
(3.54)
90
(2.063)
(4.504)
52.4
(7.09)
114.4
180
(4.65)
118
Discharge Port
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383) 35(1.38) Dia. Spotface
26(1.02) Dia.
(From Rear)
31.75(1.2500)
127.00(5.0000)
19.5 2 Places
"F" Thd. 26.2 (.77) 114.4
17(.67) Deep (1.031) 16 (4.504)
4 Places (.63) 134
18 (5.28)
(.71) 181
246.5 (7.126)
(9.70) 211
(8.31)
INC. Eye Bolt
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH) 87.5 3 M10
14(.55) Hex. Pilot port "PP1" 1
(3.44) Filling Port
"E" Thd.
Works at Solenoid 64.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Energised (2.54)
10 Suction Port
Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) 38(1.50) Dia.
(.39)
14(.55) Hex.
(2.752)
Works at Solenoid INC.
69.9
De-energised
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
DEC. 5 "H" Thd. "J" Deep
Case Drain Port 4 Places
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 35.7
View Arrow X
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" mm (IN.)
A70-FR02S*-60 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M12 19 (.75)
A70-FR02S*-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A70-FR02S*-60950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
a b d Foot Mounting Type
A70-FR02SA*-6080 235 (9.25) 223 (8.78) 39 (1.54) Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator
A70-FR02SD*-6080 246 (9.69) 234 (9.21) 39 (1.54) model. Refer to page 48 for the dimensions of mounting
bracket.
A70-FR02SR*-6080 249 (9.80) 227.2 (8.94) 53 (2.09)
For other dimensions, refer to 60/60950 design.
"A" Series
Drain Port (2.68) (2.68) Drain Port
(10.37) (3.74) 2.5 52
119.5 23(.91) 3 4
Pilot Port "PP2" (.1) (2.05) 9.56(.3764)
(4.70) "E" Thd. 9.53(.3752)
13(.51)
63
(9.67)
245.5
(8.90)
(2.48)
(8.35)
226
(7.72)
212
196
X
(4.45)
Y
113
(6.362)
(2.311)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
Discharge Port 38.05(1.4980) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
32(1.26) Dia.
21.5 (.85) Dia. Through
38.10(1.5000)
152.40(6.0000)
22 R22(R.87)
30.2 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6
(.87)
(1.189) 23 (From Rear) (6.362)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep
4 Places 4 Places
(.91)
270
(10.63)
5
Case drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc. Fully Extended
3 Eye Bolt
Pilot Port "PP1" M10 379(14.92)
22.5
(.89) "E" Thd. 258 95
1
(10.16) Electrical Conduit Connection
Filling Port (3.74)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH) 2.5 "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
(.10) [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid INC. Pressure Adj. Screw (PL)
Energised 14(.55) Hex.
(7.72)
196
(6.61)
Works at Solenoid INC.
168
De-energised
(3.46)
88
(3.063)
77.8
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
DEC. Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
View Arrow X
42.9 "H" Thd. "K" Deep
(1.689) 4 Places
270
(10.63)
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" mm (IN.) "K" mm (IN.)
A90-FR02S*-60 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M12 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A90-FR02S*-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A90-FR02S*-60950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 20 (.79) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers Foot Mounting Type
a b d
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator
A90-02FRSA*-6080 244 (9.61) 232 (9.13) 39 (1.54)
model. Refer to page 49 for the dimensions of mounting
A90-02FRSD*-6080 255 (10.04) 243 (9.57) 39 (1.54) bracket.
A90-02FRSR*-6080 258 (10.16) 236.2 (9.30) 53 (2.09)
For other dimensions, refer to 60/60950 design.
(9.74)
247.5
(8.43)
(7.80)
214
198
Y
(4.33)
110
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
152.40(6.0000) Dia.
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
32(1.26) Dia.
44.45(1.7500)
152.35(5.9980)
"F" Thd.
30.2 24 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 228.6 R22(R .87)
"J" Deep (From Rear)
4 Places (1.189) (.94) (9.000)
4 Places
26 273
5
Case Drain Port (1.02) (10.75)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 299.5
(11.79) Electrical Conduit Connection
"D" Thd. (Both Ends)
Eye Bolt
M10 279 95
(10.98) (3.74)
1
3 Filling Port
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH) Pilot Port "PP1" [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
14(.55) Hex. 66.5 "E" Thd.
Works at Solenoid INC. (2.62)
Energised Suction Port
12 Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) 48(1.89) Dia.
(.47)
14(.55) Hex.
(3.063)
77.8
Works at Solenoid INC.
De-energised
Flow Adj. Screw
"H" Thd. "K" Deep
(9.02)
17(.67) Hex.
229
4 Places
DEC.
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" mm (IN.) "K" mm (IN.)
A145-FR02S*-60 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M12 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR02S*-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A145-FR02S*-60950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 20 (.79) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
a b d Foot Mounting Type
A145-FR02SA*-6080 246 (9.69) 234 (9.21) 39 (1.54) Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator
model. Refer to page 50 for the dimensions of mounting
A145-FR02SD*-6080 257 (10.12) 245 (9.65) 39 (1.54) bracket.
A145-FR02SR*-6080 260 (10.24) 238.2 (9.38) 53 (2.09)
For other dimensions, refer to 60/60950 design.
"A" Series
Output Flow
SOL SOL
"OFF" "ON"
M
O
Pressure
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Shaft Speed
Operating Pressure
Displacement Adj. Flow Unloading Pressure Range
Model Numbers MPa (PSI)
cm3/rev cm3/rev MPa (PSI) r/min
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
A16-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A22-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A37-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.61) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A56-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.73) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A70-*R03S*-60 * 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.83) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A90-*R03S*-60 * 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A145-*R03S*-60 * 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A16
32
(15.8 cm3/rev) AC
F: Viewed from A100,A120
None:
A22 Flange Shaft End 03: A200,A240
Axial Port 32
(22.2 cm3/rev) Mtg. Pressure K: DC Refer to
2
Compensator Keyed Shaft D12,D24
A37 L: R: with D48
1
S: 32
(36.9 cm3/rev) Foot Clockwise Unloading Type
(Normal) Side Port R(AC DC Rectified)
Mtg.
A56 R100,R200
32
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70 AC
A100,A120 60
(70.0 cm3/rev) Viewed from
F: 03: A200,A240
Shaft End
Flange Mtg. Pressure
A90 S: DC 2
Compensator 60 Refer to
(91.0 cm3/rev) R: Side Port D12,D24
L: 1 with D48
Foot Mtg. Clockwise Unloading Type
A145 (Normal) R(AC DC Rectified)
60
(145 cm3/rev) R100,R200
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult 2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
Yuken for details. 80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............ N. American Design Standard
Large)
2
Output Flow
Current i 2
Input
M
O
A16/A22/A37/A56
(Small
Pressure
(Small Input Large) 1
Current i1
2
M
O
A70/A90/A145
A70 -F R 04 C S -60 *
Direction of Pressure Adj. Range Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type Port Position Design Std.
Rotation MPa (PSI) Number
A70
Viewed from 60
(70.0 cm3/rev)
F: Shaft End 04:
A90 Flange Mtg. Proportional C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320) S:
Electro-Hydraulic 60 Refer to 2
(91.0 cm3/rev) H: 1.5 - 21 (220 - 3050) Side Port
L: Load Sensing
Foot Mtg. R: Type
A145 Clockwise 1
60
(145 cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult 2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
Yuken for details. 80 ............... European Design Standard
Consult Yuken when “N. American Design Standard” is required.
"A" Series
1
Threaded Connection Socket Welding Butt Welding
Pump Model Name of
Numbers Port Japanese European Japanese Standard Japanese Standard
Standard Design "JIS" & "JIS" &
European Design European Design
"JIS" Standard Standard Standard
A16-*-R-04 Suction F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-C-10
A22-*-R-04 Discharge 2 2 2 2
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attension to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. Discharge port for pump model "A16" and "A22" is available only the threaded connections.
Detail of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.
Instructions
Bleeding Air
In order to get steadily controlled pressure and flow, bleed air by loosening the air vent screw and fill solenoid armature
with operating oil.
Manual Adjustment Screws
Manual adjustment screws may be used for initial running adjustment or in case of electrical failures in order to adjust
pressure and flow temporarily. In case of normal use, put the manual adjustment screws back in their preset positions.
Position of Cable Departure
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to EDG-01 valve on page 672.
Connection of Surge Cut-off Valve to "A" Series Pump (For A16 to A56 Type)
If using surge cut-off valve (SF1105-A-10), connect between pilot port "PP" of this pump and port "PP" of surge cut-
off valve as pilot piping (refer to drawing below).
Inside diameter of pipe should be more than 8 mm(.32 in.).
Consult Yuken of detail of surge cut-off valve.
i1
"PP"
i2
M
O
Shaft Speed Range Max. 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
r/min Min. 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Flow Adj. L/min 1 - 28.4 1 - 40 1 - 66 1 - 101 1 - 126 1 - 163 2 - 261
Range (U.S. GPM) (.26 - 7.5) (.26 - 10.6) (.26 - 17.4) (.26 - 26.7) (.26 - 33.3) (.26 - 43.1) (.53 - 69.0)
Min Pres. Required MPa 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
for Flow Adj. (PSI) (220) (220) (220) (290) (145) (145) (145)
Differential Pres.
MPa 0.37 0.22
(Discharge Pres.
(PSI) (55) (30)
Flow -Load Pres.)
Control
Step Response 5
ms 70 80 120 125 100 120 210
(0 Max. Flow)
4
Hysteresis 3% or less
Rated Current mA 900 700 740 790 820 920 920
Coil Resistance
10
[20°C (68°F)]
Pres. Adj. Range MPa (PSI) Refer to Model Number Designation
Step t1 5
80 80 50 55 150 150 160
Response 5
ms t2 140 90 80 80 80 120 180
4
Pres. Hysteresis 2% or less
Control
(Pres. Adj. Range) C: 860 C: 873 C: 875
Rated Current mA
B: 770, C:880, H:790 H: 765 H: 765 H: 755
Coil Resistance
[20°C (68°F)] Ω 10
3
Applicable Amplifier Model AME-D2-1010-*-10
32 32 38 45 72.5 88.5 109.5
Flange Mtg.
Approx. Mass (70.6) (70.6) (83.8) (99.2) (160) (195) (241)
kg
(lbs.) 34.2 34.2 43.2 49.3 84.5 109 134.5
Foot Mtg.
(75.4) (75.4) (95.3) (109) (186) (240) (297)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never Pres. Step Response
exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure. Model Loading Volume
t1 t2
2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating
conditions are restricted. Refer to page 33 for the details. 1.5 16 MPa 16 1.5 MPa High Pressure Hose
A16, A22
(220 2320 PSI) (2320 220 PSI) 3/8" 2 m (6.6 ft)
3. For detail specifications of power amplifiers, refer to page 780.
4. The figure mentioned in the above table are those obtained using 2.0 16 MPa 16 2.0 MPa High Pressure Hose
A37, A56
(290 2320 PSI) (2320 290 PSI) 3/4" 2 m (6.6 ft)
Yuken's amplifier.
5. Step response depends on circuit and operating conditions. Data A70, A90 3.0 16 MPa 16 3.0 MPa High Pressure Hose
shown in the table above is an example based on the condition right. A145 (435 2320 PSI) (2320 435 PSI) 1-1/4" 2 m (6.6 ft)
"A" Series
A16/A22/A37/A56 A70/A90/A145
PSI MPa
PSI MPa 3500 24
3000 21 3000
20 20
Full Cut-off Pressure
Output Flow
6
24 20
6 4
Output Flow
10
2
4 16 0
0
0 200 400 600 800
8 Input Current mA
2
A56
0
0 U.S.GPM L /min
0 200 400 600 800 1000 30 N=1800 r/min
110
Input Current mA 25
100
Output Flow
20 80
A37 15 60
10 40
U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min
18 70 5 20
0
16 60 0
0 200 400 600 800 900
14
50 Input Current mA
12
Output Flow
10 40 A70
8 30 U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min
6 35 140
20
4 30 120
Output Flow
10
2 80
0 20
0
0 200 400 600 800 40
10
Input Current mA
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
A90
U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min A145
200
50 U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min
75 280
160 70
40
240
Output Flow
120 60
30
200
50
Output Flow
20 80
160
40
10 40 120
30
0
0 20 80
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA 10 40
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
4.79(.1886)
(6.00)
152.5
4.76(.1874)
X
(10.06)
(3.78)
255.5
96
(2.26)
57.5
(.47)
(.71)
12
18
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
R12
19.05(.7500) 95(3.74) Dia.
19.02(.7488)
82.55(3.2500)
12 (R.47)
(.47) 106
172 (4.17)
(6.77) 130
Pressure Gauge Connection Surface of Suction Port (5.12)
for Pump Discharge Pressure 187 188
"D" Thd (7.36) (7.40)
262
(10.31) Pilot Port "PP"
152.2 "D" Thd. 2
Surface of Discharge Port Cable Departure
(5.99)
Tank Port (For Flow Control)
Air Vent "F" Thd. 70
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (2.76)
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. Screw 41 INC.
(1.61)
17(.67) Hex.
(4.06)
103
(2.26)
INC.
57.5
(1.89)
48
(1.874)
47.6
22.2(.874) 56
(2.20) Discharge Port
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep 32.5 85 "E" Thd.
4 Places (1.28) (3.35)
See 3 94 190.5
(3.70) (7.50)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
1
A16/A22-F-R-04-*-K-32 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 G 3/8 Rc 1/4
A16/A22-F-R-04-*-K-3280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
"A" Series
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. 308.5 59
3 Places. (12.15) (2.32) Cable Departure 1
296.5 9.5 (For Pres. Control)
(11.67) (.37)
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
110.5 Filling Port
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(4.35) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
INC.
77
77.3 Safety Valve
(3.03) Pressure Adj. Screw
30(1.18) (3.04)
Drain Port 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
"C" Thd. INC.
(7.30)
6.38(.2512)
185.5
(5.80)
147.2
32(1.26)
(5.20)
6.35(.2500)
132
(4.13)
X
(10.85)
105
275.5
(.55)
14
(.28)
(.98)
7
25
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
120(4.72) Dia. R14
12
101.60(4.0000)
Pressure Gauge
22.23(.8752)
(R .55)
Connection for Pump (.47) 146
Discharge Pressure 195 (5.75)
"D" Thd (7.68) 174
Surface of Suction Port (6.85)
228
(8.98) 202
282 (7.95)
(11.10)
Surface of Discharge Port
100.5 115.5
(3.96) (4.55)
27
Pilot Port "PP" (1.06) Cable Departure 1 1. Cable Applicable:
"D" Thd. (For Flow Control) Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(3.35)
85
(1.874)
58.7
47.6
Discharge Port
A37-F-R-04-*-K-3280 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
Suction Port 20(.79) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia. 30.2 22.2 M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep (1.189) (.874) 4 Places
4 Places 36 42
(1.42) (1.65)
83
(3.27)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg. : A37-L-R-04-*-K-32/3280
14(.55) Dia. Through
28(1.10) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(4.02)
(.59)
(.55)
102
15
14
(.12)
3
60 74 120
(2.362) (2.91) (4.72)
115 39 95 95
(4.53) (1.54) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
(5.80)
147.2
7.94(.3126)
X
(11.16)
283.5
(.28)
(3.54)
7
90
(.55)
(.98)
14
25
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
35.32(1.931)
35.14(1.383)
R14
31.75(1.2500)
101.60(4.0000)
120(4.72) Dia. (R.55)
Pressure Gauge Connection 12 146
for Pump Discharge Pressure (.47) (5.75)
"D" Thd 207 174
(8.15) (6.85)
Surface of Suction Port 232
240 (9.13)
(9.45)
294
(11.57)
Surface of Discharge Port
100 116
(3.94) (4.57) Cable Departure 1
Pilot Port "PP" 27 (For Flow Control)
"D" Thd. (1.06)
1. Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
(3.70)
94
(1.874)
58.7
47.6
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg. : A56-L-R-04-*-K-32/3280
14(.55) Dia. Through
28(1.10) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(4.02)
(.55)
(.59)
102
14
15
(.12)
3
60 77 120
(2.362)(3.03) (4.72)
115 42 95 95
(4.53) (1.65) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
"A" Series
Drain Port (Both Sides) 196.5
(13.56) "C" Thd. Safety Valve INC.
Air Vent (7.74)
227.5 Pilot Port Pressure Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 169
(8.96) "D" Thd. 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places (6.65)
196.5 62 Secondary Pressure Surface of Suction Port
Manual Flow INC. 140 95
Adj. Screw (7.74) (2.44) Gauge Connection (5.51) (3.74)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 191.5 for Pump Discharge 104.3
(7.54) Pressure
Air Vent "D" Thd. (4.11)
137 19.5
Dia.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (5.39) (.77) 73 73
3 Places
Dia.
127.00 (5.0000)
126.95 (4.9980)
3 65 9.5 (2.87) (2.87)
Cable Departure
(2.56) (.37)
31.75 (1.2500)
31.70 (1.2480)
(For Flow Control)
35.32 (1.391)
35.14 (1.383)
40 7.97 (.3138)
Tank Port 7.94 (.3126)
(7.74)
(1.57)
196.5
137(5.39)
"E" Thd.
120(4.72)
14(.55)
(3.54)
(3.27)
90
83
180(7.09)
(4.504)
18(.71)
114.4
(1.97)
14(.55)
50
(4.65)
(1.189)
118
30.2
Suction Port
1. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining 38 (1.50) Dia.
port plugged.
(2.752)
69.9
2. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
from pump casing.
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
3. Cable Applicable: 4 Places
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
35.7
(1.406)
246.5
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. (9.70)
Case Drain Port 2
A70-FR04*S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8 5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
A70-FR04*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr 3/8 BSP. F View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A70-LR04*S-60/6080
42.5
(1.67)
(5.00) Dia.
(5.12)
(.94)
130
24
(.12)
3
(1.02)
125 77 171
26
(8.11)
9.56 (.3764)
206
(1.189)
30.2
9.53 (.3752)
(5.39)
(4.72)
137
(4.45)
120
113
(3.27)
83
(6.362)
X
161.6
(1.97)
50
(5.00)
127
Tank Port
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
"E" Thd.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
Primary Pressure
38.10(1.5000)
152.40(6.0000)
1. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining
port plugged.
(3.063)
77.8
2. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
from pump casing.
3. Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.) M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.) 4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. 270
(10.63)
A90-FR04*S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8
A90-FR04*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr 3/8 BSP. F View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A90-LR04*S-60/6080
(.12)
3
"A" Series
Manual Pressure 400 Drain Port (Both Sides) Air Vent
Adj. Screw (15.75) "C" Thd. 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 216.5
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 3 Places (8.52)
280.5 112
(11.04) 189
(4.41) (7.44)
INC. Manual Flow Adj. Screw
249.5 23
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 160 112 Surface of Suction Port
(9.82) (.91)
INC. (6.30) (4.41)
Air Vent 225 72 72
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (8.86) Pilot Port "D" Thd. Safety Valve
13 (2.83) (2.83) Pressure Adj. Screw
3 Places 168 Secondary Pressure Gauge 85.3 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3
(6.61) (.51) Connection for Pump
Cable Departure (3.36)
89 Discharge Pressure INC.
(For Flow Control) (3.50) "D" Thd. 11.14 (.4386)
Tank Port 70 11.11 (.4374)
"E" Thd.
(8.19)
(2.76)
208
(1.189)
(5.39)
(4.72)
137
30.2
(4.33)
120
(3.27)
110
83
(9.000)
X
228.6
(1.97)
50
(5.55)
141
Primary Pressure
Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
1. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining
port plugged.
(3.063)
77.8
2. Case drain ports are available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
from pump casing.
3. Cable Applicable: M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.) 4 Places
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.) 42.9
(1.689)
299.5
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. (11.79)
A145-FR04*S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8
A145-FR04*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr 3/8 BSP. F View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A145-LR04*S-60/6080
22(.87) Dia. Through
43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(7.37)
187.3
(.12)
3
29(1.14)
30(1.18)
L)
Pressure Control
Sensor Valve
Input Voltage
Output Flow
1 2
(S
Pressure
Control (S Input Voltage L)
Piston
Graphic Symbols
A16/A22/A37/A56 A70/A90/A145
A145
60 60
(145.0 cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. These pumps, except A16 and A22 types, can be connected to outboard pumps.
- A37/A56 type (outboard pump connection symbol: None): spigot diameter: 82.55 mm (3.250 in.) (A16, A22, and PV2R1).
- A70/A90/A145 type (outboard pump connection symbol: "A"): spigot diameter:82.55 mm (3.250 in.) (A16, A22, and PV2R1).
- A70/A90/A145 type (outboard pump connection symbol: "B"): spigot diameter:101.6 mm (4.000 in.)(A37 and PV2R2).
3. Amplifier Compensation Number may differ according to the main machine conditions. Consult Yuken for detail.
4. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............... European Design Standard
Consult Yuken when “N. American Design Standard” is required.
"A" Series
2 16 16 16 16 25 25 25
Rated
(2320) (2320) (2320) (2320) (3630) (3630) (3630)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI) 1 21 16 21 21 28 28 28
Intermittent
(3050) (2320) (3050) (3050) (4060) (4060) (4060)
Shaft Speed Range r/min 600 - 1800
3 L/min 28.4 40.0 66.4 101.0 126.0 163.0 261.0
Max. Flow
(U.S. GPM) (7.5) (10.6) (17.5) (26.7) (33.3) (43.1) (69.0)
Instructions
Input Signal
The pump is on unload condition when the pump is operated without input signal voltage.
Electric Source
Always turn off electric source whenever the connector for swash plate tilt angle sensor is removed.
Compensation of Pump Maximum Regulated Flow at Frequency
If the same maximum flow is required at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, connect short plug in the amplifier to 60 Hz at the place where
supplied frequency is 60 Hz. At this condition, maximum flow comes to the same value at 50 Hz.
If short plug is used at 60 Hz without making the change, maximum flow increased in proportion to frequency.
Painting on Amp. Box and Solenoiod
To maintain suitable radiation effect, the amp. Box and the solenoid of the control valve should not be painted.
"D2" Dia.
SK1106- -56-60-1002
(2842 – 3045)
– 14.7
SK1106- -70-60-10
( – 2132)
Involute-serration 14.7 – 19.6
SK1106- -70-60-1001
(2132 – 2842)
A70-*R04E *-60-60
Dimensions Serration Size 19.6 – 22.6
mm (in.) SK1106- -70-60-1002
Outboard Pump Part Number of Nominal Dia. (2842 – 3277)
Connection Symbol Coupling Ass'y No. of Teeth 22.6 –
"D1" "D2" Mojule SK1106- -70-60-1003
(3277 – )
A37/A56 None 27 19.5 – 14.7
098-PK412588-6 18.75 24 0.75 SK1106- -91-60-10
"A" (1.06) (.77) ( – 2132)
14.7 – 19.6
A70/A90/A145 36 26 SK1106- -91-60-1001
"B" 098-PK412623-1 25 24 1 (2132 – 2842)
(1.42) (1.02) A90-*R04E *-60-60 19.6 – 22.6
SK1106- -91-60-1002
(2842 – 3277)
Selecting an Outboard Pump Type 22.6 –
SK1106- -91-60-1003
The maximum torque of outboard pumps is limited by shaft (3277 – )
and coupling assembly strength. When determining the – 14.7
SK1106- -145-60-10
outboard pump type, the value of the displacement times the ( – 2132)
pressure for a particular pump should not exceed the value SK1106- -145-60-1001
14.7 – 19.6
shown in the table below. (2132 – 2842)
A145-*R04E *-60-60 19.6 – 22.6
SK1106- -145-60-1002
Outboard Pump (2842 – 3277)
Pump Inboard Pump and q2 P2 22.6 –
Model Outboard Pump SK1106- -145-60-1003
Outboard pump connection symbol (3277 – )
No. (q1 P1) (q2 P2)
"None"/"A" "B" Note 1. The symbol " ", shown with pump and amplifier model numbers,
A37 900(7963) and less is the control pressure at input signal of 5 V.
2. Cable for pump-amplifier connection is not included. See Page 85
A56 1742(15413) and less
for details on ordering cables.
A70 2408(21305) and less 519(4592) and less 935(8272) and less
A90 4348(38470) and less 977(8644) and less
A145 4739(41930) and less 951(8414) and less
"A" Series
8 30
1800 r/min
100 1800 r/min
1500 r/min 25
24
6 1500 r/min
Output Flow
80
Output Flow
20
4 16 15 60
10 40
2 8
5 20
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
A22 A70
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
12 45 40 150
40 1800 r/min
10 125 1800 r/min
1500 r/min 30
1500 r/min
Output Flow
8 30 100
Output Flow
6 20 75
20
4 50
10 10
2 25
0 0 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
A90
A37 U.S.GPM L /min
45 175
L /min 1800 r/min
U.S.GPM 80 40 150
20
1500 r/min
1800 r/min 125
Output Flow
16 60 30
1500 r/min 100
Output Flow
12
40 20 75
8
50
20 10
4 25
0 0 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
Note: Pump characteristics at 1800 r/min is the same as those at 1500 r/min A145
where frequency is compensated. L /min
(Refer to page 75.) U.S.GPM 280
1800 r/min
240
60
1500 r/min
Full Cut-off Pres. vs. Input Signal 50 200
Output Flow
40 160
A*-*R04E27.5M
PSI MPa 120
28 30
4000
25 20 80
A*-*R04E24.5M
10 40
Full Cut-off Pressure
3000 20 A - R04E20.6M
** 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
15
2000 Input Signal V DC
10 A*-*R04E15.7M
1000
5
A*-*R04E6.9M
Refer to page 37 to 43 for performance characteristics of
0 0 pressure compensator type excluding characteristics appeared
0 1 2 3 4 5 on this catalogue.
Input Signal V DC
(6.38)
162
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
(3.78)
96
Y X
12(.47)
18(.71)
(3.07)
78
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
Dia.
82.55(3.2500)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
12 R12
(.47) (R.47) 106
(4.17)
172
(6.77) 130
(5.12)
3
Pres. Sensor Connector
2
3
Tilt Angle Sensor Connector
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep
(1.874)
8 Places
47.6
(1.874)
47.6
View Arrow Y
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. Model Numbers "C" Thd.
2. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment. A16/A22-FR04E*-*-42 Rc 3/8
3. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85. A16/A22-FR04E*-*-4280 3/8 BSP.F
4. Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 45 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
Cable Departure 3
Cable Applicable:
"A" Series
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
274.5
(10.81)
251.5
(9.90) Filling Port 1
224.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(8.84)
166.5 Drain Port "C" Thd. 151.5 146.5
(6.56) (5.96) (5.77)
77 62 Surface of 86 86 Surface of
(3.03) (2.44) Discharge Port (3.39) (3.39) Suction Port
30 9.5
(1.18) (.37)
40(1.57)
(6.54)
Air Vent 7.97(.3138)
166
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 7.94(.3126)
(4.13)
105
3 Places
X
(2.311)
58.7
25(.98)
14(.55)
(3.54)
90
R14
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Dia.
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
2. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
3. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85.
(2.311)
58.7
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 46 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
4
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.) Filling Port 1
Conductor Area ...... [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
287
(11.30) 2
264 Drain Port "C" Thd.
(10.39) (Both Sides)
151.5 160.5
237 Surface of (5.96) (6.32) Surface of
(9.33) Discharge Port 100 100 Suction Port
179 62 (3.94) (3.94)
(7.05) (2.44) Surface of Drain Port 41 49 Surface of Drain Port
50.5 9.5 (1.61) (1.93)
(1.99) (.37)
43.5
(1.71)
40
(1.57)
(7.52)
Air Vent
191
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 7.97(.3128)
3 Places 7.94(.3126)
R14
(3.54)
(R.55)
90
X
(2.311)
58.7
25(.98)
14(.55)
(3.86)
98
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
31.75(1.2500)
101.60(4.0000)
32 (1.26) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
30.2 12 146
M10 Thd. (1.189) (.47) (5.75)
19(.75) Deep 191
4 Places 174 120(4.72) Dia.
(7.52) (6.85)
265
(10.43)
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia.
(2.311)
58.7
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Series
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
333.5
(13.13)
307 2
(12.09) Drain Port "C" Thd. 116.5 155
249 (Both Sides) (4.59) (6.10)
(9.80) 62 Surface of Discharge Port 95 95 Surface of Suction Port
(2.44) (3.74) (3.74)
65 19.5(.77) Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
(2.56) (2.87) (2.87)
9.5(.37)
40(1.57) 7.97(.3138)
(8.17)
207.5
Air Vent 7.94(.3126)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(3.54)
52.4(2.063)
90
18(.71)
(7.09)
180
Y
(4.65)
118
35(1.38) Dia. Spotface
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
127.00(.50000)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
16
M10 Thd. (.63) 181
26.2
17(.67) Deep
(1.031) 18 (7.126)
4 Places (.71) 211
246.5 (8.31)
(9.70)
305.5
5 (12.03)
Filling Port 1
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
4
Tilt Angle Sensor Connector
Eye Bolt
M10 4
Pres. Sensor Connector
3 3
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
(2.752)
69.9
View Arrow Y
Hex. Hd. Screw
Plain Washer
End Cover
35.7 Seal Cover
(1.406) M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
246.5 4 Places
(9.70)
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. Case Drain Port
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. 5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
Keep the remaining port plugged.
View Arrow X
3. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
4. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85.
5. If you do not use the special sequence valve, plug the port (FP-SC-1/32).
A70-FR04E**-60-60 Rc 3/4
A70-FR04E**-60-6080 3/4 BSP.F
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 48 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
4
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
347
(13.66) 2 117.5 155
320 Drain Port "C" Thd. Surface of Discharge Port (4.63) (6.10) Surface of Suction Port
(12.60) (Both Sides)
262 95 105 105
(10.31) (3.74) (4.13) (4.13)
119.5 23(.91) Surface of Drain Port 68 68 Surface of Drain Port
(4.70) (2.68) (2.68)
13(.51)
(8.54)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
217
9.56(.3764)
3 Places 9.53(.3752)
(4.45)
113
3 X
(6.362)
(2.311)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia. 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
22 R22
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep 30.2 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6
(.87) (R.87)
4 Places (1.189) (From Rear) (6.362)
23 4 Places
(.91)
270
(10.63)
324
(12.76)
5
Case Drain Port
5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
4
Tilt Angle Sensor Connector
Eye Bolt 4
Pres. Sensor Connector
1 M10
Filling Port
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Suction Port
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. 48(1.89) Dia.
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. (3.063)
Keep the remaining ports plugged.
77.8
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
4
Cable Departure
"A" Series
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
358.5 112
(14.11) (4.41) Drain Port 2
331.5 23 "C" Thd.
(13.05) (.91) (Both Sides) 169.5
273.5 (6.67)
(10.77) Surface of Discharge Port 112 112 Surface of Suction Port
89 (4.41) (4.41)
(3.50) Surface of Drain Port 72 72 Surface of Drain Port
59 13 (2.83) (2.83)
(2.32) (.51) 11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
70
Air Vent (2.76)
(8.62)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
219
3 Places 5 X
(4.33)
110
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Dia.
32 (1.26) Dia.
44.45(1.7500)
152.40(6.0000)
44.40(1.7480)
M10 Thd.
19(.75) Deep 24 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface R22
30.2 228.6
4 Places (From Rear) (R.87)
(1.189) (.94) (9.000)
4 Places
26 273
(1.02) (10.75)
299.5
(11.79)
357.5
Case Drain Port
(14.07)
5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
Suction Port
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. 48(1.89) Dia.
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
(3.063)
77.8
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Specifications
Model No.
SK1106- -*-*-10**
Description
Applicable Coil Resistance 10 Ω [at 20 °C (68 °F)]
Input Impedance 10 kΩ (PIN, QIN)
Power Supply 24 V DC (21 - 28 V Included Ripple)
Power Input (Max.) 30 W
Input Signal Max. Flow/5V (QIN), Specified Pres./5V (PIN)
Output Signal for Sensor Monitor 5V/Max. Flow (SMQ), 5V/Specified Pres. (SMP)
Ambient Temperature 0 - 50 °C (32 - 122 °F)
Approx. Mass 450 g (1.0 lbs.)
15
CN1
Solenoid POWER
1 2
/ POWER SUPPLY
CN2
Fuse
FUSE
FUSE
(5A)
(6.50)
(5.51)
165
140
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4
SK1106- - - -10
AMP. MFG NO.
/ I/O SIGNAL
PUMP MFG NO.
Signal
92
Detail of Connector (3.62)
100
Connector Name of Signal (3.94)
CN1 1
Output to pilot valve solenoid
Solenoid 2
CN2 1 0 [V] (0V )
Power 2 +24 [V] (24V)
Supply 3 0 [V]
1 +5 [V]
CN3 Power Supply for Sensor
2 0 [V]
Pres.
(1.89)
Sensor
4 0 [V]
1 +8 [V]
Power Supply for Sensor N-SK 1106-10 ****-07
CN4 2 0 [V]
Tilt
3 Input Signal - Sensor
Angle
Sensor 4 0 [V]
5
1 Input Signal - Flow (Qin)
2 Input Signal - Common (COM)
CN5
Input/ 3 Input Signal - Pres. (Pin) DIMENSIONS IN
Output 4 Output Signal - Sensor Monitor P (SMP) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Signal
5 Output Signal - Sensor Monitor Q(SMQ)
6 0 [V]
"A" Series
Proportional
Pilot Valve
"A" Series Piston Pump
Pressure
Sensor
1
Cable Ass'y
1 : For Solenoid
2 : For Power Supply
Colour of Lead Wire 1 3 : For Pressure Sensor
4 3 4 : For Tilt Angle Sensor
Red......Power Supply, +24V DC
White...Power Supply, 0V 5 : For Signal
Shield...Ground
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2
2
Amplifier
Sensor
Pres.
FUSE
Supply
Power
Solenoid
Signal
Sensor
Tilt Angle
(5A)
CN5
CN4
CN3
CN2
CN1
Model : SK1106-*-*-*-11**
POWER
1. Cable assemblies are available. When ordering, specify the cable ass'y model numbers from the table below.
L)
Proportional Solenoid
Input Voltage
Pressure
Output Flow
Sensor Control
Valve
1 2
(S
Pressure
(S Input Voltage L)
Control
Piston 1. Unloading pressure when input
signal is 0 V.
2. Safety valve setting pressure
Safety valve
"A" Series
2 16 16 16 16 25 25 25
Rated
(2320) (2320) (2320) (2320) (3625) (3625) (3625)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI) 1 21 16 21 21 28 28 28
Intermittent
(3050) (2320) (3050) (3050) (4060) (4060) (4060)
Shaft Speed Range r/min 600 - 1800
3 L/min 28.4 40.0 66.4 101.2 126.0 163.0 261.0
Max. Flow
(U.S. GPM) (7.5) (10.6) (17.5) (26.7) (33.3) (43.1) (69.0)
Instructions
Input Signal
The pump is on unload condition when the pump is operated without input signal voltage.
Electric Source
Always turn off electric source whenever the connector for swash plate tilt angle sensor is removed.
Compensation of Pump Maximum Regulated Flow at Frequency
If the same maximum flow is required at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, connect short plug in the amplifier to 60 Hz at the place where
supplied frequency is 60 Hz. At this condition, maximum flow comes to the same value at 50 Hz.
If short plug is used at 60 Hz without making the change, maximum flow increased in proportion to frequency.
Painting on Amp. Box and Solenoiod
To maintain suitable radiation effect, the amp. box and the solenoid of the control valve should not be painted.
A16 A56
L / min L / min
U.S.GPM 32 U.S.GPM 120
8 30
1800 r/min
100 1800 r/min
24 1500 r/min 25
Output Flow
6
Output Flow
80 1500 r/min
20
4 16 15 60
10 40
2 8
5 20
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
A22 A70
U.S.GPM L / min U.S.GPM L / min
12 45 40 150
40 1800 r/min
10 125 1800 r/min
30
Output Flow
1500 r/min
Output Flow
6 20 75
20
4 50
10 10
2 25
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
A90
A37 U.S.GPM L / min
45 175
L / min 1800 r/min
U.S.GPM 80 40 150
20
1500 r/min
Output Flow
100
12
40 20 75
8 50
20 10
4 25
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
A145
L / min
U.S.GPM 280
70 1800 r/min
240
60
1500 r/min
200
Output Flow
50
Note: Pump characteristics at 1800 r/min is the same as those at 1500 r/min 40 160
where frequency is compensated. 30 120
(Refer to page 87.) 80
20
10 40
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC
**
3000 20 210 (3000) A*-*R04EH210
15 A*-*R04EH140
2000 140 (2000)
A*-*R04EH20.6M
10
A*-*R04EH15.7M
1000 70 (1000) A*-*R04EH70
5
A*-*R04EH6.9M
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
"A" Series
1
Filling Port
[ 22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
239 44.5
(9.41) (1.75)
221 6.5
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. (8.70) (.26)
150.5 59
(5.93) (2.32)
144 Electrical Conduit Connection 25
(5.67) G 1/2 Thd. (.98) Drain Port "C" Thd.
25
See 2 (.98)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
(6.83)
173.5
Discharge Port
(5.45)
138.5
19(.75) Dia. (9.90)
251.5
(3.78)
X
96
(1.874)
47.6
19.02(.7488) Dia.
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
19.05(.7500)
82.55(3.2500)
Suction Port "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
22.2 8 Places 12
19(.75) Dia.
(.874) (.47)
65 172
(2.56) (6.77)
144 94
(5.67) (3.70)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
(.43)
(.71)
11
18
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
1
Filling Port
[ 22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
261.5 59
(10.30) (2.32)
243.5 9.5
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. (9.59) (.37)
152.5 77
(6.00) (3.03)
146 Electrical Conduit Connection 30 Drain Port "C" Thd.
(5.75) (1.18)
G 1/2 Thd.
32
See 2 (1.26)
(6.99)
177.5
Discharge Port
(5.61)
142.5
32(1.26) Dia. (10.53)
(4.13)
267.5
105
X
(2.311)
58.7
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
22.23(.8752)
Suction Port "D" Thd. "E" Deep
101.60(4.0000)
32(1.26) Dia. 30.2 8 Places 12
(1.189) (.47)
72 195
(2.83) (7.68)
148.5 101
(5.85) (3.98)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(.98)
(.55)
25
14
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Series
1
Filling Port
[ 22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
274 62
(10.79) (2.44)
256 9.5
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. (10.08) (.37)
152.5 50.5
(6.00) (1.99)
146 Electrical Conduit Connection 43.5
(5.75) (1.71) Drain Port 2
G 1/2 Thd. "C" Thd. (Both Sides)
3
See
40
(1.57)
(7.97)
202.5
(6.59)
167.5
Discharge Port
(11.83)
32(1.26) Dia.
300.5
(3.54)
X
90
(2.311)
58.7
35.52(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
31.75(1.2500)
Suction Port
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
101.60(4.0000)
35(1.38) Dia.
8 Places
30.2 12
(1.189) (.47)
76 207
(2.99) (8.15)
163 116
(6.42) (4.57)
Surface of Drain Port
41 49
(1.61) (1.93)
25
14
"E"
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. R14
mm (IN.)
(R.55)
A56-FR04EH*-*-42 Rc 3/4 M10 19 (.75) 120(4.72) Dia.
146
A56-FR04EH*-*-4290 SAE #12 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79) (5.75)
174
(6.85)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
107.5 155
(4.23) (6.10)
314 62 Surface of Discharge Port 95 95 Surface of Suction Port
(12.36) (2.44) (3.74) (3.74)
65 19.5 Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. 89.5
(2.56) (.77) (3.52)
9.5 Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
Drain Port 2
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (.37) (2.87) (2.87)
Electrical Conduit Connection
G 1/2 Thd.
40
7.97(.3138)
Plug 5 (1.57)
(8.41)
213.5
(.55)
7.94(.3126)
14
(7.07)
179.5
2(.079) Hex. Soc.
(3.54)
X
90
(2.063)
(4.504)
(7.09)
114.4
52.4
180
(4.65)
(.71)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
118
18
Discharge Port 126.95(4.9980) Dia.
26(1.02) Dia.
31.75(1.2500)
(2.752)
69.9
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
View Arrow X
Dimensions mm (IN.)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F
A70-FR04EH**S-*-60 Rc 3/4 M12 M10 19 (.75)
A70-FR04EH**S-*-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Series
Surface of 123.7 95 107 155
Electrical Conduit Connection (4.87) (3.74) (4.21) (6.10)
119.5 23 89.5 Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(4.70) (.91) (3.52)
Drain Port 2 13 Surface of 68 68 Surface of
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (.51) Drain Port (2.68) (2.68) Drain Port
63 Electrical Conduit Connection
(2.48) G 1/2 Thd.
Plug 5
(8.78)
9.56(.3764)
(7.44)
223
189
2(.079) Hex. Soc. 9.53(.3752)
(4.45)
113
X
(2.311)
(6.362)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia. 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
38.10(1.5000)
Eye Bolt
(M10)
Amplifier Direction "R" : Filling Port 1
A90-FR04EH*R _S-*-60/60950 [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
3
(3.063)
77.8
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
View Arrow X
Dimensions mm (IN.)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F
A90-FR04EH**S-*-60 Rc 3/4 M12 M10 19 (.75)
A90-FR04EH**S-*-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug 5
(8.86)
(7.52)
225
191
2(.079) Hex. Soc.
11.14(.4386)
(4.33)
110
11.11(.4374) X
(2.311)
(9.000)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
141
Discharge Port 44.40(1.7480) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia.
44.45(1.7500)
Eye Bolt
(M10)
Amplifier Direction "R" : Filling Port 1
(3.063)
77.8
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
View Arrow X
Dimensions mm (IN.)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F H
A145-FR04EH**S-*-60 Rc 3/4 M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR04EH**S-*-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Series
50/60 Hz Short Plug
60Hz
50Hz
24 V
Compensation Cartridge
FUSE
0V
ALM ALM SMQ SMP Q IN C P IN CH
C S
SPARE
FUSE
Terminal Name
P IN Input Signal, Pressure (+)
C Input Signal (COM)
Q IN Input Signal, Flow (+)
SMP Sensor Monitor Output, Pressure
SMQ Sensor Monitor Output, Tilt Angle
0V
Power Supply
24 V
ALM S Alarm Output
ALM C Alarm Output (COM)
CH Output Current Check (to COM)
Circuit Schematic
ALARM P SENSOR
SIG COM MONITOR
PRESS.
SENSOR
P IN
A
P GAIN ALARM
C
LQC
Q IN
A
CH
D CMG
OSC
DITHER
POSITION
SENSOR
FMG
24 V 0V Q SENSOR
MONITOR
Output Flow
M
O
Pressure
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
MPa (PSI) Minimum r/min kg (lbs.)
Displacement Adj. Flow
Model Numbers Adj. Pres.
cm3/rev cm3/rev 2 1 Flange Foot
Rated Intermittent MPa (PSI) Max. Min.
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Mtg. Mtg.
10.0 2 16 21 2.0 8.5 10.7
A10-FR07-12* 1800 600
(.610) (.122) (2320) (3050) (290) (18.7) (23.6)
15.8 4 16 21 1.2 21 23.2
A16-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(.964) (.244) (2320) (3050) (175) (46.3) (51.2)
22.2 6 16 16 1.2 21 23.2
A22-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(1.355) (.366) (2320) (2320) (175) (46.3) (51.2)
36.9 10 16 21 1.2 29 33.3
A37-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(2.25) (.610) (2320) (3050) (175) (63.9) (73.4)
56.2 12 16 21 1.2 36 40.3
A56-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(3.43) (.732) (2320) (3050) (175) (79.4) (88.9)
70.0 30 25 25 2 60.3 72.3
A70-*R07S-60* 1800 600
(4.27) (1.83) (3630) (3630) (290) (133) (159)
91.0 56 25 25 2 77.5 98
A90-*R07S-60* 1800 600
(5.55) (3.42) (3630) (3630) (290) (171) (216)
145 83 25 25 2 94 119
A145-*R07S-60* 1800 600
(8.85) (5.06) (3630) (3630) (290) (207) (262)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure.
2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating conditions are restricted.
Refer to page 33 for the details.
"A" Series
A16 Viewed from 32
(15.8 cm3/rev) Shaft End
F: None:
A22 Flange Mtg. Axial Port
07: 32
(22.2 cm3/rev) R: Pilot Pressure
1 K: Refer to 3
Clockwise Control Type
A37 Keyed Shaft
L: (Normal) Pressure S:
32
(36.9 cm3/rev) Foot Mtg. Compensator Side Port
A56
32
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70 -F R 07 S -60 *
Direction of Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type Port Position Design Std.
Rotation Number
A10 F: 2 Viewed from 12
(10.0 cm3/rev) Flange Mtg.
Shaft End
A70 07:
60
(70.0 cm3/rev) F: Pilot Pressure 3
R: Control Type Refer to
A90 Flange Mtg. 1 S:
Clockwise Pressure 60
(91.0 cm3/rev) L: Compensator Side Port
(Normal)
A145 Foot Mtg.
60
(145 cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult 3. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
Yuken for details. 80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............ N. American Design Standard
2. When A10 pump is used as the foot Mtg., order the Mtg. Bracket kit
shown below separately. Refer to page 24 for dimensions of the Mtg.
bracket.
Performance Characteristics
For performance characteristics, refer to models of pressure compensator type on page 36 to 43.
(1.61)
4.76(.1874)
13(.51) Hex. 41
(4.21)
107
(3.62)
(2.56)
92
(6.73)
65
171
DEC.
(.43)
11
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
Dia.
2 3
Suction Port 10.5
19.05(.75000)
19.02(.74880)
82.55(3.2500)
25 25 93 (3.66) 106
RC 1/2 Thd. (.41)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
Dia. (4.17)
(.98) (.98) 2 3 131
64.5 64.5 Discharge Port (5.16) 130
(2.54) (2.54) RC 1/2 Thd. 156 (5.12)
(6.14)
159.5
(6.28)
"H" Thd.
Drain Port
"F" Thd.
Plug
"D" Hex.
2 3 2 3
Suction Port Discharge Port
"E" Thd. C C "E" Thd. A
B B 159.5(6.28)
"A" Series
Fully Extended
227(8.94)
202
2 (7.95)
Pilot Port "PP"
"D" Thd. 187 44.5
(7.36) (1.75)
59 6.5 1
Filling Port
(2.32) (.26) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
26.5
(1.04) Drain Port "C" Thd.
4.79(.1886)
25(.98)
4.76(.1874)
(4.29)
(3.78)
109
(3.25)
96
82.5
(2.44)
62
(7.36)
187
(.71)
(.47)
18
12
X
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
19.02(.74880) Dia.
R12
(R.47)
19.05(.75000)
82.55(3.2500)
95(3.74) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
12 106
(.47) (4.17)
172 130
(6.77) (5.12)
188
Flow Adj. Screw (7.40)
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
43.5
DEC. (1.71)
2
16 18 Pilot Port "PP"
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. (.63) (.71) "E" Thd.
Screw 17(.67) Hex. Soc.
INC.
(2.56)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-32 Rc 3/8 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-3280 3/8 BSP. F 3/8 BSP. F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-32950 SAE #8 SAE #6 SAE #4 3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
6.38(.2512)
32(1.26) 6.35(.2500)
(4.41)
(4.13)
(3.48)
112
105
88.5
(2.68)
68
(7.95)
(2.311)
202
X
58.7
(.55)
(.98)
14
25
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Dia. R14
(R.55)
101.60(4.0000)
120(4.72) Dia.
22.23(.87520)
22.20(.87400)
86 86
(3.39) (3.39)
Surface of Suction Port Surface of Discharge Port
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A37-F-R-07-S-K-32 Rc 1/2 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A37-F-R-07-S-K-3280 1/2 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A37-F-R-07-S-K-32950 SAE #10 SAE #6 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Series
Fully Extended
262.5(10.33)
237.5
2 (9.35)
Pilot Port "PP" 222.5 62
"D" Thd. (8.76) (2.44) Filling Port 1
50.5 9.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(1.99) (.37) 2
43.5 Drain Port "C" Thd.
(Both Sides) Surface of Drain Port
(1.71)
41 49
(1.61) (1.93)
7.97(.3138)
40(1.57) 7.94(.3126)
(5.43)
138
(3.84)
(3.54)
97.5
(3.03)
90
77
(9.29)
236
X
(2.311)
58.7
(.55)
(.98)
14
25
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
31.70(1.2480) Dia. R14
(R.55)
101.60(4.0000)
31.75(1.2500)
120(4.72)
35.32(1.391)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep 35.14(1.383)
30.2 12 Dia. 146
4 Places (Both Sides) (1.189) (.47) (5.75)
Discharge Port 30(1.18) Dia. 191 174
(Rear Side) (7.52) (6.85)
Suction Port 35(1.38) Dia. 232
(9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 46.5
(1.83) 2
Pilot Port "PP"
DEC. "E" Thd.
13 21
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. (.51) (.83) 1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
Screw 5(.20) Hex. Soc. 2. Use either port of two pilot and drain ports at your option.
Keep the remaining ports plugged.
INC.
(3.15)
80
100 100
(3.94) (3.94)
Surface of Suction Port Surface of Discharge Port
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A56-F-R-07-S-K-32 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A56-F-R-07-S-K-3280 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A56-F-R-07-S-K-32950 SAE #12 SAE #6 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
14(.55)
(1.57) 7.94(.3126)
(7.11)
(7.17)
180.5
182
Y
(3.54)
(.71)
90
18
(2.063)
(4.504)
(7.09)
114.4
52.4
180
(4.65)
118
35(1.38) Dia. Spotface
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
(From Rear)
26(1.02) Dia. 2 Places
127.00(5.0000)
31.75(1.2500)
Surface of
Pilot Port "PP1"
2
Pilot Port "PP2"
316.5 "F" Thd.
(14.46)
Eye Bolt 244
M10 (9.61)
1
Safety Valve Pres. Filling Port
2 22(.87) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Pilot Port "PP1" Adj. Screw
"F" Thd. 14(.55) Hex.
(6.52)
165.5
INC.
(2.752)
69.9
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A70-FR07S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 19 (.75)
A70-FR07S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A70-FR07S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC SAE #4 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
2
Drain Port "C" Thd.
"A" Series
(Both Sides) Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
95
(3.74) 105 105
119.5 23(.91) (4.13) (4.13)
(4.70) Surface of Drain Port 68 68 Surface of Drain Port
13(.51)
(2.68) (2.68)
63(2.48)
X
(7.48)
(7.50)
190.5
190
9.56(.3764)
(4.45)
Y
113
9.53(.3752)
(6.362)
(2.311)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Dia.
32(1.26) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
22
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
(6.69)
170
(.37) (.69)
(3.46)
88
(3.063)
77.8
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
42.9
View Arrow X (1.689)
270 "D" Thd. "H" Deep
(10.63) 4 Places
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. H mm (IN.)
A90-FR07S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 19 (.75)
A90-FR07S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A90-FR07S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC SAE #4 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
2
Drain Port "C" Thd.
(Both Sides)
Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
112 112
Fully Extended 112 (4.41) (4.41)
400.5(15.77) (4.41) Surface of Drain Port 72 72 Surface of Drain Port
89 23 (2.83) (2.83)
(3.50) (.91) 15
13 (.59)
(.51)
70
X (2.76)
(7.81)
11.14(.4386)
198.5
11.11(.4374)
(4.33)
110
Y
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia.
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
152.40(6.0000)
"E" Thd.
44.45(1.7500)
Surface of
Eye Bolt Pilot Port "PP1"
Safety Valve Pres. M10 2
Adj. Screw 362.5 Pilot Port "PP2"
2
24 14(.55) Hex. (14.27) "F" Thd.
Pilot Port "PP1" INC.
(.94) 290
"F" Thd. Flow Adj. Screw
(11.42)
17(.67) Hex. Filling Port 1
DEC. [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Suction Port
(6.97)
(7.56)
177
192
48(1.89) Dia.
(3.063)
77.8
View Arrow Y
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
2. Use either port of two pilot and drain ports at your option.
Keep the remaining ports plugged.
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
from pump casing.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. H mm (IN.) J mm (IN.)
A145-FR07S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR07S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A145-FR07S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC SAE #4 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Series
Performance Characteristics
Ou
tp
ut
F
lo
w
Output Flow
Input Power
Input Power
Pressure
Graphic Symbols
M M M
O O O
Specifications
Geometric Minimum 2 Operating Pres. Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Displacement Adj. Flow MPa (PSI) r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev Flange Foot
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Max. Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
1
A16-*-R-09-*-*-K-32* 15.8 (.964) 21 (3050) 1800 600 29.0 (63.9) 31.2 (68.8)
1
A37-*-R-09-*-*-K-32* 36.9 (2.25) 21 (3050) 1800 600 37.0 (81.6) 41.3 (91.1)
1
A56-*-R-09-*-*-K-32* 56.2 (3.43) 21 (3050) 1800 600 44.0 (97.0) 48.3 (107)
A70-*R09*S-60* 70.0 (4.27) 30 (.295) 25 (3630) 1800 600 72.8 (161) 84.8 (187)
A145-*R09*S-60* 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 1800 600 110 (243) 135 (298)
1. Maximum Operating Pressure of A16/A37/A56 varies according to Input Power Setting. See Model Number Designation for details.
2. Minimum Adjustment Flow of A70/A145 is absolutely minimum flow that can be adjusted with Flow Adjustment Screw.
A90 type pump (91 cm3/rev) is available. Ask Yuken for Details.
A70/A145
A70 -F R 09 A S -60 *
Direction of Design Design
Series Number Mounting Rotation Control Type Input Power Setting Direction of Port Number Std.
A: 15 kW E : 22 kW
A70 (20 HP) (30 HP)
B: 18.5 kW F : 30 kW 60
(70 cm3/rev) F: Flange
Viewed from (25 HP) (40 HP)
Mtg.
Shaft End 09: Constant A: 15 kW E : 37 kW
Power (20 HP) (50 HP) Refer to
Control B: 18.5 kW F : 45 kW S: Side Port
3
L: Foot Type (20 HP) (60 HP)
A145 Mtg. R: Clockwise 1
C: 22 kW G : 55 kW 60
(145 cm3/rev) (Normal) (30 HP) (75 HP)
D: 30 kW H : 75 kW
(40 HP) (100 HP)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. Specify control pressure of A16/A37/A56 with lower than Maximum Operating Pressure depending on Input Power Setting.
Performance Maximum Operating Pressure
Characteristics MPa (PSI)
Model 1.5 kW (2 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP) 3.7 kW (5 HP) 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 7.5 kW (10 HP) 11 kW (15 HP) 15 kW (20 HP) 18.5 kW (25 HP) 22 kW(30 HP)
A16 10.5 (1520) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 21 (3050)
A37 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 21 (3050)
A56 10.5 (1520) 14 (2030) 17.5 (2540) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 21 (3050)
3. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............ N. American Design Standard
A16 A70
"A" Series
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM
L/min L/min kW HP
8 30 200 40
50 50
Output Flow 5.5 kW kW HP 35
6 8
6 Input Power
Input Power 30 kW
20 5 40 150 30 40
Output Flow
Input Power
3.7 kW 6
4 25
4
Output Flow
Input Power
30 Output Flow 22 kW 30
3 4
2.2 kW 100 20
10 18.5 kW
2 2
2 15 kW
20 15 20
1
1.5 kW 30 kW
0 0 0 50 10
0 22 kW
0 3.5 7 10. 5 14 17. 5 21 MPa 10 10
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (3000) (PSI) 18.5 kW 5
Pressure
15 kW
0 0 0
0
0 10 20 30 MPa
A37
U.S.GPM
L/min 11 kW kW HP
60 Output Flow 12 16
15 Input Power
A145
50 10
12 7.5 kW 10 L/min kW HP
40 8 300 75 100
Output Flow
Input Power
9 U.S.GPM 37 kW 70
5.5 kW 90
30 6 8 70 45 kW
6 60 80
20 4 60 Output Flow Input Power 55 kW
4 55 kW 70
3 200 50
10 2 50
3.7 kW 60
45 kW
Output Flow
Input Power
0 0
0 0 40
0 3.5 7 10. 5 14 17. 5 21 MPa 40 50
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (3000) (PSI) 37 kW
Pressure 30 40
30 30 kW
100
30
20 22 kW 20
30 kW 20
10 22 kW 10
10
A56
0 0 0
U.S.GPM 0
0 10 20 30 MPa
L/min 5.5 kW 7.5 kW11 kW 15 kW 22 kW 18.5 kW kW HP
120 24 32 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 PSI
30 Input Power Pressure
100 20
25 Output Flow
24
80
Output Flow
Input Power
20
15 60 16
10
10 40
8
5 20
3.7 kW
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10. 5 14 17. 5 21 MPa
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure
25 4.79(.1886)
(4.37)
(3.78)
R12
111
(.98) 4.76(.1874)
96
X (R.47)
(3.07)
(.47)
(.71)
12
18
78
Dia.
Dia.
95(3.74) Dia.
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488)
12
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
(.47)
252
(9.92)
3
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended
245
(9.65)
63.5
(2.50)
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
(1.874)
47.6
View Arrow X
1. Detail of Discharge Port 2. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
[For Japanese Standard] 3. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
17
(.67)
0.5 2.5
(.020) (.098)
G1/2 Thd.
15°
22.6(.89) Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Series
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (.37) 101 101
30 32 (3.98) (3.98)
(1.18) (1.26)
Fully Extended
(6.10)
155
6.38(.2512)
(4.13)
105
6.35(.2500)
(.28)
7
(.55)
(3.54)
(.98)
14
25
90
R14
Dia.
12 (R.55)
Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
(.47)
Pressure Gauge Connection
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740)
195 146
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
for Pump Discharge Pressure (7.68) (5.75)
120(4.72) Dia.
"D" Thd. 228 174
(8.98) (6.85)
282
(11.10)
Surface of Suction Port
2
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended 2
141 Input Power Setting Screw
(5.55)
Discharge Port
Suction Port
30(1.18) Dia. 20(.79) Dia.
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
(2.311)
(1.874)
58.7
47.6
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A37-F-R-09-*-K-32 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M10 19 (.75)
A37-F-R-09-*-K-3280 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A37-F-R-09-*-K-32950 SAE #10 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg. : A37-L-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
14(.55) Dia. Through
28(1.10) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(4.02)
(.59)
(.55)
102
15
14
(.12)
3
60 74 120
(2.362) (2.91) (4.72)
115 39 95 95
(4.53) (1.54) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
7.97(.3138)
161
7.94(.3126)
(3.54)
X
90
(.28)
7
(.98)
25
(.55)
(3.86)
14
98
Dia.
Dia.
12 R14
(R.55) 120(4.72) Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
(.47)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
207 146
(8.15) (5.75)
240 174
Pressure Gauge Connection (9.45) (6.85)
for Pump Discharge Pressure 294 232
"D" Thd. (11.57) (9.13)
Surface of Suction Port
3
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended
141
3
(5.55) Input Power Setting Screw
Discharge Port
20(.79) Dia.
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia. 1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
(2.311)
(1.874)
58.7
47.6
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A56-F-R-09-*-K-32 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M10 M10 19 (.75)
A56-F-R-09-*-K-3280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A56-F-R-09-*-K-32950 SAE #12 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg. : A56-L-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950 14(.55) Dia. Through
28(1.10) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(4.02)
(.55)
(.59)
102
14
15
(.12)
3
60 77 120
(2.362)(3.03) (4.72)
115 42 95 95
(4.53) (1.65) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
Fully Extended
"A" Series
351.5 62 27(1.06) Dia. Spotface
(13.84) (2.44) (From Rear) 4 places
Drain Port 2 65 19.5 188 95 Surface of Suction Port
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (2.56) (.77) (7.40) (3.74)
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep 9.5 Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
(.37) (2.87)(2.87)
4 Places
40
(1.57) 7.97(.3138)
Y 7.94(.3126)
(7.17)
(7.11)
180.5
182
(3.54)
X
(.71)
18
90
(4.504)
(1.031)
(7.09)
114.4
26.2
180
(4.65)
118
Dia.
Dia.
(.55)
14
Discharge Port
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
35.32(1.391)
18(.71) Dia. 35.14(1.383)
52.4 18 114.4 35(1.38) Dia. Spotface
(2.063) (.71) (4.504) (From Rear) 2 places
212.5 134
(8.37) (5.28)
3
Input Power Setting Screw "A" 181
Input Power Setting Screw "B" 3 (7.126)
211
(8.31)
(2.752)
69.9
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
View Arrow Y 4 Places
4
Case Drain Port 35.7
5(.20) Hex. Soc. (1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 48 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
Drain Port 2
3
Input Power Setting Screw "A" Fully Extended "C" Thd. (Both Sides)
397 112
(15.63) (4.41) Surface of Discharge Port 214 112 Surface of Suction Port
89 23 (8.43) (4.41)
(3.50) (.91) Surface of Drain Port 72 72 Surface of Drain Port
13 (2.83)(2.83)
Discharge Port 11.14(.4386)
(.51) 11.11(.4374)
32(1.26) Dia.
70
Fully Extended
(1.189)
(2.76)
30.2
(9.69)
246
(7.81)
198.5
X
(4.33)
110
(2.24)
(9.000)
57
228.6
YUKEN
(5.55)
141
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
4 Places
152.40(6.0000)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
44.45(1.7500)
R22
49.39(1.994)
49.21(1.937)
58.7 24 228.6
39(1.54) Dia. Spotface (R.87)
(2.311) (.94) (9.000)
(From Rear)
299.5 273
4 Places
(11.79) (10.75)
4
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
Eye Bolt
INC.
M10 Pressure Adj. Screw
Filling Port 1 17(.67) Hex.
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex. DEC.
Suction Port
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
48(1.89) Dia.
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
(3.063)
77.8
Keep the remaining port plugged.
3. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
4. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid from "D" Thd. "F" Deep
pump casing. 4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. F mm (IN.) H mm (IN.)
A145-FR09*S-60 Rc 3/4
M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR09*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A145-FR09*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 50 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"A" Series
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Shaft Speed
Geometric Min. Adj. Operating Pressure Approx. Mass
Range
Displacement Flow MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers r/min
cm3/rev cm3/rev
Flange Foot
(cu.in./rev) (cu.in./rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 35.5 37.7
A1616-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (98.3) (83.1)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 35.5 37.7
A1622-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) (98.3) (83.1)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 35.5 37.7
A2222-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) (98.3) (83.1)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 50 54.3
A1637-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (110) (120)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 50 54.3
A2237-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (110) (120)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 54.5 58.8
A1656-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (120) (130)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 54.5 58.8
A2256-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (120) (130)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 77.5 89.5
A1670-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.831) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (171) (197)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 77.5 89.5
A2270-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.831) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (171) (197)
Outboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 86.5 98.5
A3770-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.831) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (191) (217)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 88 108.5
A1690-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (194) (239)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 88 108.5
A2290-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (194) (239)
Outboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 100.5 121
A3790-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (222) (267)
Outboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 107.5 128
A5690-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (237) (282)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 109 134
A16145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (240) (295)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 109 134
A22145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (240) (295)
Outboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 121.5 146.5
A37145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (268) (323)
Outboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 128.5 153.5
A56145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (283) (338)
Graphic Symbol
"A" Series
M
O
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............. N. American Design Standard
A3H16
A3H37
A3H56
35
Single Pump A3H71 120
M (5080)
O
A3H100
A3H145
A3H180
Three control types are available such as pressure compensator type. Refer to page 121.
117
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids Control of Contamination
Use petroleum base oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over
oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise lead
hydraulic oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit. Please main-
The recommended viscosity range is from 20 to 400 tain the degree of contamination within NAS Grade 10.
mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU) and temperature range is from 0 The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100
to 60°C (32 to 140°F), both of which have to be satisfied µm (150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line
for the use of the above hydraulic oils. must have a line filter of under 10 µm.
Instructions
Mounting Drain Piping
When installing the pump the filling port should be Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that
positioned upwards. pressure within the pump housing should be maintained
at a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (15 PSI) and
Alignment of Shaft surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and the
any stress from bending or thrust. pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm
(.0039 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular [Recommended Drain Piping Size]
is less than 0.2°.
Fitting Size
Inside Dia.
Suction Pressure Model Japnese Std. "JIS" & N.American of Pipe
European Design Std. Design Std.
Permissible suction pressure at suction port of the pump
1/2 SAE #10 12 mm
is between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7 A3H16
(.47 in.)
PSIG). In case of the speed is over 1800 r/min, adjust the A3H37 [Inside Dia. 12 mm (.47 in.) or more] or more
pressure 0 to +50 kPa (0 to 7 PSIG). A3H56 3/4 SAE #12 19 mm
For piping to the suction port, use the pipes of the same | (.75 in.)
A3H180 [Inside Dia. 16 mm (.63 in.) or more] or more
diametre as that of the specified pipe flange to be used.
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is whithin
one metre (3.3ft.) from the oil level in the reservoir. Safety Valve
When delivery line is blocked suddenly, surge pressure is
Hints on Piping occurred so a safety valve should be set in the circuit to
When using steel pipes for the suction or discharge ports, eliminate any damage on equipment and piping.
excessive load from the piping to the pump generates
excessive noise. Bleeding Air
Whenever there is fear of excessive load, please use rubber It may be necessary to bleed air from pump case and outlet
hoses. line to remove causes of vibration.
Suction Piping Starting
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the suction Before first staring, fill pump case with clean operating
piping and suction line filter should be located lower than oil via the fill port.
the pump position to prevent air in the suction line. In order to avoid air blockage when first starting, adjust
the control valves so that the discharged oil from the pump
is returned direct to the tank or the actuator moves in a
free load.
[Volume of Pre-fill Oil Required]
"A3H" Series
Turning the adjustment screw clockwise, increases Turning the flow adjustment screw clockwise, decreases
pressure. delivery.
Volume adjusted by each full turn of the pressure The minimum adjustable flow and adjustable volume of
adjustment screw each full turn of the delivery adjustment screw
Flow Adjustment Screw Protrusion Length "L" vs. Geometric Displacement (reference)
cm3/rev
cu.in./rev
12 200
180 A3H180
10
160
A3H145
Cover 140
Geometric Displacement
L 8
Flow Adj. Screw
120
6 100 A3H100
80
A3H71
4
60 A3H56
40 A3H37
2
Lock Nut
20
A3H16
Retainer 0
0
5 10 15 20 mm
.2 .4 .6 .8 Inches
Adjustment Screw Protrusion Length "L"
Shaft
OUT
IN
60 Output Flow 60
L/min
Efficiency
P
40 40
kW
PP L P
r
we
Output Flow
P Po
ut
Inp 20 20
Input Power
PP
M 0
M
0 0 0
S 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
DR
Pressure MPa
M
M
0
0
S DR
S DR
Compact size
A3H series are compact in size because
output / mass ratio is large.
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
"A3H" Series
Output Flow
When the system pressure increases and comes close
Pressure
to the preset cut-off pressure, the pump flow decreases
"01" Compensator
automatically while maintaining the set pressure as it 122
M
Type
O is.
Pressure
Output Flow
Constant Power plate tilt angle (output flow) decreases, in correspondence
"09" (Torque) Control to predetermined shaft input values. 141
Type
This type of control can enable one pump to act as two
pumps (low-pressure and large-flow/high-pressure and
Pressure
small-flow). Therefore, the motor capacity can be
reduced.
This is an energy-saving type control which maintains the
pump flow and load pressure at the absolute minimum
necessary level to operate the actuator.
This type of control automatically regulates the output
Output Flow
A flow control valve is not included with the pump. Install the valve separately.
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Geometric Minimum
MPa (PSI) r/min kg (lbs.)
Displacement Adj. Flow
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev Flange Foot
1 2
(cu.in./rev) (cu.in./rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min. Mtg. Mtg.
A3H 16-*R01KK-10* 16.3 (.995) 8.0 (.488) 3600 600 14.5 (32.0) 23.4 (51.6)
A3H 37-*R01KK-10* 37.1 (2.26) 16.0 (.976) 2700 600 19.5 (43.0) 27.0 (59.5)
A3H 56-*R01KK-10* 56.3 (3.44) 35.0 (2.14) 2500 600 25.7 (56.7) 33.2 (73.2)
A3H 71-*R01KK-10* 70.7 (4.31) 45.0 (2.75) 28 (4060) 35 (5080) 2300 600 35.0 (77.2) 42.5 (93.7)
A3H100-*R01KK-10* 100.5 (6.13) 63.0 (3.84) 2100 600 44.6 (98.3) 72.6 (160)
A3H145-*R01KK-10* 145.2 (8.86) 95.0 (5.80) 1800 600 60.0 (132) 88.0 (194)
A3H180-*R01KK-10* 180.7 (11.03) 125.0 (7.63) 1800 600 70.4 (155) 98.4 (217)
1. Consult Yuken when pump is used over rated pressure because there is a restriction on operating condition.
2. The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).
3. The table above shows specifications for using petroleum based oils.
Pumps (customized design) for special fluids are also available. Their operating pressure and maximum shaft speed however differ from the values
in the table above depending on the fluid type.
Range of operating temperature and viscosities may differ from those of petroleum based oils due to their characteristics.
Polyol Ester Type 21 (3050) 25 (3630) 1200 1800 0 - 60 (32 - 140) 20 - 200 (98 - 927) 10450
1. As the specific gravities of water-glycol fluids and phosphate ester type fluids are higher than one, an overhead reservoir is required when pumps are
operated at 1500 r/min or more.
2. For the design numbers of pumps for European Design and North American Design Standards, please contact us.
"A3H" Series
A3H16
10
(16.3 cm3/rev)
A3H37
F: Flange Mtg. 10
(37.1 cm3/rev)
A3H56
L: Foot Mtg. K : Keyed Shaft 10
(56.3 cm3/rev) Viewed from
Shaft End
01: Pressure
A3H71
Compensator K: 5 - 35 (725 - 5080) 10 Refer to 3
(70.7 cm3/rev)
R: Clockwise 1 Type
A3H100 (Normal)
10
(100.5 cm3/rev)
F: Flange Mtg.
A3H145
K : Keyed Shaft 10
(145.2 cm3/rev)
4 44.45mm (1.75 IN.) Dia.
L: Foot Mtg.
K1: Keyed Shaft 5
A3H180
50.8mm (2.0 IN.) Dia. 10
(180.7 cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. We can also supply spline-type shaft extension. Consult Yuken for details.
3. Design Standards: None ......... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............. European Design Standard
950 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H16/37/56/71)
954 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H100/145/180)
4. Mounting type "L" is not available for N. American Design Standard.
5. Shaft extension "K1" is applicable only for N. American Design Standard.
1. These flanges are with tapered threaded port, maximum pressure is restricted at 31 MPa (4500 PSI).
2. As dimensions of the surface of pipe flanges are conformed to the SAE standards mentioned below, the pipe flanges conforming to the SAE
standards can be used.
• Suction Port: SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series)
• Discharge Port: SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (High Pressure Series)
Details of pipe flange kits are shown on page 824 & 829.
M
O
Conditions
Drive Speed: 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid: ISO VG32 Oil
Oil Temperature: 40 °C (104 °F) [Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU)]
Result of Measurement
t1 t2 Response Time ms Ps
Model Overshoot Pres.
Pressure
t1 t2 MPa (PSI)
Ps
A3H 16 30 140 2.5 (363)
"A3H" Series
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=3600 r/min
100 100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
80 80 80
L/min
L/min
L/min
Output Flow
60 30 8 60 30 8 60 60 16
Output Flow Output Flow
HP HP
kW 6 30 kW 6 60 kW 12
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
20 20 20 20 40 40
HP
Input Power
Input Power
Input Power
20 4 20 4 40 er 8
er ow
ower P ow tP
10 10 10 put 10 20 npu 20
ut P In I
10 Inp 2 10 2 20 4
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power
kW
kW N=1500 r/min kW N=1800 r/min N=3600 r/min
40 MPa (PSI)
HP 20 HP 20 MPa (PSI) HP 35 (5080)
24 24 35 (5080) 35
50
MPa (PSI) 30 (4350)
30 (4350) 40 30
20 15 35 (5080) 20 15 28 (4060) 28 (4060)
30 (4350) 25 (3630) 25 25 (3630)
16 28 (4060) 16 30
Input Power
Input Power
Input Power
25 (3630) 20 (2900) 20 (2900)
10 10 20
12 20 (2900) 12
15 (2180) 20 15 15 (2180)
8 15 (2180) 8 10 (1450)
10 (1450) 10
5 10 (1450) 5
10
4 4 5 ( 730) 5 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730)
0 0 0
0 0 0
10 15 20 25 30 L/min 10 15 20 25 30 L/min 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
3600 r/min
4 3 .8 3 1800 r/min
1800 r/min
Drain
1500 r/min
1500 r/min f
3 .6 t-of
2 2 l Cu
Ful
2 .4 3600 r/min
1800 r/min
ow 1500 r/min
1
1
.2
1
Fu ll Fl
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=2500 r/min
80 80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70 70 Full Flow
Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60 60 Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure Pressure
U.S.GPM
100 100 100
L/min
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
80 80 80 80
L/min
L/min
20
Output Flow
kW kW kW 100
60 12 60 12 120 24
Output Flow
Output Flow
40 40 40 40 80 80
Input Power
Input Power
Input Power
40 8 40 w er 8 80 60 16
er Po r
ow
Inp
ut owe
20 ut P 20 20 20 40
npu
tP 40
20 Inp 4 20 4 40 I 8
20
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power HP
90 kW N=2700 r/min MPa(PSI)
HP HP kW 65
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min 35 (5080)
50 kW MPa(PSI) 80 60 80 60
35 35 (5080)
70 70 30 (4350)
50 50 28 (4060)
40 30 30 (4350) MPa(PSI)
28 (4060) 60 60 25 (3630)
35 (5080)
Input Power
25 25 (3630) 40 40
Input Power
Input Power
30 50 30 (4350) 50 20 (2900)
20 20 (2900) 28 (4060)
40 30 25 (3630) 40 30
15 (2180)
20 15 15 (2180) 30 20 (2900) 30
20 15 (2180) 20 10 (1450)
10 10 (1450)
20 20
10 10 (1450)
5 ( 730) 10 10 5 ( 730)
5 10 5 ( 730) 10
0 0 0
0 0 0
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 L/min 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 L/min 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 L/min
6
4 2700 r/min
1.2 -off
4 4 Cut 1800 r/min
.8 Full 1500 r/min
2
2 2
.4 Flow
Full
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=2500 r/min
80 80 80
Full Flow
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 Full Flow 70 70
Full Cut-off
60 60 60
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure Pressure
"A3H" Series
U.S.GPM
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=2500 r/min
100 100 100
L/min
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
80 80 80
L/min
L/min
40
140
Output Flow
60 120 32 60 120 32 60 120 32
Output Flow
HP
Output Flow
kW Output Flow 100 kW 100 kW 100
24 24 120 24
Output Flow
Output Flow
HP 80 80 80 80 80 80
HP
Input Power
r
we
Input Power
80 60 16 Input Power 80 60 16 80 60 16
r Po
r owe ut
40 t Po
we 40 40 tP 40 40 Inp 40
npu
40 Inpu 8 40 I 8 40 8
20 20 20
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power
35 (5080) 20 (2900)
50 50 28 (4060) 50
30 (4350) 25 (3630)
Input Power
Input Power
60 60 60
40 28 (4060) 40 40 15 (2180)
25 (3630) 20 (2900)
40 30 20 (2900) 40 30 15 (2180) 40 30
10 (1450)
15 (2180)
20 20 10 (1450) 20
20 10 (1450) 20 20 5 ( 730)
10 5 ( 730) 10 5 ( 730) 10
0 0 0
0 0 0
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L/min 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L/min 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 L/min
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=2500 r/min
90 90 90
80 80 80 Full Flow
w
Full Flo
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
w
70 Full Flo 70 70
Full Cut-off
60 Full Cut-off 60 Full Cut-off 60
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure Pressure
U.S.GPM
100 100 100
U.S.GPM
L/min
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
L/min
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
80 80 80
L/min
36
130 170
HP Output Flow 44
60 32 60 Output Flow 120 32 160 60 160
Output Flow
Output Flow
HP HP kW
Output Flow 100 40
Output Flow
kW 110 kW 110 150
120 28 120 28 120
Input Power
80 100 80 100 80 140
er 36
Input Power ow
Input Power
80 90 24 80 wer 90 24 80 P 130
wer Po ut
o put Inp
40 ut P 80 40 In 80 40 120 32
40 Inp 20 40 20 40
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power HP
kW kW
N=1500 r/min 110 N=1800 r/min MPa(PSI)
HP 80 80 HP kW
35 (5080) N=2300 r/min
100 100 160 120
70 MPa(PSI) 70 MPa(PSI)
30 (4350)
35 (5080) 28 (4060) 35 (5080)
100
80 60 80 60
30 (4350) 25 (3630) 120 30 (4350)
28 (4060) 28 (4060)
Input Power
50 50 80
Input Power
25 (3630)
Input Power
60 60 20 (2900) 25 (3630)
40 20 (2900) 40
80 60 20 (2900)
15 (2180)
40 30 15 (2180) 40 30 15 (2180)
10 (1450) 40
20 10 (1450) 20 40 10 (1450)
20 20 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730) 20 5 ( 730)
10 10
0 0 0
0 0 0
50 70 90 110 130 150 L/min 50 70 90 110 130 150 L/min 60 80 100 120 140 160 L/min
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 U.S.GPM 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 U.S.GPM 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow Output Flow
Note) The dotted line in the graph indicates less than minimum adjustable flow.
Full Cut-off Power Drain
L/min
U.S.GPM 14 2300 r/min
kW 3.6
HP 16 1800 r/min
20 3.2 12 1500 r/min
14
2300 r/min 2.8
10
16 12 1800 r/min ff
-o
Full Cut-off Power
2.4
C ut
10 1500 r/min 8 ll 2300 r/min
2.0
Drain
12 Fu 1800 r/min
8 1.6 6 1500 r/min
8 6 1.2
4 low
4 .8 ll F
4 Fu
2 2
.4
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=2300 r/min
90 90 90
80 80 80
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
70 Full Flow 70 70
Full Cut-off
60 Full Cut-off 60 Full Cut-off 60
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure Pressure
"A3H" Series
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=2100 r/min
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
100 100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
L/min
L/min
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
L/min
80 80 80
52 60
kW 190 220
44 HP Output Flow HP kW Output Flow
160 160 120 180 48 200 150 210 56
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
kW
HP 100 150 40 170 200
120 120 44 150 52
Input Power
Input Power
80 140 80 er 160 100 r 190
we
Input Power
er 36 w o
80 Pow 130 80 t Po 150 40 100 u tP 180 48
ut pu Inp
40 Inp 120 32 40 In
140 50 170
40 40 36 50 44
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power kW
HP N=2100 r/min
140 MPa(PSI)
180
HP kW HP kW 35 (5080)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min MPa(PSI)
160 120 160 120 160 120
35 (5080) 30 (4350)
100 MPa(PSI) 100 100 28 (4060)
30 (4350)
Input Power
120 35 (5080) 120 120 25 (3630)
28 (4060)
80 30 (4350) 80 25 (3630) 80
Input Power
Input Power
28 (4060) 20 (2900)
25 (3630) 20 (2900)
80 60 80 60 80 60 15 (2180)
20 (2900) 15 (2180)
40 15 (2180) 40 40 10 (1450)
10 (1450)
40 10 (1450) 40 40
20 20 5 ( 730) 20 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730)
0 0 0
0 0 0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 L/min 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 L/min 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 L/min
1500 r/min
2.8
10 10
ff
12 2.4 t-o
8 8 ll Cu
Drain
2.0 Fu
8 6 1.6 6
1500,1800 r/min
1.2 2100 r/min
4 4
4 .8 Flow
2 .4 2 Full
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=2100 r/min
90 90 90
80 80 80 Full Flow
w Full Flow
Full Flo
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70 70 Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
60 60 60
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure Pressure
U.S.GPM
% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
L/min
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
80 80 280 74
L/min
HP kW Output Flow HP kW Output Flow 66
Output Flow
200 150 220 58 200 150 240
58
Output Flow
150 50 150 r
we
Input Power
Input Power
100 r 180 100 o 200
we tP 50
Po pu
100 ut 42 100 In
Inp
50 140 50 160 42
50 34 50
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power
HP kW N=1500 r/min MPa (PSI) HP kW
140 N=1800 r/min
180 35 (5080) 240 180 MPa (PSI)
160 160 35 (5080)
120 30 (4350) 200 30 (4350)
28 (4060) 140
100 25 (3630) 28 (4060)
120 160 120
Input Power
Input Power
25 (3630)
80 20 (2900) 100
120 20 (2900)
80 60 15 (2180) 80
15 (2180)
80 60
40 10 (1450) 10 (1450)
40 40
20 5 ( 730) 40 5 ( 730)
20
0 0
0 0
60 100 140 180 220 260 L/min 80 120 160 200 240 280 L/min
18 26 34 42 50 58 66 U.S.GPM 26 34 42 50 58 66 74 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
Note) The dotted line in the graph indicates less than minimum adjustable flow.
ff
t-o
15 3 ll Cu 1800 r/min
Fu
Drain
10 10 1500 r/min
10 2
Flow
5 5 Full
5 1
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
90 90
Noise Level
Noise Level
low
80 Full Flow 80 Full F
70 70 Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
60 60
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
U.S.GPM
"A3H" Series
% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
U.S.GPM
Efficiency
L/min
L/min
Efficiency
Output Flow
60 Output Flow 280 320 240 300 80
Output Flow
HP 70
240 kW 240 70
Input Power
160 240 160 r 260
we
Input Power
r 60 o
160 we 160 tP
Po u
ut Inp 60
80 Inp 200 80 220
80 50 80
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power
HP kW
kW 210 N=1800 r/min MPa(PSI)
N=1500 r/min 280
HP 200 200 35 (5080)
MPa(PSI)
240 240
35 (5080) 30 (4350)
160 160 28 (4060)
200 30 (4350) 200
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Input Power
20 (2900)
120 20 (2900) 120 15 (2180)
80 15 (2180) 80
80 80 10 (1450)
10 (1450)
40 40
40 40 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L/min 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM 10 20 40 60 80 90 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
Note) The dotted line in the graph indicates less than minimum adjustable flow.
16 12 3
Drain
10 1500 r/min
8 2 1800 r/min
8 Flow
Full
4 1
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) dB(A)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
90 90
low
Noise Level
Noise Level
80 Flow 80 Full F
Full
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
70 70
60 60
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
(4.31)
109.5
26(1.02) Dia.
(3.23)
82
X
(2.000)
(2.063)
50.8
52.4
(3.19)
81
Dia.
Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
26.2 23.8 Discharge Port 10
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
(1.031) (.937) 19(.75) Dia. (.39)
31.5 31.5 174.5
(1.24) (1.24) (6.87)
89.8
(3.535)
INC.
Position of Drain Port 10
Pres. Adj. Screw
(.39)
13.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top.
(3.535)
(4.69)
89.8
119
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A3H16-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)
"A3H" Series
DEC. 223(8.78) (2.42)
Flow Adj. Screw Drain Port 49 12.5
17(.67) Hex. "C" Thd. (1.93) (.49)
81 82 Filling Port
(3.19) (3.23) 47.5
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.87)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep "D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places 40
4 Places
(1.57)
Suction Port
(4.49)
114
(3.70)
32(1.26) Dia.
94
X
(2.311)
(2.252)
58.7
57.2
(3.54)
90
Dia.
Discharge Port
Dia.
24(.94) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
25.40(1.0000)
25.37( .9988)
30.2 27.8 12
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
(1.189) (1.094) (.47)
35 35 189.5
(1.38) (1.38) (7.46)
114.5
(4.508)
Positon of Dain Port 16.5 INC.
(.65) Pres. Adj. Screw
13.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top.
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
F H
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. mm(IN.) mm(IN.)
A3H37-FR01KK-10 Rc 1/2
M12 M10 22 (.87) 18 (.71)
A3H37-FR01KK-1080 1/2 BSP.F
A3H37-FR01KK-10950 SAE #10 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79) 28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A3H37-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)
23
(.63)
19
16
(.12)
3
Fully Extended 62
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw 223(8.78) (2.44)
17(.67) Hex. Drain Port 46.5 12.5
"C" Thd. (1.83) (.49)
92 89 47.5
(3.62) (3.50) Filling Port
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.87)
Suction Port 40
38(1.50) Dia. "D" Thd. "F" Deep (1.57)
4 Places
(4.92)
125
(4.21)
107
X
(2.752)
(2.252)
69.9
57.2
(4.02)
102
Dia.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep Discharge Port
Dia.
4 Places 26(1.02) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
35.7 27.8 13
(1.406) (1.094) (.51)
38 38 206
(1.50) (1.50) (8.11)
114.5
(4.508)
Positon of Dain Port 19
(.75) INC.
13.5 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.53) 13(.51) Hex.
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top. (4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
F H
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. mm(IN.) mm(IN.)
A3H56-FR01KK-10 Rc 3/4
M12 M12 22 (.87) 22 (.87)
A3H56-FR01KK-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR01KK-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A3H56-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)
23
19
16
(.12)
3
100 67 158
(3.937) (2.64) (6.22)
150 40 115 115
(5.91) (1.57) (4.528) (4.528)
278
(10.94)
Fully Extended 75
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw 264(10.39) (2.95)
"A3H" Series
17(.67) Hex. Drain Port 55 12.5
"C" Thd. (2.17) (.49)
106.5 97
(4.19) (3.82) Filling Port 60.5
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (2.38)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
8 Places
50
(5.51)
(1.97)
140
(4.61)
117
X
(3.063)
(2.626)
77.8
66.7
(4.49)
114
Dia.
Suction Port
Dia.
51(2.01) Dia. Discharge Port
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
34(1.34) Dia.
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
42.9 31.8 Case Drain Port 14
(1.689) (1.252) 5(.20) Hex. Soc. (.55)
41.5 41.5 229.5
(1.63) (1.63) (9.04)
154
(6.06)
114.5
(4.508) INC.
Positaion of Drain Port 19 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.75) 13(.51) Hex.
13.5
(.53)
A3H71-FR01KK-10 Rc 3/4
M12 19 (.75)
A3H71-FR01KK-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR01KK-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A3H71-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)
23
19
16
(.12)
3
100 80 158
(3.937) (3.15) (6.22)
150 53 115 115
(5.91) (2.09) (4.528) (4.528)
278
(10.94)
Suction Port
(5.67)
(5.10)
129.5
144
63(2.48) Dia.
X
(2.626)
(3.500)
66.7
88.9
(4.67)
118.5
Dia.
Dia.
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480)
50.8 31.8 Case Drain Port 17
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
(2.000) (1.252) 5(.20) Hex. Soc. (.67)
45 45 249.5
(1.77) (1.77) (9.82)
210
(8.27)
161.6
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 23 INC.
(.91) Pres. Adj. Screw
21.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.85)
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
(6.362)
(7.72)
161.6
196
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A3H100-LR01KK-10/1080
32
(1.26)
37
32
29
(.12)
3
"A3H" Series
19(.75) Hex.
283.5 12.5
DEC.
121 111 (11.16) (.49)
Filling Port 74 K
"D" Thd. "F" Deep (4.76) (4.37)
Discharge Port [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (2.91)
8 Places 34(1.34) Dia.
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia. L
(5.98)
(5.47)
152
139
X
(3.500)
(2.626)
88.9
66.7
N
(5.08)
129
Dia.
"P" Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
22
Case Drain Port
50.8 31.8 (.87)
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(2.000) (1.252)
49 49 220
(1.93) (1.93) (8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 26
(1.02) INC.
21.5 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.85)
13(.51) Hex.
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A3H145-LR01KK-10/1080
32
(1.26)
(1.46)
(5.51)
212
32
37
140
(.12)
(8.35)
3
(1.14)
29
(6.30)
(5.85)
148.5
160
X
(4.189)
(3.126)
106.4
79.4
L
J
(5.43)
138
"N" Dia.
Dia.
Discharge Port
44(1.73) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
Case Drain Port
61.9 36.5 24
(2.437) (1.437) 5(.20) Hex. Soc. (.94)
53 53 309.5
(2.09) (2.09) (12.19)
"D" Thd. 29(1.14) Deep 161.6
8 Places (6.362) INC.
21.5 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.85) 13(.51) Hex.
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
39
(1.54)
220
(8.66)
View Arrow X
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: A3H180-LR01KK-10/1080
32
(1.26)
212
(5.51)
37
32
140
(.12)
(8.35)
3
(1.14)
29
A3H16/A3H37/A3H56-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
X
"A3H" Series
53 46 49 44 35 49 55 47 31 54 10 42 45 11 7 9 21 39 33 43 19 29 22 4 27 23 1
52
5 48
48 50
40 41
36
38
56
Y 3
Y
Z
28
6
60
X
59
58
2 37 53 20 17 8 26 12 14 34 25 13 24 30
67 73 63 68 64 66 69 65 62 61 72 71
51 18 44 15 16
A3H71-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
A3H100/A3H145/A3H180-*R01KK*-10/1080/10954
X
52 44 48 43 35 48 55 45 49 40 42 12 8 9 23 37 33 41 27 21 24 4 25 51
10 50
5 53 47
46 31 29
38 36
56
3
Y
Y 17
54
6
X 39
60
59
58
2 30 18 11 22 19 7 15 13 34 26 14 28 1 16
67 73 63 68 64 66 69 65 62 61 72 71
51 20 43
"A3H" Series
Graphic Symbol
P
PP
M O
M
O
S DR
Specifications
Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Geometric Minimum Max.
r/min kg (lbs.)
Displacement Adj. Flow Operating
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev Pressure Flange Foot
(cu.in./rev) (cu.in./rev) MPa (PSI) Max. Min. Mtg. Mtg.
A3H 37-*R09-***K-10* 37.1 (2.26) 16.0 (.976) 2700 600 23.0 (50.7) 30.5 (67.3)
A3H 56-*R09-***K-10* 56.3 (3.44) 35.0 (2.14) 2500 600 29.0 (63.9) 36.5 (80.5)
A3H 71-*R09-***K-10* 70.7 (4.31) 45.0 (2.75) 2300 600 38.0 (83.8) 45.5 (100)
35 (5080)
A3H100-*R09-***K-10* 100.5 (6.13) 63.0 (3.84) 2100 600 48.0 (106) 76.0 (168)
A3H145-*R09-***K-10* 145.2 (8.86) 95.0 (5.80) 1800 600 63.0 (139) 91.0 (201)
A3H180-*R09-***K-10* 180.7 (11.03) 125.0 (7.63) 1800 600 74.2 (164) 102.2 (225)
The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).
A3H37
10
(37.1 cm3/rev)
F: Flange
A3H56 Mtg.
10
(56.3 cm3/rev)
L: Foot 5.5: 5.5 kW K : Keyed Shaft
Viewed from
A3H71 Mtg. 09: Constant |
Shaft End 10
(70.7 cm3/rev) Power 110: 110 kW A: 50 Hz 4: 4 Poles
(Torque) Refer to 3
A3H100 1 Control Refer to the table B: 60 Hz 6: 6 Poles
R: Clockwise 10
(100.5 cm3/rev) Type on following page
(Normal)
F: Flange for combination.
A3H145 K : Keyed Shaft
Mtg.
(145.2 cm3/rev)
L: Foot 4
[44.45mm
(1.75 IN.) Dia.
K1: Keyed Shaft 5
] 10
A3H180 Mtg.
(180.7 cm3/rev) [50.8mm
(2.0 IN.) Dia. ] 10
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. We can also supply spline-type shaft extension. Consult Yuken for details.
3. Design Standards: None ......... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............. European Design Standard
950 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H37/56/71)
954 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H100/145/180)
4. Mounting type "L" is not available for N. American Design Standard.
5. Shaft extension "K1" is applicable only for N. American Design Standard.
Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "09" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40°C (104°F)]
A3H37 U.S.GPM
L/min 20 L/min
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
70 70
U.S.GPM
16 60 16 60
50 50
Output Flow
12 12
40 40
Output Flow
8 30 8 30
20 20 22 kW (30 HP)
4 18.5 kW (25 HP) 4 18.5 kW (25 HP)
10 15 kW (20 HP) 10
15 kW (20 HP)
11 kW (15 HP)
0 11 kW (15 HP) 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H56
U.S.GPM L/min N=1500 r/min U.S.GPM L/min N=1800 r/min
32 120 32 120
100 100
24 24
80 80
Output Flow
Output Flow
16 60 16 60
37 kW (50 HP)
40 30 kW (40 HP) 40
8 8 30 kW (40 HP)
20 22 kW (30 HP) 20 22 kW (30 HP)
18.5 kW (25 HP) 18.5 kW (25 HP)
0 15 kW (20 HP) 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
"A3H" Series
125 125
30 30
100 100
Output Flow
Output Flow
20 75 20 75
50 50 45 kW (60 HP)
37 kW (50 HP) 37 kW (50 HP)
10 10
25 30 kW (40 HP) 25 30 kW (40 HP)
22 kW (30 HP) 22 kW (30 HP)
0 18.5 kW (25 HP) 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H100
L/min N=1500 r/min L/min N=1800 r/min
U.S.GPM 200 U.S.GPM 200
50 50
175 175
40 150 40 150
125 125
Output Flow
Output Flow
30 30
100 100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H145
U.S.GPM L/min N=1500 r/min U.S.GPM L/min N=1800 r/min
80 300 80 300
250 250
60 60
200 200
Output Flow
Output Flow
40 150 40 150
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H180
L/min N=1500 r/min L/min N=1800 r/min
U.S.GPM 350 U.S.GPM 350
90 90
80 300 80 300
250 250
60 60
Output Flow
Output Flow
200 200
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
61.5 Fully Extended
(2.42) 223(8.78) DEC.
12.5 49 Filling Port 1 Flow Adj. Screw
(.49) (1.93) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] 17(.67) Hex.
47.5 154 82
(1.87) "E" Thd. "H" Deep (6.06) (3.23)
40 4 Places
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
(1.57) 4 Places
(2.311)
(2.252)
(5.47)
58.7
57.2
139
(3.70)
94
X Y UKEN
(3.54)
(4.41)
90
112
Discharge Port
Dia.
Dia.
24(.94) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
25.40(1.00000)
25.37( .99880)
Fully Extended
12 30.2 27.8
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
114.5
(4.508)
INC.
Position of Drain Port 16.5
Pres. Adj. Screw
(.65)
13(.51) Hex.
13.5
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Thread Size mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H
A3H37-FR09-***K-10 Rc 1/2
M12 M10 22 (.87) 18 (.71)
A3H37-FR09-***K-1080 1/2 BSP.F
A3H37-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #10 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
2. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 133 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"A3H" Series
62 Fully Extended
(2.44) 239(9.41) Filling Port 1
12.5 46.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(.49) (1.83)
47.5 Suction Port 162 89 Flow Adj. Screw
Drain Port
(1.87) 38(1.50) Dia. (6.38) (3.50) 17(.67) Hex.
"C" Thd.
40 DEC.
(1.57) "D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
(2.752)
(5.91)
69.9
150
(4.21)
107
(2.252)
Y UKEN
57.2
(4.02)
(4.41)
102
112
Discharge Port
Dia.
Dia.
26(1.02) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
Fully Extended
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
114.5
(4.508)
Position of Drain Port
INC.
16.5
(.65) Pres. Adj. Screw
13.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.53)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Thread Size mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H
A3H56-FR09-***K-10 Rc 3/4
M12 M12 22 (.87) 22 (.87)
A3H56-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
2. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 134 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
75 Fully Extended
(2.95) 264(10.39) Filling Port 1
12.5 55 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(.49) (2.17) Suction Port
60.5 Drain Port 51(2.01) Dia. 167.5 97
(2.38) "C" Thd. (6.59) (3.82)
50 Flow Adj. Screw
(1.97) 17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
(6.89)
175
(4.61)
117
(2.626)
(3.063)
Y UKEN
66.7
77.8
(4.45)
(4.49)
113
114
Discharge Port
Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
Dia.
Fully Extended
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
14 42.9 31.8
8 Places
(.55) (1.689) (1.252)
54.5 41.5 41.5
(2.15) (1.63) (1.63)
229.5 134.5
2
Input Pwoer Setting Screw (9.04) (5.30)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
154
(6.06)
114.5
(4.508) Pres. Adj. Screw
Position of Drain Port 19 13(.51) Hex.
(.75) INC.
13.5
(.53)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Thread Size mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E
A3H71-FR09-***K-10 Rc 3/4
M12 19 (.75)
A3H71-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
2. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 135 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"A3H" Series
F Fully Extended Filling Port 1
284.5(11.20) [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
12.5 60
Suction Port
(.49) (2.36)
Drain Port 63(2.48) Dia.
H 175.5 103
"C" Thd. (6.91) (4.06)
J
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
(7.05)
179
(5.10)
129.5
(3.500)
(2.626)
Y UKEN
88.9
66.7
(4.45)
(4.67)
118.5
113
Discharge Port
Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
Dia.
Fully Extended
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480)
17 50.8 31.8
8 Places
(.67) (2.000) (1.252)
59.2 45 45
(2.33) (1.77) (1.77)
249.5 142.5
Input Pwoer Setting Screw 2 (9.82) (5.61)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
210
(8.27)
161.6
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 23
INC.
(.91)
21.5 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.85) 13(.51) Hex.
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
(6.362)
(7.72)
161.6
196
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 136 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
J Fully Extended
Filling Port 1
321.5(12.66) [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
12.5 74
(.49) (2.91) Suction Port
K Drain Port 63(2.48) Dia. 182 111
"C" Thd. (7.17) (4.37) Flow Adj. Screw
L 19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
(7.36)
187
(5.47)
139
(2.626)
(3.500)
Y UKEN
66.7
88.9
N
(4.45)
(5.08)
113
129
Discharge Port
Dia.
"P" Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
Fully Extended
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 26
(1.02) INC.
21.5 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.85) 13(.51) Hex.
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 137 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"A3H" Series
H Fully Extended Filling Port 1
347.5(13.68) [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
12.5 81
(.49) (3.19) Suction Port
J Drain Port 76(2.99) Dia.
189 117
"C" Thd.
(7.44) (4.61)
K Flow Adj. Screw
19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
(7.68)
195
(5.85)
148.5
(4.189)
(3.126)
106.4
79.4
L
(4.45)
113
(5.43)
138
Discharge Port
Dia.
"N" Dia.
44(1.73) Dia.
Fully Extended
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 27.5 INC.
(1.08) Pres. Adj. Screw
21.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.85)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 138 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"PP" "L"
M
O
Specifications
1
Geometric Operating Pressure Load Sensing Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Displacement MPa (PSI) Pres. Difference r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
cm3/rev P
3
(cu.in./rev) Rated Intermittent MPa (PSI) Max. Min. Flange Mtg. Foot Mtg.
A3H 16-*R14K-10* 16.3 (.995) 3600 600 17.5 (38.6) 26.4 (58.2)
A3H 37-*R14K-10* 37.1 (2.26) 2700 600 22.5 (49.6) 30.0 (66.2)
A3H 56-*R14K-10* 56.3 (3.44) 1.5 (218) 2500 600 28.7 (63.3) 36.2 (79.8)
A3H 71-*R14K-10* 70.7 (4.31) 2
2300 600 38.0 (83.8) 45.5 (100)
A3H100-*R14K-10* 100.5 (6.13)
28 (4060) 35 (5080)
(
At the time
of shipment ) 2100 600 47.6 (105) 75.6 (167)
A3H145-*R14K-10* 145.2 (8.86) 1800 600 63.0 (139) 91.0 (201)
A3H180-*R14K-10* 180.7 (11.03) 1800 600 73.4 (162) 101.4 (224)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. We can also supply spline-type shaft extension. Consult Yuken for details.
3. Design Standards: None ......... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............. European Design Standard
950 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H16/37/56/71)
954 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H100/145/180)
4. Mounting type "L" is not available for N. American Design Standard.
5. Shaft extension "K1" is applicable only for N. American Design Standard.
Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "A3H71" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40°C (104°F)]
"A3H" Series
Pressure vs. Output Flow
Load Sensing Pressure Difference
U.S.GPM L/min P=1.5 MPa (218PSI)
140
36 N=1800 r/min
32 120
100
24
Output Flow
80
16 60
40
8
20
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
16 12 1800 r/min
1500 r/min
10
Full Cut-off Power
12
8
8 6
4
4
2
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
Drain
L/min
U.S.GPM 20
5 2300 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
4 15 ff
t-o
ll Cu
Fu
Drain
3 1/10 Q
ss 1/8 Q
10 o r le
s sure 1/4 Q
pre 1/2 Q
2 -off
Cut 2300 r/min
5 1800 r/min
1 1500 r/min
0 MAX. Q
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
(5.41)
137.5
(3.23)
82
X
(2.063)
(2.000)
52.4
50.8
(3.19)
Discharge Port 81
Dia.
Suction Port 19(.75) Dia.
Dia.
26(1.02) Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
26.2 23.8 10
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
(1.031) (.937) (.39)
31.5 31.5 174.5
(1.24) (1.24) (6.87)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(3.535)
(4.69)
89.8
119
28
(1.10)
126
(4.96)
View Arrow X
Thread Size
Model Numbers
C D E
A3H16-FR14K-10 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10
A3H16-FR14K-1080 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H16-FR14K-10950 SAE #10 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 132 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"A3H" Series
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended 61.5
"D" Thd. 223(8.78) (2.42)
92 82 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 146.5 12.5
(3.62) (3.23) DEC. (5.77) (.49)
78 Flow Adj. Screw Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 139.5 47.5
Pilot Port "PP" (3.07) 17(.67) Hex. (5.49) (1.87)
34 Filling Port 49 40
"D" Thd. [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.93)
(1.34) (1.57)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep "E" Thd. "H" Deep Drain Port
4 Places 4 Places "C" Thd.
(2.311)
(5.59)
58.7
142
(3.70)
X
94
(2.252)
57.2
(3.54)
90
Discharge Port
Dia.
Suction Port
Dia.
32(1.26) Dia. 24(.94) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
30.2 27.8 12
25.40(1.0000)
25.37( .9988)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
(1.189) (1.094) (.47)
35 35 189.5
(1.38) (1.38) (7.46)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Thread Size mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J
A3H37-FR14K-10 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 22 (.87) 18 (.71)
A3H37-FR14K-1080 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H37-FR14K-10950 SAE #10 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 133 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
(6.02)
153
(4.21)
107
X
(2.752)
(2.252)
69.9
57.2
(4.02)
102
Dia.
Discharge Port
Dia.
Suction Port
24(.94) Dia.
38(1.50) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.7 27.8
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
13
(1.406) (1.094) (.51)
206
38 38 (8.11)
(1.50) (1.50)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Thread Size mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J
A3H56-FR14K-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M12 22 (.87) 22 (.87)
A3H56-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR14K-10950 SAE #12 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 134 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"A3H" Series
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended 75
"D" Thd. 264(10.39) (2.95)
106.5 97 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 181 12.5
(4.19) (3.82) (7.13) (.49)
DEC.
91 Flow Adj. Screw Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 174 60.5
(3.58) 17(.67) Hex. (6.85) (2.38)
Pilot Port "PP" Filling Port
"D" Thd. 43.5 55 50
(1.71) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (2.17) (1.97)
Drain Port
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
"C" Thd.
8 Places
(6.26)
159
(4.61)
117
X
(3.063)
(2.626)
77.8
66.7
(4.49)
114
Dia.
Suction Port Discharge Port
Dia.
51(2.01) Dia. 34(1.34) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
42.9 31.8 Case Drain Port 14
(1.689) (1.252) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.55)
41.5 41.5 229.5
(1.63) (1.63) (9.04)
154
(6.06)
114.5 Load Sensing Pres. Difference Adj. Screw
(4.508) 13(.51) Hex.
Position of Drain Port 19 Pressure Adj. Screw INC.
(.75) 14(.55) Hex.
13.5 INC.
(.53)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Thread Size mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F
A3H71-FR14K-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 19 (.75)
A3H71-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR14K-10950 SAE #12 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 135 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
(6.42)
163
(5.10)
129.5
X
(2.626)
(3.500)
66.7
88.9
(4.67)
118.5
Dia.
Suction Port Discharge Port
Dia.
63(2.48) Dia. 34(1.34) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
Case Drain Port
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480)
50.8 31.8 17
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
(2.000) (1.252) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.67)
45 45 249.5
(1.77) (1.77) (9.82)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 136 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
"A3H" Series
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended K
"D" Thd. 321.5(12.66)
121 111 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 222.5 12.5
(4.76) (4.37) (8.76) (.49)
93.5 DEC. Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 215.5 L
Pilot Port "PP" (3.68) Flow Adj. Screw Filling Port (8.48)
46 19(.75) Hex. [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] 74 N
"D" Thd.
(1.81) (2.91)
Drain Port
"E" Thd. "H" Deep "C" Thd.
8 Places
(6.73)
171
(5.47)
139
X
(3.500)
(2.626)
88.9
66.7
P
(5.08)
129
Discharge Port
Dia.
"Q" Dia.
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia. 34(1.34) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
50.8 31.8 Case Drain Port 22
(2.000) (1.252) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.87)
49 49 283.5
(1.93) (1.93) (11.16)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 137 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
Fully Extended K
Load Sensing Port "L"
347.5(13.68)
"D" Thd.
129.5 117 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 244.5 12.5
(5.10) (4.61) (9.63) (.49)
87.5 Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 237.5 L
Pilot Port "PP" DEC.
(3.44) Flow Adj. Screw (9.35)
"D" Thd. Filling Port
40 81 N
19(.75) Hex. [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(1.57) (3.19)
"E" Thd. Drain Port
29(1.14) Deep "C" Thd.
8 Places
(7.05)
179
(5.85)
148.5
X
(3.126)
(4.189)
106.4
79.4
N
(5.43)
138
Dia.
Discharge Port
"P" Dia.
Suction Port
76(2.99) Dia. 44(1.73) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
Case Drain Port
61.9 36.5 24
(2.437) (1.437) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.94)
53 53 309.5
(2.09) (2.09) (12.19)
220
Load Sensing Pres. Difference Adj. Screw
(8.66)
13(.51) Hex.
161.6
INC.
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 27.5 Pressure Adj. Screw
(1.08) 14(.55) Hex.
21.5 INC.
(.85)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mounting Type
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 138 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
159
Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of hydraulic fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the Table 1 below can be used. However, the specifications of the pumps such
as maximum pressure and maximum pump speed may be changed according to the type of hydraulic fluids to be used.
For details, please refer to the specifications of the pump concerned.
Hydraulic fluids (Table 1)
Petroleum Base Oils Use anti-wear type oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type oils (equivalent to ISO VG32 or 46).
3. Control of contamination
Contamination of hydraulic fluids results in pump failures and reduced pump lives. Carry out sufficient contamination
control for hydraulic fluids and keep contamination level within NAS class 12.
Also, use a 100 µm (150-mesh) tank filter on the suction side, more than 50 mm (2 in.) away from the tank bottom.
Instructions
1. Alignment of shaft
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid any stress from bending or thrust. B
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm (.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular is
less than 0.2°.
2. Suction pressures
Set the suction pressure at pump inlet port at the value given in the table below. Furthermore, use the pipes in the
suction side having the diameter as indicated on the installation drawings. In case where the pump is installed on the
Suction Pressure
Minimum
Pump Type
Phosphate ester type fluid Maximum
Petroleum base oil
Water containing fluid
PV2R1 -20 kPa
PV2R2 (5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
"PV2R" Series
Single Pumps PV2R3
-20 kPa
PV2R4
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
PV2R4A
-20 kPa
PV2R12
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
-16 kPa +30 kPa
PV2R13 (4.7 in. Hg Vacuum) (+4.3 PSIG)
PV2R23
"PV2R" Series PV2R33
Double Pumps PV2R14 -20 kPa
PV2R24 (5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
PV2R34
PV2R24A
PV2R34A
In relation to the rotating speed of the pump, the minimum suction pressure may be restricted for a certain nominal
displacement. For details, please refer to the specifications of the pump concerned.
3. Precautions at starting
At an initial operation or at an operation after a long rest, the pump may have difficulty in sucking up fluid. In such cases,
an air bleed valve should be installed beforehand on the discharge side (model No. ST1004-*-10*, see page 820), or
discharge air by slightly slackening the connection on the discharge side. At starting, operate the pump intermittently as
far as possible with no load.
For fluid viscosity at starting, see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids".
4. Other precautions
If a pump is used at speed below 1200 r/min, install the pump with the suction port upside so that the pump can suck up
fluid easily at starting.
''PV2R1'' Series
Single Pumps PV2R1-*-*-RAA-40* PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42* Yes Lower noise level
41*
''PV2R2'' Series
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-40* PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41* Yes Lower noise level
Single Pumps
''PV2R3'' Series
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-30* PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31* Yes Lower noise level
Single Pumps
''PV2R12'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-40* PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-42* Yes Lower noise level
41*
''PV2R13'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-40* PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-42* Yes Lower noise level
41*
''PV2R14'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-30* PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-32* Yes Lower noise level
31*
''PV2R23'' Series
PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-40* PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-41* Yes
Double Pumps
''PV2R33'' Series
PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-30* PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-31* Yes
Double Pumps
Lower noise level
''PV2R24'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-30* PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-31* Yes
''PV2R34'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-30* PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-31* Yes
"PV2R" Series
Model Number Designation
F- PV2R1 -6 -L -R A A -42 -*
Nominal Discharge Suction
Series Type of Shaft Design Design
Special Seals Displacement Port Port
Number cm3/rev Mounting Rotation Position Position Number Standards
6, 8, 10, 12
14, 17, 19 (Viewed from Shaft End)
PV2R1 L: 42
F: 23, 25, 31
Foot
For phosphate 41, 47, 53
ester type PV2R2 Mounting R: A: A: 41
59, 65 Refer to 2
fluids (Omit F: Clockwise 1 Upwards Upwards
if not PV2R3 76, 94, 116 Flange 31
required) (Normal) (Normal) (Normal)
136, 153, 184 Mounting
PV2R4 200, 237 30
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. 2.Design Standards:None.....Japanese Standard "JIS"
Consult Yuken for details. 80 . .. ...... European Design Standard
90 . .. ...... N. American Design Standard
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attention to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming to
the SAE Standards can be used.
Notes: Special seals (Viton seals) are required when phosphate ester type fluids are used. (Prefix "F-" to the pipe flange kit number when ordering.)
Details of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.
Mass
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
Flange Mtg. Foot Mtg.
PVR2R1 9.0 ( 19.8) 11.2 ( 24.7)
PVR2R2 15.5 ( 34.2) 19.8 ( 43.7)
PVR2R3 30.9 ( 68.1) 40.9 ( 90.2)
PVR2R4 68.5 (151) 93.5 (206)
Key Width
Suction Port 13 7
28(1.10) Dia. (.51) (.276)
R9.5(R.37) R8(R.31)
(.1886)
(.1874)
40(1.57)
4.79
4.76
(2.063)
52.4
"C" Thd.
17(.67) Deep 26.2 17.5 "D" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places (1.031) (.689) 4 Places
178.5
(7.03) Port Position
56 69.5 A
(2.20) (2.74)
19.05(.7500) Dia.
44.5 130
(1.75) (5.12)
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
36 106
(1.42) 11(.433) Dia. Through (4.173)
25 2 Places
(.98)
(2.28)
R12
82.55 Dia.
58
97(3.82) Sq.
(R.47)
(4.19)
106.5
(3.250)
(3.248)
82.50
(.71)
18
95(3.74)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R1-*-L-RAA-42/4290
80
14
(.12)
3
50 56.5 95
(1.969) (2.22) (3.74)
95 27.5 72.5 72.5
(3.74) (1.08) (2.854) (2.854)
180
(7.09)
KeyWidth
Suction Port
34(1.34) Dia. (.63) (.354)
R11(R.43) R9(R.35)
(.2512)
(.2500)
49(1.93)
6.38
6.35
(2.311)
58.7
(1.874)
47.6
65(2.56)
"C" Thd.
"E" Deep "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
30.2 22.2
4 Places (1.189) (.874) 4 Places
59 174
(2.32) (6.85)
25.35( .9980)
25.40( 1.0000)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
47 146
(1.85) (5.748)
32
(1.26) R14
(2.76)
(R.55)
70
101.60 Dia.
125(4.92) Sq.
(5.22)
132.5
(4.000)
(3.998)
101.55
(.98)
25
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R2-*-L-RAA-41/4190
60 73 120
(2.362) (2.87) (4.72)
95 95
115 38
(3.740) (3.740)
(4.53) (1.50)
230
(9.06)
Key Width
Suction Port 21 9
(.83) (.354)
51(2.01) Dia.
R13(R.51) R11(R.43)
(.3138)
(.3126)
65(2.56)
7.97
7.94
(3.063)
77.8
75 213
(8.39)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
(2.95)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
63 181
(2.48) (7.126)
40
(1.57) R16
(R.63)
(3.54)
166(6.54) Sq.
90
127.00 Dia.
(6.81)
173
(5.000)
(4.998)
126.95
(1.22)
31
Dimensions
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. mm (Inches)
E F
PV2R3-*-F-RAA-31 M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R3-*-F-RAA-3190 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R3-*-L-RAA-31/3190
76.2 88 145
(3.000) (3.46) (5.71)
131 50 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (1.97) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
Key Width
Suction Port 25 13
76(2.99) Dia. 61.9 (.98) (.512)
(2.437)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places
(.3764)
(.3752)
9.56
9.53
(4.189)
106.4
(2.752)
69.9
118(4.65)
R15(R.59)
R37(R1.46) 35.7 "D" Thd. "F" Deep
(1.406) 4 Places
R13(R.51)
354
(13.94)
110 135 Port Position
(4.33) (5.31)
Dia.
24 92 A
(.94) (3.62)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
273(10.75) Sq.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
76
(2.99) 228.6(9.000)
56
(2.20)
(5.51)
(4.53)
140
115
152.40 Dia.
228.6(9.000)
(8.54)
217
(6.000)
(5.998)
152.35
Dimensions
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. mm (Inches)
E F
PV2R4-*-F-RAA-30 M16 M12 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R4-*-F-RAA-3090 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R4-*-L-RAA-30/3090
22(.866) Dia. Through
354 43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
(13.94) 4 Places
110 135 A
(4.33) (5.31)
327.3(12.89)
(7.37)
187.3
(1.18)
(1.14)
30
29
(.12)
3
280
114.3 99 (11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
187.3 187.3
185 60 (7.374) (7.374)
(7.28) (2.36) 438
(17.24)
Noise Level
Measuring conditions
Fluid viscosity : 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Measurement point : One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover
B
Back ground noise : 40 dB (A)
PV2R1-6 PV2R1-31
dB(A) dB(A)
60 60
"PV2R" Series
Noise Level
Noise Level
1000 r/min
50 50
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
45 45
40 40
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R2-41 PV2R2-65
dB(A) dB(A)
65 65
60 60
1200 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
1200 r/min
55 55
1000 r/min
1000 r/min
50 50
45 45
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
dB(A)
PV2R3-76 dB(A)
PV2R3-116
65 65
1200 r/min
1200 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
60 60
1000 r/min
1000 r/min
55 55
50 50
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R4-136 PV2R4-184
dB(A) dB(A)
70 70
Noise Level
55 55
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R1-6 PV2R1-8
L/min
U.S.GPM L/min U.S.GPM
15
11
2.8 3.8 1800 r/min
10 1800 r/min 14
2.4 9 3.4 13
Output Flow
Output Flow
7 11
1200 r/min 2.6 10
1.6 6 1200 r/min
5 9 kW HP
1.2 2.2 10
8 7
4
1000 r/min kW HP 1000 r/min
.8 3 6 8 1.8 7 6 8
Input Power
5 6 5
1.4 6
Input Power
6 5 4
4
3 4 3 4
2 2
2 2
1 1
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
16 16
Pressure (2320) Pressure (2320)
PV2R1-10 PV2R1-12
U.S.GPM
L/min L/min
5.8
U.S.GPM 18 22 1800 r/min
4.4 17 1800 r/min 5.4 21
16 20
4.0 15 5.0
19 kW HP
1500 r/min 14
3.6 14 1500 r/min 4.6 18 10
Output Flow
13 kW HP 17 9 12
Output Flow
3.2 11 4.2
12 8 16 8
1200 r/min 10 10
11 7 3.8 15 1200 r/min 7
Input Power
2.8
10 6 8 14 6 8
3.4
Input Power
Pressure Pressure
Typical Pump Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
B
PV2R1-14 PV2R1-17
L/min L/min
U.S.GPM 28 U.S.GPM 32
7 26 8 30
1800 r/min 1800 r/min
24 28
"PV2R" Series
20 24
Output Flow
Output Flow
5 6
18 22
16 1200 r/min 20 kW HP
4 5 1200 r/min 20
14 1000 r/min kW HP 18 14
12 12 16 16 1000 r/min 12 16
3 4
10 10 14 10
Input Power
Input Power
12 12
2 8 3 12 8
6 8 6 8
4 4
4 4
2 2
0 0 0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R1-19 PV2R1-23
L/min L/min
U.S.GPM 40 U.S.GPM 45
10
11 1800 r/min
35 40
9 1800 r/min 10
8 30 35
9 1500 r/min
Output Flow
1500 r/min
Output Flow
kW
7
25 8 30 20 HP
1200 r/min 1200 r/min 24
6 kW HP
7
20 15 20 25 15 20
5 1000 r/min 1000 r/min
6
Input Power
16 16
Input Power
4 15 10 20 10 12
12 5
3 8 8
10 5 4 15 5
4 4
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R1-25 PV2R1-31
L/min U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM L/min
50 16 60
13
12 1800 r/min 1800 r/min
14
40 50
10 1500 r/min
Output Flow
1500 r/min
Output Flow
12
8 30 1200 r/min 40
10 1200 r/min
1000 r/min
6
20 8 1000 r/min
30
4 HP HP
kW 30 6 kW 30
20 Input Power
20 20
Input Power
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure 16
Pressure (2320)
PV2R2-41 U.S.GPM
PV2R2-47
U.S.GPM L/min L/min
20 75 23
22 85
1800 r/min 1800 r/min
70 80
18
20
16 60 1500 r/min 70
18 1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
14
50 16 60
12 1200 r/min
14 1200 r/min kW
40 1000 r/min 50 40 HP
10 50
12 1000 r/min
kW HP
8 30 30 40 40 30 40
10
30 30
Input Power
Input Power
20 30 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0
0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
Typical Pump Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
B
PV2R2-53 PV2R2-59
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM
30 L/min L/min
30 110
110
1800 r/min
26 100 26 100
1800 r/min
Output Flow
90
Output Flow
90
"PV2R" Series
18 70 18 70 1200 r/min
60 1200 r/min 60
14 1000 r/min
50 1000 r/min 14 50
kW
10 40 40 50
10 HP
kW 60
40 HP 40
50 50
30 40 30 40
Input Power
Input Power
30 30
20 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R2-65
L/min
140
U.S.GPM
34 130
120
30 1800 r/min
110
Output Flow
26 100
1500 r/min
90
22
80
1200 r/min kW
18 70 50
1000 r/min HP
60 60
14
50 40
50
30 40
Input Power
30
20
20
10
10
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure
PV2R3-76 PV2R3-94
U.S.GPM
L/min L/min
38 U.S.GPM
140 170
1800 r/min 44 1800 r/min
34 130 42 160
120 150
30 38
110 1500 r/min
Output Flow
140
1500 r/min
Output Flow
26 100 kW 34 130
HP
90 1200 r/min 60 80 120
22 30
80 110 1200 r/min
1000 r/min 70
18 70 50 26 100
60 60 90 1000 r/min
14 22
50 40 80 HP
50 kW 100
18 70 70
30 40 60 80
Input Power
50
Input Power
30 60
20 40
20 30 40
10 20
10 20
10
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R3-116 PV2R4-136
U.S.GPM L/min L/min
56 210 U.S.GPM 280
1800 r/min 70 260
200
52 1800 r/min
190 240
48 60 220
180
Output Flow
1500 r/min
170 1500 r/min 200
44
Output Flow
50
160 180
1200 r/min
40 150 160
40
140 140 1000 r/min HP
36 1200 r/min
130 120 120
30 kW
32 120 100 80
1000 r/min 100
110 kW 70
28 HP
100 60 80 60 80
Input Power
24 90 50 50
60 60
Input Power
40 40
30 40 30 40
20 20
20 20
10 10
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure 16 Pressure
(2320)
Typical Pump Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
B
PV2R4-153 PV2R4-184
U.S.GPM L/min
U.S.GPM L/min
80 300 90 340
1800 r/min
280 1800 r/min 320
70 260 80
280
"PV2R" Series
1500 r/min
Output Flow
60 1500 r/min
220 70 260
HP
200 240 160
50 1200 r/min kW
180 60 1200 r/min
220 110
140
160 1000 r/min HP 200 100
40 kW 50
140 90 1000 r/min
120 180 90 120
30 120 80 160 80
100 40 100
Input Power
70 70
60 80 60 80
Input Power
50 50
60 60
40 40
30 40 30 40
20 20
20 20
10 10
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI) (500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R4-200 PV2R4-237
U.S.GPM L/min L/min
U.S.GPM
100 380 115 440
1800 r/min 1800 r/min
360 110 420
90 340 400 kW
320 380 140 HP
100
1500 r/min 180
80 300 360 1500 r/min 130
Output Flow
kW HP
280 120 160 90 340 120 160
Output Flow
200 80 260 80
50 100 100
Input Power
PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42/4290
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41/4190
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31/3190
PV2R4-*-*-RAA-30/3090
21 2 4 10 15 13 14 16 1 19 17 9 3 18
8 7 12 6 5
11
Y
22
23
24
29
Y 20
Section Y-Y
26
Section X-X
25
X
27
28
Cartridge Kits
Model Numbers 4 Cartridge Kit Numbers Model Numbers 4 Cartridge Kit Numbers
PV2R1-6-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-6-R-42 PV2R2-41-*-RAA-41* CPV2R2-41-R-41
PV2R1-8-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-8-R-42 PV2R2-47-*-RAA-41* CPV2R2-47-R-41
PV2R1-10-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-10-R-42 PV2R2-53-*-RAA-41* CPV2R2-53-R-41
PV2R1-12-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-12-R-42 PV2R2-59-*-RAA-41* CPV2R2-59-R-41
PV2R1-14-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-14-R-42 PV2R2-65-*-RAA-41* CPV2R2-65-R-41
PV2R1-17-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-17-R-42 PV2R3-76-*-RAA-31* CPV2R3-76-R-31
PV2R1-19-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-19-R-42 PV2R3-94-*-RAA-31* CPV2R3-94-R-31
PV2R1-23-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-23-R-42 PV2R3-116-*-RAA-31* CPV2R3-116-R-31
PV2R1-25-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-25-R-42 PV2R4-136-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-136-R-30
PV2R1-31-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-31-R-42 PV2R4-153-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-153-R-30
PV2R4-184-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-184-R-30
PV2R4-200-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-200-R-30
PV2R4-237-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-237-R-30
1. For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols , see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
2. If PV2R4A-193 is used at speed above 1700 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
3. If phosphate ester or water containing fluids are used, the maximum speed is limited to 1200 r/min.
F: L:
(Viewed from Shaft End)
For phosphate Foot
ester type Mounting R: A: A:
PV2R4A 138, 162, 193 1 10 Refer to 2
fluids (Omit F: Clockwise Upwards Upwards
if not Flange (Normal) (Normal) (Normal)
required) Mounting
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. 2.Design Standards:None.....Japanese Standard "JIS"
Consult Yuken for details. 80 . .. ...... European Design Standard
90 . .. ...... N. American Design Standard
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attention to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming to
the SAE Standards can be used.
Notes: Special seals (Viton seals) are required when phosphate ester type fluids are used. (Prefix "F-" to the pipe flange kit number when ordering.)
Details of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.
Discharge Port
7.94(.3126)
R15(R.59)
(2.752)
69.9
166(6.54)
(4.189)
106.4
118
(4.65)
76(2.99)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
61.9 35.7 4 Places
(2.437) (1.406)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places
Port Position
318.5 (12.54) A
31.75(1.250) Dia.
79 (3.11) 181(7.126)
66.5
136.3(5.37)
(2.62)
110 (4.33)
236.3 (9.30)
50
126.95 Dia.
(1.97)
(1.22)
(5.000)
(4.998)
31
127.00
Dimensions
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. mm (Inches)
E F
PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-10 M16 M12 29 (1.14) 22 (.87)
PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-1090 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R4A-*-L-RAA-10/1090
(.08)
2
76.2 92 145
(3.000) (3.62) (5.71)
131 54 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (2.13) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
Noise Level
Measuring conditions
Fluid viscosity : 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Measurement point : One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover
B
Back ground noise : 40 dB (A)
PV2R4A-138 PV2R4A-193
"PV2R4A" Series
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
65 65
60 60
55 55
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
Typical Pump Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
PV2R4A-138 PV2R4A-162
L / min U.S.GPM L / min
U.S.GPM 280 80 300
70 1800 r/
260 280 min
1800 r/m 70
240 in 260
60 1500 r/
220 240 min
Output Flow
Output Flow
1500 r/ 60
200 min 220
50
180 200
50 1200 r/m
1200 r/m in kW HP
160 in 180
40
140 1000 r/m 160 1000 r/m 100
in 40 in 130
kW HP
120 140 90 120
30
100 80 110 80
100 30 100
70 70
60 80 60 80
Input Power
Input Power
50 50
60 60
40 40
30 40 30 40
20 20
20 20
10 10
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R4A-193
U.S.GPM L / min
95 360
90 340 1800 r/
min
320
80 300
1500 r/
280 min
70 260
Output Flow
240
60 1200 r/m
220 in
200
50 1000 r/m
180 in
160 kW HP
40
120 160
100
120
Input Power
80
60 80
40
40
20
0
0
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure
PV2R4A-*-*-RAA-10/1090
2 4 9 10 11 1 13 15 5 8 3 6
12
16
X Section X-X
Graphic Symbol
6, 8
10, 12 A:
76, 94 L:
PV2R13 14, 17 Upwards 42
116 Foot Mtg.
19, 23 (Normal)
25, 31
F: E:
Special 41, 47 52, 60 R: 1 A: A:
Clockwise Left 45°
seals for PV2R23 53, 59 66, 76 Upwards Upwards 41
(Normal) Upwards
phosphate 65 94, 116 (Normal) (Normal)
(Normal) Refer to 2
ester type
fluids F: A:
76, 94 76, 94
(Omit if not PV2R33 Flange Upwards 31
116 116 Mtg. (Normal)
required)
6, 8
10, 12
PV2R14 32
14, 17 A:
19, 23 Upwards
(Normal)
136, 153
26, 33 184, 200
PV2R24 31
41, 47 237
E:
52, 60
Left 45°
PV2R34 66, 76 31
Upwards
94, 116 (Normal)
12 100
PV2R14
14 Allowable
PV2R12 PV2R13
17 80 60 Range PV2R12
19
23 60
40
25 Allowable
Nominal 31 40 Range
Displace- 26 20
ment, 20
33
Small PV2R24 0
Volume 41 0
Pump 47 600 1000 1200 1500 1800
53 PV2R23 Shaft Speed r/min
59
65 1. For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols, see the item of "Hydraulic
52
Fluids" on page 160.
60
66 2. For pressures above 16 MPa (2320 PSI), raise the speed over 1450 r/min.
PV2R34 3. If nominal displacement "23", of the PV2R14 series is selected, the
76
94 PV2R33 maximum operating pressure is limited to 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
116
"PV2R" Series
PV2R24 2 3 3
1800 600 1200 600
PV2R34 2
1800 600 1200 600 Same as single pump Same as single pump
1. For PV2R33-116-116, the maximum speed is limited to 1500 r/min. PV2R13 "PV2R1", refer to pages "PV2R3", refer to page
170 - 172. 174.
2. As for the models (nominal displacements) listed below, the mini-
mum suction pressure are limited in relation to the shaft speed.
Same as single pump
[For other models, the minimum suction pressure is -20 kPa (5.9 in. "PV2R3", refer to page
Hg vacuum) irrespective of speed. Same as single pump 174.
PV2R23 "PV2R2", refer to pages However, as for
Min. Suction Pres. kPa (in. Hg Vacuum) 172 & 173. displacement of "52",
Model Numbers "60" and "66", refer to
Less than 1700 r/min 1700 - 1800 r/min pages 192 & 193.
Mass
Model Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Numbers
Mounting PV2R12 PV2R13 PV2R23 PV2R33 PV2R14 PV2R24 PV2R34
Flange Mtg. 25 (55.1) 45.6 (101) 51 (112) 84 (185) 75 (165) 78 (172) 98 (216)
Foot Mtg. 29.3 (64.6) 55.6 (123) 61 (135) 94 (207) 100 (221) 103 (227) 123 (271)
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attention to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming to
the SAE Standards can be used.
Notes: Special seals (Viton seals) are required when phosphate ester type fluids are used. (Prefix "F-" to the pipe flange kit number when ordering.)
Details of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.
89 5
B
38 .500
(.6 17.
)
(1
.1 )
Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
Key Width
21(.83) Dia. "E" Thd. "K" Deep R8(R.31)
16 9
(.63) (.354) 4 Places 40(1.57)
Suction Port R10
53.5(2.11) Dia. (R.39)
.
.8 Sq
R9(R.35) E
(3 97
(.2512)
(.2500)
2)
49(1.93)
6.38
6.35
Small
Volume Pump
(3.063)
Discharge Port
77.8
"PV2R" Series
(1.874)
47.6
Small Volume Pump 58 8)
.2
Discharge Port (2
15(.59) Dia. 42.9
(1.689) "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep View Arrow X
"C" Thd. "J" Deep 22.2
4 Places
4 Places (.874)
326
(12.83) Suction Port and
129 80 95 Large Volume Pump
(5.08) (3.15) (3.74) Discharge Port
Dia.
67 Position A
(2.64)
25.35( .9980)
25.40( 1.0000)
174
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
55 (6.85)
(2.17)
146
40 (5.748)
(1.57)
R14
(2.95)
(2.76)
(R.55)
125(4.92) Sq.
101.60 Dia.
75
70
X
(5.63)
143
(4.000)
(3.998)
101.55
(.98)
25
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
J K
PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-42 M12 M10 M8 19 (.75) 14 (.55)
PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-4290 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 21 (.83) 16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R12-*-*-L-REAA-42/4290
(.59)
102
14
15
(.12)
3
60 82 120
(2.362) (3.23) (4.72)
115 47 95 95
(4.35) (1.85) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
Key Width
21 9
Discharge Port (.83) (.354)
15(.59) Dia. R15 R11(R.43)
(R.59)
R8(R.31)
(.3138)
(.3126)
65(2.56)
7.97
7.94
(3.82) Sq.
(1.500)
38.1
118 )
5
97
(4.6
(2.311)
58.7
40(1.57)
(4.189)
106.4
61.9
"E" Thd. "J " Deep 17.5 (2.437) "D" Thd. "H" Deep
4 Places (.689) 30.2 4 Places
(1.189)
"C" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
370
(14.57)
120.5 115.5 112 Port Position
(4.74) (4.55) (4.41)
Dia.
75 A
(2.95)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
63 213
(2.48) (8.39)
40 181
(1.57) (7.126)
R16
(3.74)
(3.54)
95
166(6.54) Sq.
(2.28)
(R.63)
127.00 Dia.
90
58
(7.20)
183
(5.000)
(4.998)
126.95
(1.22)
31
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F H J
PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-42 M16 M10 M8 19 (.75) 19 (.75) 14 (.55)
PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-4290 5/8-11 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79) 16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R13-*-*-L-RAAA-42/4290
(4.31)
109.5
23
22
(.08)
2
76.2 88 145
(3.000) (3.46) (5.71)
131 50 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (1.97) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
Key Width
21 9
Suction Port R15 (.83) (.354)
"J" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
78.5(3.09) Dia. (R.59) R11
(R.43) 4 Places
Small Volume Pump
(.3138)
(.3126)
65
7.97
7.94
Discharge Port
(2.56)
Position .2 )
22 74
47 .874
(4.189)
(1
106.4
(.8
.6 )
118 )
.
Sq
5
12 92)
"PV2R" Series
(2.311)
.
58.7
( 4
Small Volume Pump
61.9 R9(R.35)
Discharge Port
21(.83) Dia. (2.437) 30.2 "D" Thd. "L" Deep 49(1.93)
"C" Thd. "K" Deep (1.189) 4 Places
4 Places
403
( 2 70
6)
.7
(15.87)
139.5 115.5 112 Suction Port and
(5.49) (4.55) (4.41)
View Arrow X Large Volume Pump
Dia. Discharge Port
75 A Position
(2.95)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
213
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
63 (8.39)
(2.48)
181
40 (7.126)
(1.57)
R16
(3.74)
(3.54)
166(6.54) Sq.
95
(R.63)
127.00 Dia.
90
X
(7.20)
183
(5.000)
(4.998)
126.95
(1.22)
31
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "J" Thd.
K L
PV2R23-*-*-F-REAA-41 M16 M10 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R23-*-*-F-REAA-4190 5/8-11 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R23-*-*-L-REAA-41/4190
(4.31)
109.5
23
22
(.08)
2
76.2 88 145
(3.000) (3.46) (5.71)
131 50 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (1.97) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
Key Width
Suction Port 21 9
88(3.46) Dia. (.83) (.354)
Small Volume Pump
Discharge Port R11 R17
R11(R.43)
28(1.10) Dia. (R.43) (R.67)
(.3138)
(.3126)
7.97
7.94
65(2.56)
(2.311)
3
58.7
12 4)
8
( .
4
(2.311)
58.7
65(2.56) (4.752)
120.7
69.9
30.2 (2.752) 30.2
(1.189) "D" Thd. "F" Deep
(1.189)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep 4 Places
4 Places
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
454(17.87)
(2.95)
56 181(7.126)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
(2.20)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
R16
(3.74)
(3.54)
(3.54)
166(6.54) Sq.
(R.63)
Dia.
95
90
(4.998) 90
183(7.20)
(5.000)
127.00
126.95
(1.22)
31
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd.
E F
PV2R33-*-*-F-RAAA-31 M16 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R33-*-*-F-RAAA-3190 5/8-11 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R33-*-*-L-RAAA-31/3190
454(17.87) 17.5(.689) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
136 136 124 4 Places
(5.35) (5.35) (4.88)
217(8.54)
23(.91)
22(.87)
(4.31)
109.5
(.08)
2
Suction Port
Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
B
88(3.46) Dia. 25 13
Key Width
69.9 (.98) (.512)
Small Volume Pump R17
Discharge Port (2.752)
(R.67)
13(.51) Dia.
R8(R.31)
(.3764)
(.3752)
9.56
9.53
(1.500)
(4.752)
120.7
38.1
123 )
(3.82)
"PV2R" Series
4
(4.8
(2.752)
69.9
40(1.57)
17.5
"E" Thd. "J" Deep (.689)
4 Places 35.7
(1.406) "D" Thd. "H" Deep
"C" Thd. "F" Deep 4 Places
R13
4 Places
(R.51)
R37(R1.46)
Port Position
423(16.65)
146.5 119.5 135 A
(5.77) (4.70) (5.31)
24 92 273(10.75) Sq.
(.94) (3.62)
76 228.6(9.000)
(2.99)
Dia.
56
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
(2.20)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(5.51)
140
(4.53)
115
152.40 Dia.
228.6(9.000)
(2.28)
217(8.54)
58
(6.000)
(5.998)
152.35
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F H J
PV2R14-*-*-F-RAAA-32 M16 M12 M8 19 (.75) 19 (.75) 14 (.55)
PV2R14-*-*-F-RAAA-3290 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83) 16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R14-*-*-L-RAAA-32/3290
22(.866) Dia. Through
423(16.65) 43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
146.5 119.5 135 4 Places
(5.77) (4.70) (5.31) A
327.3(12.89)
30(1.18)
29(1.14)
(7.37)
187.3
3(.12)
114.3 99 280(11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
185 60 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (2.36) (7.374) (7.374)
438(17.24)
Key Width
Small Volume Pump 69.9 (.98) (.512)
Discharge Port R17 (2.752)
19(.75) Dia. (R.67)
(.3764)
(.3752)
R9(R.35)
9.56
9.53
125 Sq.
(1.874)
(4.752)
120.7
47.6
123 )
(4.92)
4
(4.8
(2.752)
69.9
49(1.93)
56
38.05(1.4980)
(2.20)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(5.51)
140
(4.53)
115
228.6(9.000)
(2.76)
Dia.
217(8.54)
70
(6.000)
(5.998)
152.40
152.35
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F H
PV2R24-*-*-F-RAAA-31 M16 M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R24-*-*-F-RAAA-3190 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R24-*-*-L-RAAA-31/3190
22(.866) Dia. Through
462(18.19) 43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
171.5 119.5 135
(6.75) (4.70) (5.31) A
327.3(12.89)
30(1.18)
29(1.14)
(7.37)
187.3
3(.12)
114.3 99 280(11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
185 60 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (2.36) (7.374) (7.374)
438(17.24)
Key Width
77.8 25 13
.1 .2
100(3.94) Dia.
58 311
)
E
(1 30
89
(2
(3.063) (.98) (.512)
.7 )
.
.q
R17(R.67)
4) S
(6 6 6
1
Small Volume Pump
.5
(.3764)
(.3752)
Discharge Port
9.56
9.53
28(1.10) Dia. "J" Thd. "N" Deep
4 Places
152 65(2.56)
8)
"PV2R" Series
(5.9
(2.752)
69.9
(3 90
4)
.5
"C" Thd. "K" Deep 35.7 "D" Thd.
4 Places (1.406) "L" Deep View Arrow X
R37(R1.46) R13(R.51) 4 Places
518(20.39)
228.6(9.000)
(2.20)
38.10(1.5000)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(5.51)
(5.998) 140
(4.53)
115
228.6(9.000)
Dia.
X
(6.000)
152.40
152.35
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "J" Thd.
K L N
PV2R34-*-*-F-REAA-31 M16 M12 M8 19 (.75) 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R34-*-*-F-REAA-3190 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R34-*-*-L-REAA-31/3190
518(20.39) 22(.866) Dia. Through
43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
192 133 135 4 Places
(7.56) (5.24) (5.31) A
327.3(12.89)
30(1.18)
29(1.14)
(7.37)
187.3
3(.12)
114.3 99 280(11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
185 60 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (2.36) (7.374) (7.374)
438(17.24)
PV2R12-*-26 PV2R12-*-33
PV2R24-26-* PV2R24-33-*
L/min U.S.GPM L/min
U.S.GPM 60
50 16
13 1800 r/min
1800 r/min
12
14
40 1500 r/min 50 1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
10
12
1200 r/min 40
8 30 1200 r/min
10
1000 r/min
6 1000 r/min kW HP
20 8 30 30 40
4 HP
kW 30 6 30
20
Input Power
10 20 Input Power 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R23-*-52 PV2R23-*-60
PV2R34-52-* PV2R34-60-*
U.S.GPM L/min
L/min
U.S.GPM 30 110
110
28 1800 r/min
100 26 100
24 90 1800 r/min 90
22 1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
80 80
20 1500 r/min
70 18 70 1200 r/min
16 60 1200 r/min 60
1000 r/min
14 50
50 kW
12
40 10 40 50 HP
1000 r/min
8 30 30 60
kW
HP 40
40 50
50
30 40 30 40
Input Power
Input Power
30 30
20 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
Typical Pump Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
B
PV2R23-*-66
PV2R34-66-*
L/min
140
U.S.GPM 130
"PV2R" Series
110
28
100 1500 r/min
Output Flow
24 90 HP
80 1200 r/min kW
20 70
70 50
1000 r/min
16 60 60
50 40
12 50
40
Input Power
30 40
30
20
20
10
10
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure
PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-42/4290
PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-42/4290
PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-41/4190
PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-31/3190
3 15 14 9 6 1 5 8 10 11 21 2 18 7 4 20
24
23
22
27
26
25
Cartridge Kits
Cartridge Kit Numbers Cartridge Kit Numbers
Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume
Pump Pump Pump Pump
PV2R12-6- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-6-L-42 PV2R13-6- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-6-L-42
PV2R12-8- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-8-L-42 PV2R13-8- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-8-L-42
PV2R12-10- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-10-L-42 PV2R13-10- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-10-L-42
PV2R12-12- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-12-L-42 PV2R13-12- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-12-L-42
PV2R12-14- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-14-L-42 CPV2R2 PV2R13-14- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-14-L-42 CPV2R3
PV2R12-17- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-17-L-42 - -R-41 PV2R13-17- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-17-L-42 - -R-31
PV2R12-19- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-19-L-42 PV2R13-19- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-19-L-42
PV2R12-23- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-23-L-42 PV2R13-23- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-23-L-42
PV2R12-25- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-25-L-42 PV2R13-25- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-25-L-42
PV2R12-31- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-31-L-42 PV2R13-31- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-31-L-42
PV2R23-41- -*-REAA-41* CPV2R23-41-L-41 PV2R33-76- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R33-76-L-31
CPV2R33
PV2R23-47- -*-REAA-41* CPV2R23-47-L-41 PV2R33-94- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R33-94-L-31
CPV2R3 - -R-31
PV2R23-53- -*-REAA-41* CPV2R23-53-L-41 PV2R33-116- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R33-116-L-31
- -R-31
PV2R23-59- -*-REAA-41* CPV2R23-59-L-41 Note: The marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal
PV2R23-65- -*-REAA-41* CPV2R23-65-L-41 displacement. Referring to the model No. designation on
page 181, write the correct nominal displacement figures.
PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-32/3290
PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-31/3190 B
PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-31/3190
3 25 21 20 13 6 29 1 5 12 18 16 2 17 19 35 27 24 11 26 4
"PV2R" Series
32
34
31
30
28
36
Cartridge Kits
Cartridge Kit Numbers Cartridge Kit Numbers
Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume
Pump Pump Pump Pump
PV2R14-6- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-6-L-42 PV2R24-26- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-26-L-41
PV2R14-8- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-8-L-42 PV2R24-33- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-33-L-41 CPV2R4
PV2R14-10- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-10-L-42 PV2R24-41- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-41-L-41 - -R-30
PV2R14-12- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-12-L-42 CPV2R2 PV2R24-47- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-47-L-41
PV2R14-14- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-14-L-42 - -R-41 PV2R34-52- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-52-L-31
PV2R14-17- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-17-L-42 PV2R34-60- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-60-L-31
PV2R14-19- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-19-L-42 PV2R34-66- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-66-L-31 CPV2R34
PV2R14-23- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-23-L-42 PV2R34-76- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-76-L-31 - -R-31
Note: The marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal PV2R34-94- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-94-L-31
displacement. Referring to the model No. designation on PV2R34-116- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-116-L-31
page 181, write the correct nominal displacement figures.
Graphic Symbol
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attention to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming to
the SAE Standards can be used.
Notes: Special seals (Viton seals) are required when phosphate ester type fluids are used. (Prefix "F-" to the pipe flange kit number when ordering.)
Details of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.
Specifications
Maximum Operating Pressure
Model
Petroleum Base Oils
Max. Operating Pressure MPa (PSI)
Water Containing Fluids Synthetic Fluids
B
Numbers 1
Anti-Wear
Water in Oil
Anti-Wear Type R & O Type Type Water Water Glycols Phosphate Esters
Emulsions
Glycols
PV2R24A-26
PV2R24A-33
"PV2R24A/34A" Series
PV2R24A-41
Output Flow & Input Power, Shaft Speed Range and Mass
Shaft Speed Range r/min
Approx. Mass
Model Output Flow & Input Power Water Containing Fluids
Petroleum Base Oils kg (lbs.)
Numbers Phosphate Esters
Small Volume Pump Large Volume Pump Max. Min. Max. Min. Flange Mtg. Foot Mtg.
If the pump is used at speed above 1400 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
Key Width
Discharge Port Discharge Port Position
E
Y
Suction Port
)6
88(3.46) Dia. 21 9
.7
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
(2
R17(R.67) R14(R.55) (.83) (.354)
12 .92
70
5 )
(4
4)
sq
7
.8
.
(
.2
22
47 874
(1
(4.752)
.6 )
(2.752)
.
120.7
69.9
12 4)
8
(4. 49
(1.93) "E" Thd.
76(2.99) 17(.67) Deep
R9
4Places
69.9 (R.35)
(2.752) 35.7 "D" Thd. "H" Deep
Small Volume Pump
(1.406) 4 Places View Arrow X View Arrow Y
Discharge Port "C" Thd. "F" Deep
19(.75) Dia. 4 Places
(3.35) 181
72.5 (7.126)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(2.85)
56
135.5
(5.33)
(2.20)
(4.33)
235.5(9.27)
110
160(6.30) Sq.
127.00 Dia.
(1.22)
(5.000)
(4.998)
31
126.95
R16
(R.63)
17.5(.689) Dia. Through
4 Places 148
(5.83)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F H
PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-10 M16 M14 M10 19 (.75) 22 (.87)
PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-1090 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R24A-*-*-L-REAA-10/1090
17.5(.689) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
A
(9.63)
244.5
22(.87)
23(.91)
(4.31)
109.5
(.08)
2
76.2 98 145(5.71)
(3.000) (3.86)
131 60 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (2.36) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
Key Width
100(3.94) Dia. Discharge Port
Small Volume Pump 36(1.42) Dia.
Discjarge Port
21 9
28(1.10) Dia. (.83) (.354)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
R16 R14
R11(R.43) (R.63) (R.55)
"PV2R24A/34A" Series
130.2(5.126)
(2.752)
2
58.7
69.9
15 8)
5 .9
(
76(2.99)
65 30.2 77.8 35.7 "D" Thd. "L" Deep
(2.56) (1.189) (3.063) (1.406) 4 Places
"J" Thd. "N" Deep "C" Thd. "K" Deep
4 Places 4 Places
480.5(18.92)
Port Position
142 148 133 A
(5.59) (5.83) (5.24) 213
85
(8.39)
Dia.
(3.35) 181
72.5
(7.126)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
(2.85)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
56
135.5(5.33)
(2.20)
110(4.33)
(3.54)
235.5(9.27)
160(6.30) Sq.
90
Dia.
(1.22)
(5.000)
(4.998)
31
127.00
126.95
R16
(R.63)
17.5(.689) Dia. Through
2 Places 148
(5.83)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "J" Thd.
K L N
PV2R34-*-*-F-RAAA-10 M16 M14 M10 19 (.75) 22 (.87) 19 (.75)
PV2R34-*-*-F-RAAA-1090 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R34A-* -* -L-RAAA-10/1090
17.5(.689) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
A
(9.63)
244.5
23(.91)
22(.87)
(4.31)
109.5
(.08)
2
76.2 98 145
(3.000) (3.86) (5.71)
131 60 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (2.36) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
PV2R24A-*-*-*-REAA-10/1090
PV2R34A-*-*-*-RAAA-10/1090
14 3 13 12 8 1 9 20 11 15 16 2
19
6
18 10
17 21
24
23
Cartridge Kits
Cartridge Kit Numbers
Model Numbers 8 Small Volume 9 Large Volume
Pump Pump
PV2R24A-26- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-26-L-41
PV2R24A-33- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-33-L-41
PV2R24A-41- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-41-L-41
PV2R24A-47- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-47-L-41 CPV2R4A- -R-10
PV2R24A-53- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-53-L-41
PV2R24A-59- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-59-L-41
PV2R24A-65- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-65-L-41
PV2R34A-76- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R33-76-L-31
PV2R34A-94- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R33-94-L-31 CPV2R34A- -R-10
PV2R34A-116- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R33-116-L-31
Note: The marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal displacement. Referring to
the model No. designation on page 196, write correct nominal displacement figures.
Pilot Operated 25
BT/BG 03 06 10 209
Relief Valves (3630)
Low Noise Type 25
Pilot Operated S-BG 03 06 10 216
Relief Valves (3630)
Sol. Cont. 25
BST/BSG 03 06 10 220
Relief Valves (3630)
Low Noise Type 25
Sol. Cont. 230
(3630) S-BSG 03 06 10
Relief Valves
H TypePress. Cont. Valves / 21
HT/HG HF 237
HC TypePress. Cont. Valves (3050) 03 06 10 16
HCT/HCG HCF
Press. Reducing Valves / 21
Press. Reducing RT/RG RF 251
& Check Valves (3050) RCT/RCG 03 06 10 RCF 16
Pres. Reducing 03 : 14(2030)
RBG 03 06 260
& Relieving Valves 06 : 25(3630)
Unloading 21
BUCG 06 10 265
Relief Valves (3050)
25
Brake Valves UBGR 03 06 10 271
(3630)
T
Semiconductor Type 35
JT-02 272
Pressure Switches (5080)
20(2900)
Pressure Monitoring System 274
35(5080)
201
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the table below can be used.
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead to
breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade 12.
Use 25 µm or finer line filter.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Sub-plate
Max. Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
C
Connection Mounting DT type DG type
DT-01-22* DG-01-22* 25 (3630) 1.6 (3.5) 1.4 (3.1)
Remote Control
Relief Valves
Model Number Designation
F- D T -01 -22 *
Type of Design
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Design Standards
Mounting Number
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
DG-01 M5 45 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Valve Model
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
DG-01 DGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 DGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F DGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 0.7 (1.5)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a
good machined finish.
Two Collars
26(1.02)
52(2.05)
Fully Extended
193(7.60) Pressure Adjustment Dimensions of
Handle The Panel Mounting Hole
141.5 INC.
(5.57) Max.
44(1.73) 10(.39)
21(.83)
47(1.85)
26(1.02)
Dia.
Dia.
74
Pressure Port (2.91) Lock Nut 24(.94) Hex.
"A" Thd.
Tank Port "A" Thd.
50
(1.97) 6.2(.24) Dia.
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 30 10 "A" Thd. (From Rear)
9(.35) Dia. Spotface (1.18) (.39) 2 Places
4 Places 27 24
(1.06) (.94)
30 60 Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. 15 17
(.59) 2(.08) (.67)
(.30)
(1.18) (2.36)
7.5
(.28)
(.75)
Two Collars
7
19
(.55)
14
44(1.73)
(.53)
13.5
(2.05)
(1.50)
Dia.
52
38
(.75)
19
(2.56)
(3.15)
(2.05)
(1.50)
65
80
10
52
38
Pressure Port
(.39)
Tank Port 50
(1.97)
48
(1.02)
47
37
38
2 Places
26
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd.
DGM-02-20 Rc 1/4
M5
DGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F
DGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT No. 10-24 UNC
DT-01-22/2280/2290
12 2 3 4 15 11 6 8 7
List of Seals
C
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
13 O-Ring SO-NA-P12 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P22.4 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit
Remote Control
Relief Valves
number from the table below.
1 5 13 14 10 9
DG-01-22/2290
13 2 1 3 10 14 6 9 8 7
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
11 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit
number from the table above.
12 4 11 5
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operat- Pres. Adj. Max. Flow Approx. Mass
Threaded Sub-plate ing Pressure Range L/min kg (lbs.)
Connection Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) DT type DG type
16
DT-02-*-22* DG-02-*-22* 21 (3050) Note) 1.5 (3.3) 1.5 (3.3)
(4.23)
Note: Refer to the Model Number Designation.
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
DG-02 M5 45 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Valve Model
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
DG-02 DGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 DGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F DGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 0.7 (1.5)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a
good machined finish.
The sub-plates are those for remote control relief valves. For dimensions, see page 204.
Pressure
2000 14.0
100
0.6 DT-02-C
75 1500 10.5
0.4 DG-02-C
50 1000 7.0
25 0.2
DT-02-B
0 500 3.5
0 DG-02-B
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 L/min 0
0
Relief Valves
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 L/min
Direct Type
0 1 2 3 4 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate 0 1 2 3 4 4.5 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
DT-02-*-22 Rc 1/4
DT-02-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F
50
(1.97) DT-02-*-2290 1/4 NPT
21(.83)
26(1.02)
Dia.
(1.85)
Dia.
47
74
(2.91) Lock Nut 24(.94) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DG-02-*-22/2290 5.5(.22) Dia. Through Lock Nut
9(.35) Dia. Spotface 14(.55) Hex.
4 Places
(.28)
19(.75) 7
44(1.73)
(2.05)
Dia.
52
10 Tank Port
Pressure Port
(.39)
50
(1.97)
Pressure Adjustment
Fully Extended
Handle
160(6.42)
INC.
100
(3.94)
(1.89)
(1.85)
(1.50)
(1.46)
(1.02)
48
47
38
37
26
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DT-02-*-22/2280/2290
DG-02-*-22/2290
10 2 3 11 1 9 5 6 7 8
12 4 13 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2 Use only for DG-02
13 O-Ring SO-NA-P12 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P22.4 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
C
Graphic Symbols
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
Vent Connection
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operating Pres. Adj. Max. Flow Approx. Mass
Threaded Sub-plate Pressure Range L/min kg (lbs.)
Connection Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) BT type BG type
100 5.0 4.7
BT-03-*-32* BG-03-*-32*
(26.4) (11.0) (10.4)
Note)
200 5.0 5.6
BT-06-*-32* BG-06-*-32* 25 (3630) -25
(52.8) (11.0) (12.3)
( -3630)
400 8.5 8.7
BT-10-*-32* BG-10-*-32*
(106) (18.7) (19.2)
Note: Refer to the Minimum adjustment Pressure characteristics on page 214.
Use high venting pressure type to reduce the response time from unload to onload.
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Valve Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
Instructions
If a remote control relief valve is used in the vent circuit, see page 203. In addition, if the internal volume of the vent
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the
pipe.
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher pressures or anti-clock-
wise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but connected directly to the
reservoir.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained, remove some collars. One collar is
equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
With a small flow, the setting pressure may be unstable. Use models numbered 03 and 06 with a flow rate above
8 L/min (2.1 U.S. GPM) and model 10 with 15 L/min (4.0 U.S. GPM).
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290 DIMENSIONS IN
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex.
"A" SQ.
Two Collars
C
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
are available by rotating cover assembly as shown.
Pressure Adjustment
Vent Port
Handle
"T" Thd.
INC.
5(.20) B Fully Extended C
3280 Design Only
44(1.73)
Dia.
D
J
L
F
Pressure Port P
"S" Thd. 2 Places
H
Tank Port E Q
Pressure Gauge Connection
"S" Thd.
"U" Thd.
N
There are two threaded connection pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and the other
as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N Q
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290
75 40 105 52 78 150.5 68.5 62 36 52 90 45
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (2.05) (3.07) (5.93) (2.70) (2.44) (1.42) (2.05) (3.54) (1.77)
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"S" Thd. "T" Thd. "U" Thd.
BT-03-*-32 Rc 3/8 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
BT-03-*-3280 3/8 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
BT-03-*-3290 3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
BT-06-*-32 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
BT-06-*-3280 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
BT-06-*-3290 3/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
BT-10-*-32 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
BT-10-*-3280 1-1/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
BT-10-*-3290 1-1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
Two Collars
"A" SQ.
INC.
B Fully Extended C
Vent Port
44(1.73)
Dia.
Q
H
N
P
6
(.24)
Pressure Port
U J "S" Dia. Through
D
K "T" Dia. Spotface
V Tank Port 4 Places
E L
F
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V
75 40 105 57 78 78 137 14.1 41 82 117 77 22 13.5 21 55 77
BG-03-*-32/3290
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (2.24) (3.07) (3.07) (5.39) (.56) (1.61) (3.23) (4.61) (3.03) (.87) (.53) (.83) (2.17) (3.03)
75 40 105 40 60 78 161 17 52 104 141 83.5 4.5 17.5 26 38 58
BG-06-*-32/3290
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (1.57) (2.36) (3.07) (6.34) (.67) (2.05) (4.09) (5.55) (3.29) (.18) (.69) (1.02) (1.50) (2.28)
85 45 101 47 67 87.5 195 20.7 62 124 175 110 6 21.5 32 45 65
BG-10-*-32/3290
(3.35) (1.77) (3.98) (1.85) (2.64) (3.44) (7.68) (.81) (2.44) (4.88) (6.89) (4.33) (.24) (.85) (1.26) (1.77) (2.56)
Thread Size
Model Numbers Mounting Surface
"X" Thd
BG-03-*-32 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
BG-03-*-3290 1/4 NPT
BG-06-*-32 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
BG-06-*-3290 1/4 NPT
BG-10-*-32 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
BG-10-*-3290 1/4 NPT
Z
C
"h" F "t" Thd.
a
4 Places
J
6.2(.24) Dia.
P
N
T
Y
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
L
X
H
Q
U
S
"b" Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep f
"n" Thd. 2 Places
(From Rear)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S
86 26
BGM-03
86 60 13 53.8 3.1 26.9 149 13 123 (3.39) 32 (1.02) 97 53.8
(3.39) (2.36) (.51) (2.12) (.12) (1.06) (5.87) (.51) (4.84) 95 (1.26) 21 (3.82) (2.12)
BGM-03X
(3.74) (.83)
106.5 27.2
BGM-06
108 78 15 70 4 35 180 15 150 (4.19) 51 (1.07) 121 66.7
(4.25) (3.07) (.59) (2.76) (.16) (1.38) (7.09) (.59) (5.91) 119 (2.01) 18 (4.76) (2.63)
BGM-06X
(4.69) (.71)
138.2 30.2
BGM-10
126 94 16 82.6 5.7 41.3 227 16 195 (5.44) 62 (1.19) 154 88.9
(4.96) (3.70) (.63) (3.25) (.22) (1.63) (8.94) (.63) (7.68) 158 (2.44) 17 (6.06) (3.50)
BGM-10X
(6.22) (.67)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
T U V X Y Z a b d e f
32
BGM-03
19 47.4 0 22 22 (1.26) 20 14.5 11 17.5 19
(.75) (1.87) (0) (.87) (.87) 40 (.79) (.57) (.43) (.69) (.75)
BGM-03X
(1.57)
40
BGM-06
37 55.5 23.8 33.4 11 (1.57) 25 23 13.5 21 24
(1.46) (2.19) (.94) (1.31) (.43) 50 (.98) (.91) (.53) (.83) (.94)
BGM-06X
(1.97)
50
BGM-10
42 76.2 31.8 44.5 12.7 (1.97) 32 28 17.5 26 31
(1.65) (3.00) (1.25) (1.75) (.50) 63 (1.26) (1.10) (.69) (1.02) (1.22)
BGM-10X
(2.48)
Pressure
2300 16 2300 16
15 15
2000 14 2000 14
225 1.6 275 1.9
1.3 1.6
150 1.0 200 1.3
BT-10, BG-10
PSI MPa
3600 25
24
3300 23
Pressure
2300 16
15
2000 14
300 2.0
200 1.6
1.2
Pressure
60 0.4 0.8
100
40 Low Venting
0.2 Pressure Type 50 0.4
20 High Venting Low Venting
Pressure Type Pressure Type
0 0
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 L/min
BT-10, BG-10
Vent Pressure
PSI MPa Min. Adjustment Pressure
225 1.6
200 High Venting
1.2 Pressure Type
150
Pressure
0.8
100
50 0.4
Low Venting
0 Pressure Type
0
0 100 200 300 400 L/min
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290
BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
18 22 6 7 8 2 16 9 10 11 13 12
C
A
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
BT-03 BT-06 BT-10
17 21 16 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1
14 20
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1
5 15
24 Bonded Seal SG-FB-3/8 SG-FB-3/8 1
3 19
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
4
table below.
BG-03-*-32/3290
BG-06-*-32/3290
BG-10-*-32/3290
21 16 6 7 8 2 17 9 10 11 13 12
20 List of Seals
18 25 Part Numbers
23 Item Name of Parts Qty.
14 BG-03 BG-06 BG-10
15
19 17 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1
5 22
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P11 SO-NB-P9 1
3 1
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
24
20 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1
4
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table below.
Graphic Symbols
Vent Connection
Specifications
Max. Operating Pres. Adj. Max. Flow Approx.
Model Numbers Pressure Range L/min Mass
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) kg (lbs.)
S-BG-03-*-*-40* Note) 100 (26.4) 4.1 (9.0)
S-BG-06-*-*-40* 25 (3630) -25 200 (52.8) 5.0 (11.0)
S-BG-10-*-40* ( -3630) 400 (106) 10.5 (23.2)
Note: See minimum adjustment pressure characteristics on page 218.
1. Use the high venting pressure type where it is necessary to reduce the response time from unloading to onloading.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
BGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 BGM-03-3080 3/8 BSP.F BGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
S-BG-03
BGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 BGM-03X-3080 1/2 BSP.F BGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 3.1 (6.8)
BGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 BGM-06-3080 3/4 BSP.F BGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
S-BG-06
BGM-06X-20 Rc 1 BGM-06X-3080 1 BSP.F BGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
BGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 BGM-10-3080 1-1/4 BSP.F BGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 8.4 (18.5)
S-BG-10
BGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 BGM-10X-3080 1-1/2 BSP.F BGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 10.3 (22.7)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a
good machined finish.
The sub-plates are those for pilot operated relief valves. For dimensions, see page 213.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model Numbers Qty.
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
S-BG-03 M12 40 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 4
S-BG-06 M16 50 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC 2 Lg. 4
S-BG-10 M20 60 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4
C
Instructions
If a remote control relief valve is used in the vent circuit, see page 203. In addition, if the internal volume of the vent
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside Dia. and the length of the pipe.
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher pressures or anti-clock-
wise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Mounting surface
S-BG-03-*-L-40/4090 "K" Dia. Through
S-BG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
S-BG-06-*-L-40/4090 "N" Dia. Spotface S-BG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
Fully Extended J 4 Places S-BG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
S-BG-10-*-40/4090 Fully Extended
F E Pressure Port Opposite Handle Position
DIMENSIONS IN 03
S-BG- - -R
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) 06 *
C
Fully Extended J
D
A
B
H
Vent Port
Pressure Adjustment Handle Tank Port
Pressure Gauge Connection
Two Collars "Y" Thd
INC.
P
Lock Nut
14(.55) Dia. Note:For other dimensions, see the figures
shown left.
44(1.73) Dia.
Mounting Surface V
S-BG-06-*-*-4090 1/4 NPT
(O-Rings Furnished)
Locating Pin U
S-BG-10-*-40 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
6(.24) Dia.
S-BG-10-*-4090 1/4 NPT
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K N P Q S T U V X Z
76 53.8 11.1 26.9 53.8 73.6 26.9 163.5 13.5 21 50 130 103 21.5 106 26.1 13 36.1
S-BG-03
(2.99) (2.12) (.44) (1.06) (2.12) (2.90) (1.06) (6.44) (.53) (.83) (1.97) (5.12) (4.06) (.85) (4.17) (1.03) (.51) (1.42)
98 70 14 35 66.7 58.8 33.7 163.5 17.5 26 50 130 103 26 122 19.3 13 21.3
S-BG-06
(3.86) (2.76) (.55) (1.38) (2.63) (2.31) (1.33) (6.44) (.69) (1.02) (1.97) (5.12) (4.06) (1.02) (4.80) (.76) (.51) (.84)
120 82.6 18.7 41.3 88.9 46.1 44.9 180 21.5 32 65 167 135 33.5 155 21.1 18
S-BG-10
(4.72) (3.25) (.74) (1.63) (3.50) (1.81) (1.77) (7.09) (.85) (1.26) (2.56) (6.57) (5.31) (1.32) (6.10) (.83) (.71)
Pressure
Pressure
2200 15 2200 15 2200 15
14 14 14
1900 13 1900 13 1900 13
300 2.0
250 1.5 250 1.5 1.5
1.0 1.0 150 1.0
50 0.5 50 0.5
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 25 50 75 100
U.S. GPM U.S. GPM U.S. GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate Flow Rate
Pressure
0.5
60 100 Pressure Type 0.8
0.4 Low Vent 0.6 100
0.6
40 0.3 Pressure Type 0.4
50 50 0.4
0.2 Low Vent
20 0.1 0.2 0.2 Low Vent
0 Pressure Type 0 Pressure Type
0 0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400
L/min L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 25 50 75 100
U.S. GPM U.S. GPM U.S. GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate Flow Rate
Noise Level
Measuring condition Measuring position: At 1m (3.3 ft.) back from the valve front.
Viscosity : 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
Back pressure : 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI)
70 70 70
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
60 60 60
50 50 50
40 40 0 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI
Pressure Pressure Pressure
S-BG-03,06,10-*-40/4090
13 14 22 12 20 11 10 26 23 24 15 7 21
8
9
19
2 C
32
2
25 19
30
31
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
S-BG-03 S-BG-06 S-BG-10
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P11 SO-NB-P9 1
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
29 O-Ring SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A128 1
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P36 1
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 1
Note:When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Specifications
Max. Pressure Max. Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Operating Adj. Flow With
Model Numbers Double Single
Pressure Range L/min Vent
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) Sol. Sol.
Restrictor
BST-03-*-*-*-*-48* 100 (26.4) 7.1 (15.7) 6.6 (14.6) 7.6 (16.8)
Note)
Threaded
BST-06-*-*-*-*-48* 25 (3630) -25 200 (52.8) 7.1 (15.7) 6.6 (14.6) 7.6 (16.8)
Connection
( -3630)
BST-10-*-*-*-*-48* 400 (106) 10.8 (23.8) 10.3 (22.7) 11.3 (24.9)
BSG-03-*-*-*-*-48* 100 (26.4) 6.8 (15.0) 6.3 (13.9) 7.3 (16.1)
Note)
Sub-plate
BSG-06-*-*-*-*-48* 25 (3630) -25 200 (52.8) 7.7 (17.0) 7.2 (15.9) 8.2 (18.1)
Mounting
( -3630)
BSG-10-*-*-*-*-48* 400 (106) 11.0 (24.3) 10.5 (23.2) 11.5 (25.4)
Note: For relief valves, standard pilot operated relief valves are used.
For minimum adjustment pressures and other characteristics, see page 214.
None:
AC: None:
T:
3 Terminal
F: 2B3A A100, A120 Japanese
03 Box Type
A: Threaded 2 A200, A240 Std. "JIS"
Special V: For High 2B3B
1 BS: Connection N: With
Seals for With Vent Venting
Phosphate Restrictor Solenoid Pressure 2B2B DC: Plug-in 90:
Ester Type Controlled 06 Connector 48 N. American
(Option- Feature 2B2 D12 , D24
Fluids Relief (Omit if not (DIN) Design Std.
Omit if not G: D48
(Omit if not Valves 3C2
required) required)
required) Sub-plate 10 N: With 80:
Mounting 3C3 AC DC: Plug-in
R100, R200 European
Connector
Design Std.
(DIN)
1. Models with vent restrictor are applicable only for the vent type 2B3A and 2B3B. For details, see page 222.
2. Use high venting pressure types to reduce response time from unloading to onloading.
3. For the details of the vent types, see the following page.
4. The coil codes are the same as for solenoid operated directional valve DSG-01. See the Solenoid Ratings on page 345.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
Vent Types
Solenoid Operated Operation
Vent Type Graphic Symbols Directional Valve
Model Number SOL "a" SOL "b" Vent Connecting
"A"
OFF Connected to port "A".
b
2B3A DSG-01-2B3A
Solenoid Controlled
ON Connected to port "B".
Relief Valves
"B"
Closed state (relief valve
OFF
b setting pressure)
2B2B DSG-01-2B2B
"A" "B"
OFF Connected to port "A".
b
2B2 DSG-01-2B2
"A" "B"
OFF OFF Connected to tank (no-load)
a b
3C3 DSG-01-3C3 ON OFF Connected to port "A".
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
BSG-03 M12 70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M12 95 Lg. (2 pcs.) 1/2-13UNC 2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 1/2-13UNC 3-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BSG-06 M16 60 Lg. (2 pcs.), M16 80 Lg. (2 pcs.) 5/8-11UNC 2-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 5/8-11UNC 3-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BSG-10 M20 70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M20 90 Lg. (2 pcs.) 3/4-10UNC 2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 3/4-10UNC 3-1/2 Lg. (2 pcs.)
Option
Models with vent restrictor
The type with a vent restrictor has a vent restrictor in vent types 2B3A and 2B3B added between a relief valve and
a solenoid operated directional valve. If prevents shock to the main circuit by gradually lowering the venting pressure
in the shift from the set pressure to unloading.
Unloading pressure are the same as without a vent restrictor.
A-BS*-*-2B3A A-BS*-*-2B3B
b b
Instructions
If a remote control relief valve is used in the vent circuit, see page 203. In addition, if the internal volume of the vent
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the
pipe.
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher pressures or anti-clock-
wise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but connected directly to the
reservoir.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained, remove some collars. One collar is
equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
With a small flow, the setting pressure may be unstable. Use models numbered 03 and 06 with a flow rate above
8 L/min (2.1 U.S. GPM) and model 10 with 15 L/min (4.0 U.S. GPM).
BST-03-*-*-*-48/4890 DIMENSIONS IN
BST-06-*-*-*-48/4890 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
BST-10-*-*-*-48/4890
C
Solenoid Indicator Light
"C" SQ.
Solenoid Controlled
Space Needed to Remove
Relief Valves
Solenoid-Each End
DC/R :204.4(8.05) DC/R :50(1.97)
AC :196.4(7.73) AC :45.5(1.79)
47.5 DC/R :102.2(4.02)
D (1.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
Pressure Adjustment Handle 47.5 Electrical Conduit Connection
46 "r" Thd. (Both Ends)
(1.81) (1.87)
INC.
Manual Actuator
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. 6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
44(1.73)
Q
Dia.
T
Vent Port
N
"W" Thd.
"k" Thd.
U
V
Two Collars
Pressure Port
S
"X" Thd. P
Tank Port 2 Places
"X" Thd.
Pressure Gauge Connection K Remote Control Port "A"
"E" Sq. "h" Thd. "W" Thd.
L
F
Fully Extended
H
There are two threaded connection pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and the other
as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H K L N P Q S T U V
BST-03-*-48/4890
75 40 52 78 145 45 90 239.3 68.5 152.5 36 105.5 69 62
(2.95) (1.57) (2.05) (3.07) (5.71) (1.77) (3.54) (9.42) (2.70) (6.00) (1.42) (4.15) (2.72) (2.44)
BST-06-*-48/4890
SOL a SOL b
BST-03-*-D*-N 68.5 105.5 250 169.5
BST-06-*-D*-N (2.70) (4.15) (9.84) (6.67) 39
QQ
SOL b SOL b
QQ
Q
NN
T
T
For other dimensions, see the models without vent restrictor type on page 223 and 224.
Mounting surface
BSG-03-*-*-*-48/4890 BSG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
BSG-06-*-*-*-48/4890 BSG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
BSG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
BSG-10-*-*-*-48/4890
Solenoid Controlled
Space Needed to Remove
Mounting Surface Solenoid-Each End
(O-Rings Furnished)
Relief Valves
DC/R :204.4(8.05) DC/R :50(1.97)
AC :196.4(7.73) AC :45.5(1.79)
47.5 DC/R :102.2(4.02)
D (1.87) AC :98.2(3.87) Electrical Conduit Connection
46 47.5 "f" Thd. (Both Ends)
(1.81) (1.87)
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
Manual Actuator
INC. 6(.24) Dia.
Two Collars
SOL a SOL b
Remote Control Port "A"
"d" Thd.
44(1.73)
S
Dia.
U
"d" Thd.
P
V
X
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex. Vent Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Pressure Gauge Connection T
6 "e" Thd. Q
(.24)
Pressure Port
b N
Fully Extended
J
SS
(4.33) (4.27) (11.59) (6.79)
Remote
U
PP
Control BSG-03-*-R*-N 77 83.5 239.5 140.7
Design 4880 Only (3.03) (3.29) (9.43) (5.54)
Port "B"
"d" Thd. 83.5 101 263.5 158.2 53
BSG-06-*-R*-N (3.29) (3.98) (10.37)
Vent Port (6.23) (2.09)
BSG-10-*-R*-N 110 108.5 297.5 165.7
Q
SOL b SOL b
SS
S
U
PP
P
Q
For other dimensions, see the models without vent restrictor type on page 225 and 226.
Threaded Connections
Terminal Box Type
03
BST- 06 -*-*-*-48/4890 16 23
10
C
8 10 12 13 15 14
Solenoid Controlled
11
Relief Valves
19
2
21
1
9
6
22
3
20
4
5
41 37 29 18 30 40 31
SOL a SOL b
34 28
35 36
Sub-plate Mounting
Terminal Box Type
03
BSG- 06 -*-*-*-48/4890 16 26
10
8 10 12 13 15 14
11
19
2
22 21
6 9
3 24
25 20
4 5
23 1
Option
Models with Plug-in Connector Models with Vent Restrictor
03 03
48/4890
BSG- 06 -*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890 A-BSG- 06 -*-*-*-
N-48/4880/4890
10 10
26
41 37 29 18 30 40 35
28
31 36
32 40
38
Design 4880 Only
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -48
DSG-01-2B3B-
DSG-01-2B2B-
-70
-70
Japanese Standard "JIS"
C
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -48 DSG-01-2B2- -70
Solenoid Controlled
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -4890 DSG-01-2B3B- -7090
Relief Valves
N. American Design Std.
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -4890 DSG-01-2B2- -7090
Specifications
Max. Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Pressure
Operating Max. Flow
Model Numbers Adj. Range
Pressure L/min With Vent
Double Sol. Single Sol.
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) Restrictor
For relief valves, low-noise type pilot operated relief valves are used.
For minimum adjustment pressures and other characteristics, see page 218.
1. Models with vent restrictor are applicable only for the vent type 2B3A and 2B3B. For details, see page 231.
2. Use high venting pressure types to reduce response time from unloading to onloading.
3. The vent types are the same as for the conventional type solenoid controlled relief valves. For the details of the vent types, see page 221.
4. The coil codes are the same as for solenoid operated directional valve DSG-01 valve. See the solenoid ratings on page 345.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
Option
Models with vent restrictor
The type with a vent restrictor has a vent restrictor in vent types 2B3A and 2B3B added between a relief valve and a
solenoid operated directional valve. It prevents shock to the main circuit by gradually lowering the venting pressure
in the shift from the setting pressure to unloading.
Unloading pressures are the same as without a vent restrictor.
A-S-BSG-*-2B3A
b
A-S-BSG-*-2B3B
b
C
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
S-BSG-03 M12 40 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 4
S-BSG-06 M16 50 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC 2 Lg. 4
S-BSG-10 M20 60 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4
Instructions
If a remote control relief valve is used in the vent circuit, see page 203. In addition, if the internal volume of the vent
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the
pipe.
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher pressures or anti-clock-
wise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but connected directly to the
reservoir.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained, remove some collars. One collar is
equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
With a small flow, the setting pressure may be unstable. Use models numbered 03 and 06 with a flow rate above
5 L/min (1.3 U.S. GPM) and model 10 with 8 L/min (2.1 U.S. GPM).
E
F
C
D
r m
Tank Port
Note: For other dimensions, see the figures shown below.
Vent Port
L K
Pressure Gauge Connection
Electrical Conduit Connection Space Needed to Remove "nn" Thd.
Design Std. Thd. Size Solenoid-Each End
DC/R :50(1.97) DC/R :204.4(8.05)
53 G 1/2 AC :45.5(1.79) AC :196.4(7.73)
5390 1/2 NPT 46 DC/R :54.7(2.15) 95
Both Ends (1.81) AC :50.7(2.00) (3.74)
Dia.
S
Pressure Adjustment
T
Handle
Two Collars
U
INC.
V
Mounting Surface Y
(.24)
Locating Pin
6
(O-Rings Furnished) e Z
6(.24) Dia.
d
Cable Departure aa
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ......
bb
cc
102
(4.02)
C
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 SQ. in.)
Port "A"
"ff" Thd.
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to DSG-01 valve on page 357.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers Remarks
L QQ SS T aa bb cc
71.3 216.5 204.5 151.5
S-BSG-03-*-*-A*-N
(2.81) (8.52) (8.05) (5.96)
56.5 216.5 204.5 151.5 196.4 47.2 39
S-BSG-06-*-*-A*-N With AC Solenoid
(2.22) (8.52) (8.05) (5.96) (7.73) (1.86) (1.54)
44.3 251.5 239.5 186.5
S-BSG-10-*-*-A*-N
(1.74) (9.90) (9.43) (7.34)
75.3 227.5 215.5 151.5
S-BSG-03-*-*-D*-N
(2.96) (8.96) (8.48) (5.96)
60.5 227.5 215.5 151.5 204.4 51.2 39
S-BSG-06-*-*-D*-N With DC Solenoid
(2.38) (8.96) (8.48) (5.96) (8.05) (2.02) (1.54)
48.3 262.5 250.5 186.5
S-BSG-10-*-*-D*-N
(1.90) (10.33) (9.86) (7.34)
75.3 230.5 208.7 151.5
S-BSG-03-*-*-R*-N
(2.96) (9.07) (8.22) (5.96)
60.5 230.5 208.7 151.5 204.4 51.2 53 With AC DC
S-BSG-06-*-*-R*-N
(2.38) (9.07) (8.22) (5.96) (8.05) (2.02) (2.09) Solenoid
48.3 265.5 243.7 186.5
S-BSG-10-*-*-R*-N
(1.90) (10.45) (9.59) (7.34)
Thread Size
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Model Numbers
Design 53 Design 5380 Design 5390
"ff" Thd. "nn" Thd. "ff" Thd. "nn" Thd. "ff" Thd. "nn" Thd.
S-BSG-03-*-*-*-N
S-BSG-06-*-*-*-N Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4 1/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-N
Q
S
T
T
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers Remarks
Q S T
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-A*/D*/R*-L
246.8(9.72) 228.5(9.00) 181.5(7.15)
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-A*/D*/R*-L Terminal Box Type
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-A*/D*/R* 281.8(11.09) 263.5(10.37) 216.5(8.52)
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-A*-N-L
246.5(9.70) 234.5(9.23) 181.5(7.15) Plug-in Connector
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-A*-N-L
with AC Solenoid
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-A*-N 281.5(11.08) 269.5(10.61) 216.5(8.52)
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-D*-N-L
257.5(10.14) 245.5(9.67) 181.5(7.15) Plug-in Connector
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-D*-N-L
with DC Solenoid
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-D*-N 292.5(11.52) 280.5(11.04) 216.5(8.52)
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-R*-N-L
260.5(10.26) 238.7(9.40) 181.5(7.15) Plug-in Connector
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-R *-N-L
with R Type Solenoid
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-R*-N 295.5(11.63) 273.7(10.78) 216.5(8.52)
33
33
26
C
10
13 21
14 19
22 9
12 8
*-S-BSG-10
Option-Models with Vent Restrictor
Pilot Valves
See page 236 for the pilot valve model numbers to be
used.
For check valve pressure drops of HC type, see free flow pressure drop characteristics described on page 247.
HF/HCF-10-**-*-22/2290 21 250(66)
HF/HCF-16-**-*-20/2090 (3050) 500(132)
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment screw slowly clockwise to increase pressures
or anti-clockwise to decrease pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the secondary side pressure ports of types 1 and 4 (internal drain) and the drain ports of types 2 and 3 (external
drain) directly to the reservoir with a back pressure close to the atmospheric pressure.
There are two threaded connection primary pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and
the other as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
HG -03- HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
HCG ** HGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
HG -03- -P HGM-03-P-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-P-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-P-2090 3/8 NPT 2.0 (4.4)
HCG ** HGM-03X-P-20 Rc 1/2 HGM-03X-P-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-P-2090 1/2 NPT 2.0 (4.4)
HG -06- HGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
HCG ** HGM-06X-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
HG -06- -P HGM-06-P-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-P-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-P-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
HCG ** HGM-06X-P-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-P-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-P-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
HG -10- HGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
HCG ** HGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
HG -10- -P HGM-10-P-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-P-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-P-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
HCG ** HGM-10X-P-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-P-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-P-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have
a good machined finish.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
HG-03 M10 50 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
HG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
HG-10
HCG-03
M10
M10
50 Lg.
70 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
3/8 -16 UNC
2 Lg.
2-3/4 Lg.
6
4
C
HCG-06 M10 80 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 3-1/4 Lg. 4
HCG-10 M10 90 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 3-1/2 Lg. 6
Valve Types
H Type
H / HC Type
Pilot-Drain Type Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Internal Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-Internal Drain
Operations
1 1 1
8 8 8
Graphic Symbols
With auxiliary With auxiliary With auxiliary
pilot port pilot port pilot port
Can be used as low- Used to control the Used for the same Used as unloading valve.
pressure relief valve, but operational sequence of two purpose as for the type 2. If external pilot pressure
be careful to occurrence of or more actuators. If Operated by external pilot exceeds the pressure
Description surge pressure. primary pressure exceeds pressure irrespective of setting, the pump is turned
the pressure setting, primary pressure. no-load by releasing all
effective fluid is delivered fluid to the tank.
to the secondary side.
HC Type
Type 1: Type 2: Type 3: Type 4:
Valve Type
Counterbalance Valve Sequence and Check Valve Sequence and Check Valve Counterbalance Valve
Pilot-Drain Type Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Internal Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-Internal Drain
Operations
1 1 1 1
8 8 8 8
Graphic Symbols
With auxiliary With auxiliary With auxiliary With auxiliary
pilot port pilot port pilot port pilot port
Used to prevent gravitatio- Used to control the Used for the same purpose Used for the same purpose
nal falls by generating a operating sequence of two as for type 2. Operated by as for type 1. Operated by
pressure on the actuator or more actuators. If external pilot pressure external pilot pressure
return side. If primary primary pressure exceeds irrespective of primary irrespective of primary
Descriptions pressure exceeds the the pressure setting, pressure. Reversed flow is pressure. Reversed flow is
pressure setting, fluid is effective fluid is delivered free by a check valve. free by a check valve.
released to keep the pressure to the secondary side.
constant. Reversed flow is free by
a check valve.
D
HT-10, 22 Rc 1-1/4
A
HT-03, 2280 3/8 BSP.F
HT-06, 2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A Pressure Adjustment
B Screw HT-10, 2280 1-1/4 BSP.F
10 (.39) Hex.
HT-03, 2290 3/8 NPT
INC. HT-06, 2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
HT-10, 2290 1-1/4 NPT
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Drain Port
Secondary Pressure "S" Thd.
Outlet Port
"Q" Thd.
Secondary Pressure
Fully Extended E
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
K
V
N
L
J
Primary Pressure
Primary Pressure Inlet Port
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd. "Q" Thd. 2 Places
External pilot port "X" Aux. Pilot Port "Y"
"S" Thd. "S" Thd.
(For "P" models only)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K L N V
41 82 60 74 191 57 43 70 0 28 28
HT-03
(1.61) (3.23) (2.36) (2.91) (7.52) (2.24) (1.69) (2.76) (0) (1.10) (1.10)
48 96 73 87 221 64.5 50.5 80.5 9 33 42
HT-06
(1.89) (3.78) (2.87) (3.43) (8.70) (2.54) (1.99) (3.17) (.35) (1.30) (1.65)
66 132 86 112 272 84 66 98 12 40 52
HT-10
(2.60) (5.20) (3.39) (4.41) (10.71) (3.31) (2.60) (3.86) (.47) (1.57) (2.05)
Type 1: Low Pressure Relief Valve Type 2: Sequence Valve Type 4: Unloading Valve
(Internal Pilot, Internal Drain) (Internal Pilot, External Drain) (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Plug Plug
Drain Port
Mounting Surface
HG-03, 06-**-*-22/2290 Type 1: Low Pressure Relief Valve
HG-03: ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A (Internal Pilot, Internal Drain)
Type 3: Sequence Valve HG-06: ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(External Pilot, External Drain)
"A" SQ.
C
C
D
B
H / HC Type
4 Places
6(.24)
Drain Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
External Pilot Port "X"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
J
Primary Pressure
Type 4: Unloading Valve
Inlet Port
Aux. Pilot Port "Y" E K (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
(For "P" models only)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K
60 67 35 39 89 191 49.6 38
HG-03
(2.36) (2.64) (1.38) (1.54) (3.50) (7.52) (1.95) (1.50)
External Pilot
73 79 40 39 102 221 51 38 Port
HG-06
(2.87) (3.11) (1.57) (1.54) (4.02) (8.70) (2.01) (1.50)
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Secondary Pressure
Drain Port Outlet Port Drain Port
4 Places
6 (.24)
Type 4: Unloading Valve
Locating Pin (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
6(.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(2.44)
D
HCT-06, 2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A
HCT-10, 2280 1-1/4 BSP.F
HCT-03, 2290 3/8 NPT
A
Pressure Adjustment Screw HCT-06, 2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
B
10 (.39) Hex.
INC. HCT-10, 2290 1-1/4 NPT
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Drain Port
"S" Thd.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port
or Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
"Q" Thd. Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
Fully Extended "E"
"T" Thd.
K
V
N
L
J
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd. Primary Pressure Inlet Port
or Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
"Q" Thd. 2 Places Aux. Pilot Port "Y"
External Pilot Port "X"
"S" Thd.
"S" Thd. (For "P" models only)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K L N V
41 82 60 96 191 57 43 70 0 28 28
HCT-03
(1.61) (3.23) (2.36) (3.78) (7.52) (2.24) (1.69) (2.76) (0) (1.10) (1.10)
48 96 73 116 221 64.5 50.5 80.5 9 33 42
HCT-06
(1.89) (3.78) (2.87) (4.57) (8.70) (2.54) (1.99) (3.17) (.35) (1.30) (1.65)
66 132 86 152 272 84 66 98 12 40 52
HCT-10
(2.60) (5.20) (3.39) (5.98) (10.71) (3.31) (2.60) (3.86) (.47) (1.57) (2.05)
Type 1: Counterbalance Valve Type 2: Sequence and Check Valve Type 4: Counterbalance Valve
(Internal Pilot, Internal Drain) (Internal Pilot, External Drain) (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Plug Plug
Drain Port
"D" SQ.
B
C
A
H / HC Type
4 Places 6(.24)
Drain Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
External Pilot Port "X" Mounting
Surface
(O-Rings
J
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K
90 59 35 60 89 191 49.6 58
HCG-03
(3.54) (2.32) (1.38) (2.36) (3.50) (7.52) (1.95) (2.28)
External Pilot
108 69 40 73 102 221 51 68 Port
HCG-06
(4.25) (2.72) (1.57) (2.87) (4.02) (8.70) (2.01) (2.68)
Surface
62
(O-Rings
Furnished)
Primary Pressure Inlet Port External Pilot
Auxiliary Pilot Port 119 78
or Reversed Free Flow Port
(For "P" models only) (4.69) Outlet Port (3.07)
(3.23)
(.77) (1.69)
(3.54)
19.5 42.8
102
(.93) (1.41)
(1.25)
82
23.5 35.7
90
31.8
(2.40)
(.84)
21.4
61
(.83)
(.28)
7.1
21
4(.16) Dia.
(.39)
2 Places
10
7.9
(.31) "C" Thd. Sub-plate
8.8(.35) Dia. Through "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
33.3 20(.79) Deep Model Numbers
14(.55) Dia. Spotface
(1.31) 4 Places
4 Places HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8
58.7 Rc 1/4
(2.31) HGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2
1.7 66.7 M10
(.07) (2.63) HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT
(3.23)
(.77) (1.69)
102
(1.41)
19.5 42.8
82
(1.25)
35.7
31.8
(.84)
21.4
(2.11)
E
53.5
(1.12)
28.5
(.28)
7.1
F
(.39)
7.9
4(.16) Dia. (.31) 8.8(.35) Dia. Through
3 Places 11 14(.55) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
(.43)
33.3 Sub-plate Thread Size Dimensions mm(Inches)
(1.31) Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. D E F
58.7 35 69.5 12.5
(2.31) HGM-03-P-20 Rc 3/8
(1.38) (2.74) (.49)
1.7 66.7 Rc 1/4
(.07) (2.63) 41 67.5 14.5
HGM-03X-P-20 Rc 1/2
(1.61) (2.66) (.57)
M 10
35 69.5 12.5
HGM-03-P-2080 3/8 BSP.F
(1.38) (2.74) (.49)
1/4 BSP.F
41 67.5 14.5
HGM-03X-P-2080 1/2 BSP.F
(1.61) (2.66) (.57)
35 69.5 12.5
HGM-03-P-2090 3/8 NPT
(1.38) (2.74) (.49)
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
41 67.5 14.5
HGM-03X-P-2090 1/2 NPT
(1.61) (2.66) (.57)
HGM-06-20/2080/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
HGM-06-P-20/2080/2090 36 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A"Thd. 22(.87) Dia. (1.42)
2 Places 2 Places 16
"B"Thd. (.63)
2 Places 102 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep 15
(4.02) (.59)
For Locating Pin
C
(4.88)
(4.33)
(4.09)
(2.37)
124
110
60.3
104
(1.94)
(1.75)
49.2
(1.56)
44.5
(3.03)
39.7
77
(1.54)
E
(1.06)
39
27
(.81)
(.44)
20.6
11.1
(.87)
22
(.39)
(.28)
10
H / HC Type
(.55)
"HGM-06-P" 8.8(.35) Dia. Through
39.7
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure 14(.55) Dia. Spotface
(1.56)
Models Only 73 4 Places
(2.87) Sub-plate Thread Size Dimensions mm(Inches)
11.3 79.4
(.44) (3.13) Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E F
HGM-06-20 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25)
Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
HGM-06-P-20 64 (2.52) 3 (.12)
M10
HGM-06-2080 3/4 1/4 1/4 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25)
HGM-06-P-2080 BSP.F BSP.F BSP.F 64 (2.52) 3 (.12)
HGM-06-2090 3/8-16 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25)
3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
HGM-06-P-2090 UNC 64 (2.52) 3 (.12)
HGM-06X-20/2080/2090
HGM-06X-P-20/2080/2090 45
"A"Thd. (1.77)
2 Places 102 16
"B"Thd. (4.02) 22(.87) Dia. (.63)
2 Places 11.3 75 2 Places 15
(.44) (2.95) 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep (.59)
For Locating Pin
(4.09)
(5.12)
(2.37)
(5.35)
104
60.3
130
(1.94)
136
(1.75)
(1.56)
49.2
44.5
39.7
(.81)
20.6
H
(.44)
11.1
(1.54)
39
(.87)
22
(.63)
16
(5.31)
(5.91)
(3.31)
(4.96)
84.1
135
150
126
(2.66)
(2.47)
(1.18)
(2.34)
67.5
(3.78)
62.7
59.5
(1.66)
30
96
42.1
(1.69)
43
(.66)
(.97)
16.7
24.6
(.83)
21
(.47)
(.30)
5(.20) Dia. 2 Places
12
7.5
4 11(.43) Dia. Through
(.16)
"D" Thd. 15 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
4(.16) Dia. (.59) Sub-plate Thread Size mm(Inches)
48.4
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E
(1.91)
11.6 92.9 13.6
HGM-10-20
(.46) (3.66) (.54)
Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
9.6 96.8 9.6
"HGM-10-P" (.38) (3.81) HGM-10-P-20
(.38)
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure
120 M10
Models Only 13.6
(4.72) HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 1/4 1/4 (.54)
BSP.F BSP.F BSP.F 9.6
HGM-10-P-2080
(.38)
13.6
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 3/8-16 (.54)
1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
NPT UNC 9.6
HGM-10-P-2090
HGM-10X-20/2080/2090 (.38)
HGM-10X-P-20/2080/2090
140
(5.51)
12 116 50
(.47) (4.57) "A"Thd. (1.97)
F 2 Places 20
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep 28(1.10) Dia. (.79)
6 Places E 2 Places 19
"B"Thd. 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep (.75)
2 Places For Locating Pin
(6.97)
(4.96)
(3.31)
177
84.1
126
(6.57)
(2.66)
(2.47)
(4.09)
167
(2.34)
67.5
62.7
104
59.5
(1.66)
(.87)
42.1
22
(1.69)
43
(.66)
(.97)
16.7
24.6
(.83)
21
4
(.16) 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
15 4 Places
"D" Thd.
(.59) Sub-plate Thead Size mm(Inches)
4(.16) Dia. 48.4
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E F
(1.91)
11.6 92.9 13.6 102.5
HGM-10X-20
(.46) (3.66) (.54) (4.04)
9.6 96.8
Rc 1-1/2 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
9.6 106
(.38) (3.81) HGM-10X-P-20
(.38) (4.17)
120 M10
"HGM-10X-P" 13.6 102.5
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure (4.72) HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 1/4 1/4 (.54) (4.04)
Models Only BSP.F BSP.F BSP.F 9.6 106
HGM-10X-P-2080
(.38) (4.17)
13.6 102.5
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 3/8-16 (.54) (4.04)
1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
NPT UNC 9.6 106
HGM-10X-P-2090
(.38) (4.17)
HCT-03
PSI MPa
HCG-03
0.4
C
P
50
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
H / HC Type
HCT-06
PSI MPa
HCG-06
0.4
P
50
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
HCT-10
PSI MPa
HCG-10
0.6
P
80
0.5
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
40 0.3
0.2
20 0.1
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from
the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
PSI MPa
PSI MPa H*/HC*-06-C
H*/HC*-03-C 2000 14
2000 14 12
1600
12 10
1600
10 H*/HC*-06-B
H*/HC*-03-B 1000 7
1000 7 6
800
6 5
800 600
5 4
H*/HC*-03-A H*/HC*-06-A
500 3.5 500 3.5
400 3.0 400 3.0
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
2.5 2.5
300 2.0 300 2.0
H*/HC*-03-N H*/HC*-06-N
300 2.0 300 2.0
200 1.5 200 1.5
1.0 1.0
H*/HC*-03-M H*/HC*-06-M
130 0.9 130 0.9
120 120
0.8 0.8
100 0.7 100 0.7
0.6 0.6
H*/HC*-03-L H*/HC*-06-L
70 70
60 0.45 60 0.45
0.35 0.35
40 0.25 40 0.25
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
PSI MPa
H*/HC*-10-C
2000 14
12
1600
10
H*/HC*-10-B
1000 7
6
800
5
H*/HC*-10-A
500 3.5
3.0
400
Secondary Pressure
2.5
300 2.0
H*/HC*-10-N
300 2.0
200 1.5
1.0
H*/HC*-10-M
130 0.9
120
0.8
100 0.7
0.6
H*/HC*-10-L
70
60 0.45
0.35
40 0.25
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
A
C
6 8
14 2
7 29
26
H / HC Type
15 1
25
28 9 Section "A" for
24
3 16 HT-*-**-*-2280 Models
22
12
18
5
List of Seals
Part Numbers Quantity
Item Name of Parts HT -03 HT -06 HT -10
HG HG HG HT-* HG-*
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P4 SO-NB-P4 SO-NB-P4 3
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 4 4
24 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P11 SO-NA-P15 SO-NA-P20 1 1
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P36 2 2
31 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 2
8
6 16
A
19 2
7 29
26 4
23 31
14 30
28
20 21
12 25
1
13 24 Section "A" for
27 HCT-*-**-*-2280 Models
3 22
17 10 18
9
5
List of Seals
Part Numbers Quantity
Item Name of Parts HCT -03 HCT -06 HCT -10
HCG HCG HCG HCT-* HCG-*
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P4 SO-NB-P4 SO-NB-P4 3
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 4 4
24 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P11 SO-NA-P15 SO-NA-P20 1 1
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 1
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P36 2 2
31 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 2
Used only for HCG type with auxiliary pilot pressure (P).
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
RG-03 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
RG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
RG-10 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 6
RCG-03 M10 70 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-3/4 Lg. 4
RCG-06 M10 80 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 3-1/4 Lg. 4
RCG-10 M10 90 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 3-1/2 Lg. 6
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Numbers kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
RG HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT
RCG-03 HGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
RG HGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
RCG-06 HGM-06X-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
RG HGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
RCG-10 HGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting
surface should have a good machined finish.
The sub-plates are the same as those for H type pressure control valves. With the reducing and check valve, the sub-plate is used in a
position 180° turned (upside down) from the normal position. When mounting the sub-plate, be sure to bring the valve locating pin to
the sub-plate pin hole. For dimensions, see page 244 to 246.
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures and anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the drain port directly to the reservoir in which case the pressure at the drain port should be kept at a low
back pressure close to the atmospheric pressure.
In case of "Threaded Connections", there are two threaded connection type primary pressure ports. They can be
connected each other in-line; one as an inlet and the other as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the
pressure ports.
RT-03-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
Fully Extended
148(5.83)
RT-03-*-22 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
RT-03-*-2280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
C
(.39)
10
RT-03-*-2290 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
(1.61)
41
41 33 Remote Control Port
(1.61) (1.30) "B" Thd.
82 Drain Port Pressure Adj. Handle
(1.73)
Dia.
44
"C" Thd.
(1.89)
(1.73)
48
44
(6.10)
Lock Nut
155
(1.10)
14(.55) Hex.
28
(3.35)
85
Primary Pressure
(1.73)
Dia.
Gauge Connection
44
"T" Thd.
L
Lock Nut
F
K
14(.55) Hex.
E
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection Primary Pressure
"T" Thd. Inlet Port
Secondary Pressure N "Q" Thd.
Outlet Port 2 Places
"Q" Thd.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N
96 48 36.5 149 42 179 97.5 53.5 33 9 39
RT-06
(3.78) (1.89) (1.44) (5.87) (1.65) (7.05) (3.84) (2.11) (1.30) (.35) (1.54)
132 66 43 167 52 216 124 64 40 12 46
RT-10
(5.20) (2.60) (1.69) (6.57) (2.05) (8.50) (4.88) (2.52) (1.57) (.47) (1.81)
D
RG-03/06-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
C
RG-03/06-*-2290 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
(.18)
4.5
Fully Extended "A"
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
(1.73)
Dia.
11(.43) Dia. Through
44
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
Mounting Surface
4 Places
J
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
K
H
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
38 Drain Port
(1.50) Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
6 E "N" Thd.
(.24)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K
142 25 89 44.5 67 155.5 92.4 40.6 34.9
RG-03
(5.59) (.98) (3.50) (1.75) (2.64) (6.12) (3.64) (1.60) (1.37)
141 21.5 102 51 79 179 111 40 48
RG-06
(5.55) (.85) (4.02) (2.01) (3.11) (7.05) (4.37) (1.57) (1.89)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 244 & 245)
of the sub-plate used together.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
RG-10-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
(2.34)
Model Numbers
59.5
147(5.79)
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
(1.73)
Dia.
44
14(.55) Hex.
63
216
(5.75)
146
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia. Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
38 Drain Port Secondary Pressure
(1.50) Gauge Connection
6 92 "B" Thd.
(.24) (3.62)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 246) of the sub-plate used together.
RCT-03-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
Fully Extended
RCT-03-*-22 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
148(5.83)
RCT-03-*-2280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
C
(.39)
10
RCT-03-*-2290 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
(1.61)
41 33 41
Remote Control Port
(1.61) (1.30) "B" Thd.
82 Drain Port Pressure Adj. Handle
44
Gauge Connection
(1.89)
(1.73)
"C" Thd.
48
44
(6.10)
Lock Nut
155
(1.10)
14(.55) Hex.
28
(3.35)
85
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection Primary Pressure Inlet Port or
"C" Thd. Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
"A" Thd.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or 55
2 Places
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port (2.17)
"A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
RCT-06
10-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"Q" Thd. "S" Thd. "T" Thd.
Fully Extended "D"
Drain Port
"S" Thd. INC.
Primary Pressure
(1.73)
Gauge Connection
Dia.
44
"T" Thd.
J
L
Lock Nut
F
K
E
14(.55) Hex.
H
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd. Primary Pressure Inlet Port or
N Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or "Q" Thd.
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port 2 Places
"Q" Thd.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N
96 48 36.5 149 42 179 97.5 53.5 33 9 68
RCT-06
(3.78) (1.89) (1.44) (5.87) (1.65) (7.05) (3.84) (2.11) (1.30) (.35) (2.68)
132 66 43 167 52 216 124 64 40 12 86
RCT-10
(5.20) (2.60) (1.69) (6.57) (2.05) (8.50) (4.88) (2.52) (1.57) (.47) (3.39)
E
RCG-03/06-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
D
RCG-03/06-*-2290 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
(.18)
4.5
Primary Pressure Inlet Port or
Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
(1.73)
11(.43) Dia. Through
Dia.
44
Mounting Surface 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
K
4 Places
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
L
14(.55) Hex.
J
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
N Drain Port
Secondary Pressure
6 F Gauge Connection
(.24)
"P" Thd.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N
142 59 25 89 44.5 90 155 92.4 40.6 34.9 58
RCG-03
(5.59) (2.32) (.98) (3.50) (1.75) (3.54) (6.10) (3.64) (1.60) (1.37) (2.28)
141 69 21.5 102 51 108 179 111 40 48 68
RCG-06
(5.55) (2.72) (.85) (4.02) (2.01) (4.25) (7.05) (4.37) (1.57) (1.89) (2.68)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290
Remote Control Port
"A" Thd. Thread Size
Model Numbers
(2.34)
27.5
Port connection is not required for RCG models
(1.08) but an O-ring should be furnished.
79
(3.11) Design 2280 Only Pressure Adj. Handle
Fully Extended INC.
(.18)
4.5
(1.65)
14(.55) Hex.
(8.50)
63
216
(5.75)
146
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
78 Drain Port Secondary Pressure
(3.07) Gauge Connection
6 132 "B" Thd.
(.24) (5.20)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 246) of the sub-plate used together.
RCT-03 RCT-06
RCG-03 RCG-06
PSI MPa
35 0.25 PSI MPa
P
30
C
P
0.20 0.4
Pressure Drop
50
Pressure Drop
20 0.15 40 0.3
0.10 0.2
10 20
0.05 0.1
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min 0 25 50 75 100 125 L /min
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
60
Pressure Drop
0.4
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
40
from the formula below.
0.2
20 P'= P (G'/0.850)
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
980
6.8 6.4 13.4
900 1900
960 6.7 6.2 13.2
6.6 6.0 1000 7.0
940 850
6.5 5.8 6.8
3.5 5.6 950 6.6
500 800
3.4 500 3.5 6.4
480 900
3.3 3.3 6.2
460 3.2 450 3.1 6.0
3.1 2.9 100 0.7
440 400 0.5
3.0 2.7
0.7 2.5 50 0.3
100 350
0.6 2.3 0.1
80
0.5 100 0.7 0
0 50 100 150 200 250
60 0.4 0.5 L/min
0 50 0.3
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 0 20 40 60 70
L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
L/min
0 5 10
U.S. GPM 0 10 20 30 35
Flow Rate
Flow Rate U.S. GPM
RT/RG-03-*-22/2280/2290
RT/RG-06-*-22/2280/2290
RT/RG-10-*-22/2280/2290
6 21 7 8 2 31 9 10 11 13
23
20
32
30 30
34 32
23 5
24
15
1
4
35
3 24
26 37
List of Seals
Part Numbers Quantity
Item Name of Parts RT -03 RT -06 RT -10
RG RG RG RT-* RG-*
Section "A" for
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 4 4
Design 2280
31 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1 1
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2
34 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P36 2 2
37 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 1 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
RCT/RCG-03-*-22/2280/2290
RCT/RCG-06-*-22/2280/2290
RCT/RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290
C
11 26 12 13 2 31 14 15 16 18 23
A
25
5
35
3
24
36 37
List of Seals
Part Numbers Quantity
Item Name of Parts RCT -03 RCT -06 RCT -10
RCG RCG RCG RCT-* RCG-*
Section "A" for
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 4 4
Design 2280
31 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1 1
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 1
34 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P36 2 2
37 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 1 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Specifications
Max. Relieving Drain
Pres. Adj. Approx.
Operating Max. Flow Flow Flow
Model Numbers Range Mass
Pressure L/min L/min L/min
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) kg (lbs.)
14 0.6-13.5 50 50 0.6-1 4.2
RBG-03-*-10*
(2030) (90-1960) (13.2) (13.2) (.16-.26) (9.3)
25 0.8-24.5 125 125 1.5-2 11
RBG-06-*-10*
(3630) (120-3550) (33) (33) (.40-.53) (24.3)
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Internal drain
Valve Model Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
N. American Design Standard
European Design Standard
RBG-03 M10 65 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
RBG-06 M10 70 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-3/4 Lg.
External drain
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Valve Model
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
RBGM-03-10 Rc 3/8 RBGM-03-1080 3/8 BSP.F RBGM-03-1090 3/8 NPT 1.6
RBG-03
RBGM-03X-10 Rc 1/2 RBGM-03X-1080 1/2 BSP.F RBGM-03X-1090 1/2 NPT (3.5)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a
good machined finish.
Instructions
To use remote control relief valve in the venting circuit, see page 203. If the internal volume of the vent line is too
large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the pipe.
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures and anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained, remove some collars. One collar is
equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
Connect the tank pipe not to any other line but directly to the reservoir.
RBG-03-*-10/1080/1090
62 42.9
(2.44) (1.69) Tank Port
11(.43) Dia. Through
10
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
(.44)
11.1 (.39)
4 Places
Two Collars
*
RBG-03- -10 Rc 1/4
*
RBG-03- -1080 1/4 BSP.F
RBG-03-*-1090 1/4 NPT
Lock Nut
Drain Port "A" Thd. 14(.55) Hex.
15
(Only for External Drain Type)
(.59) Secondary Pressure Port
Relieving Valves
Vent Port
Pressure Adj. Handle
Fully Extended
156 INC.
(6.14)
44(1.73)
Dia.
(3.74)
(3.84)
97.5
95
(2.95)
75
(2.05)
(1.97)
52
50
(1.18)
30
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
03
Sub-plate : RBGM- -10/1080/1090
03X
102(4.02) "A" Thd. 3 Places
82(3.23) (From Rear)
10
10(.39)
(.39) 61(2.40)
21
(.07)
1.7
(.83)
33.3(1.31)
(.31)
(.31)
58.7(2.31)
7.9
8
66.7(2.63)
70(2.76)
90(3.54)
14(.55) Dia.
3 Places 7.1(.28) 8.8(.35) Dia. Through
"C" Thd. 21.4(.84) 14(.55) Dia. Spotface
20(.79) Deep 4 Places
4 Places 35.7(1.41)
6.2(.24) Dia.
19.5 42.9(1.69) "B" Thd.
(.77) (From Rear) Sub-plate
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
Model Numbers
RBGM-03-10 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
32(1.26)
M10
RBGM-03-1080 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
RBGM-03-1090 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
15(.59)
16(.63)
(.48)
12.3
RBG-06-*-1080 3/8 BSP.F
RBG-06-*-1090 3/8 NPT
(3.13)
(4.09)
79.4
104
Secondary Pressure Port
Drain Port
Pressure Adj. Handle
Lock Nut
Two Collars 14(.55) Hex. Vent Port
INC. "A" Thd.
44(1.73)
Dia.
(5.47)
139
(4.57)
116
(2.24)
(2.20)
57
56
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
06
Sub-plate : RBGM- -10/1080/1090
06X
150
(5.91)
12 126
(.47) (4.96) 23(.91) Dia.
33 60.3 3 Places
(1.30) (2.37)
"J" Thd. 49.2
11(.43) Dia. Through
18(.71) Deep (1.94)
30.1 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 4 Places
(1.19)
11.1
(.47)
12
(.44)
(.87)
22
8.6(.34)
(1.56)
39.7
Numbers
B
A B C D E
(4.57)
C
(2.87)
(5.51)
(3.13)
116
140
79.4
73
6.2(.24) Dia.
"F" Thd. 3 Places D "H" Thd. (From Rear) Sub-plate Thread Size
(From Rear) Model Numbers
E "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" Thd.
RBGM-06-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M10
RBGM-06-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(1.77)
RBGM-06X-10 Rc 1 Rc 1/4
M10
20(.79)
19(.75)
RBG-03 RBG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1600 11.1 3000 21
1550 10.7 2850 20
1500
1450
1100
10.3
7.6
2700
2450
19
17
C
16
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
1050 2300
7.2
1000 2150 15
950 6.8
1900 13
600 4.1 1850 12
550 3.7 1600 11
500 3.3 1300 9
Relieving Valves
90 0.6
50 0.3 750 5
600 4
450 3
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate 0 10 20 30 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
80
40 0.3
0.4
40 0.2
0.2 20
0.1
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) , Specific Gravity 0.850
RBG-03 RBG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
60 0.4 60 0.4
P
0.3 0.3
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
2
be obtained from the formula below.
mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464 P'= P (G'/0.850)
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
RBG-03-*-10/1080/1090
19 23 6 7 21 14 13 8 18 11 9 10 22 12
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 1
Included in
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 3
Seal Kit
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 1 Kit No. : KS-RBG-03-10
18 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 1
4 15 3 5 2 1 17 16
RBG-06-*-10/1080/1090
23
10 11 16 7 21 20 11 19 17 22
Design 1080 Only
18 5 14 4 1 2 13 3 15 12 6 9 11 8 8
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 1
Included in
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 3 Seal Kit
Kit No. : KS-RBG-06-10
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P30 1
21 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 1
22 Bonded Seal SG-FB-3/8 1
Note: No bonded seals are included in the seal kits.
Specifications
Max. Max. Flow Approx. Mass
Model Numbers Operating Pres. L/min
kg(1bs.)
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
125 12
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090
(33) (26.5)
21 (3050)
250 21.5
BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590
(66) (47.4)
Use the high-venting-pressure type to reduce the shift time from unloading to onloading.
Pilot-drain system
A pilot-drain system is typically configured with an external pilot and an external drain, as
indicated by the right graphic symbol. However, customized pilot-drain systems with an internal Graphic Symbol
pilot are also available.
For the internal pilot type, the design standard number at the end of the model number is uniquely
assigned. Refer to the table below for the internal pilot type. Please contact us for details.
Pilot & Graphic European Design N. American Design Japanese Std.
Drain Conn. Symbols Standard Standard "JIS"
Int. Pitot-
BUCG-06-**-30802 BUCG-06-**-30902 BUCG-06-**-2502
Ext. Drain
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
M16 55Lg. (2 pcs.) 5/8-11 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BUCG-06 M16 110Lg. (2 pcs.) 5/8-11 UNC 4-1/2 Lg. (2 pcs.)
M16 130Lg. (2 pcs.) 5/8-11 UNC 5 Lg. (2 pcs.)
M20 70Lg. (2 pcs.) 3/4-10 UNC 2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BUCG-10
M20 160Lg. (4 pcs.) 3/4-10 UNC 6-1/2 Lg. (4 pcs.)
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
BUCG-06 BUCGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 BUCGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F BUCGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 4.4 (9.7)
BUCG-10 BUCGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 BUCGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F BUCGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 7.2 (15.9)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
50
90
(3.54)
External Pilot Port
Fully Extended
152
"B" Thd.
Lock Nut
C
(1.97) (5.98) 14(.55) Hex.
32.5 "B" Thd. 51.5 1
Pressure Adjustment Handlle
(1.28) (2.03) (.04)
44(1.73)
INC.
Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
(2.38)
60.5
(6.65)
169
6(.24) Dia. 26(1.02) C' bore
Two Locating Pins 2 Places
Accumulator or
(3.29)
83.5
6 System Port
(.24)
Pressure Inlet Port
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Sub-plate
BUCGM-06-20/2080/2090
102
(4.02) 40
78 12
(1.57)
11(.43) Dia. Through (3.07) (.47)
70 4 20
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (2.76) (.16) (.79)
4 Places 35 19
(.75)
(.47)
(1.38)
12
(1.08)
27.5
(6.61)
(7.56)
168
192
(5.71)
145
(1.31)
33.3
(2.63)
2 Places
66.7
23(.91) Dia.
"B" Thd. (From Rear)
3 Places
(2.84)
(O-Rings Furnished)
72.1
44(1.73)
Accumulator or System Port
Dia.
(8.07)
205
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins Pressure Gauge Connection
(4.25)
107.9
"A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Sub-plate
BUCGM-10-20/2080/2090
120
(4.72) 45
92 14 (1.77)
11(.43) Dia. Through (3.62) (.55) 20
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 82.5 4.7 (.79)
4 Places (3.25) (.19) 19
41.3
(.75)
(.55)
14
(1.63)
(1.26)
32
(.75)
12.7
19
38
(8.03)
(9.13)
204
232
(7.48)
190
(1.75)
44.5
(3.50)
88.9
2 Places
28(1.10) Dia.
"B" Thd. (From Rear)
3 Places
BUCG-06,10
PSI MPa
2500 18
16
2000
C
Cut-in Pressure
12
1500
8
1000
500 4
Unloading Pressure
0.3 0.3
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
0 0
0 0
0 50 100 150 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 0 20 40 60 80
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
2
be obtained from the formula below.
mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464 P'= P (G'/0.850)
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090
BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590
22 6 31 5 4 3 16 29 12 13 14 17
18 26
33 8
2 7
20 32
19 28 35
21 23 25
30 9 15
34 27 10
24 11
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Quantity
BUCG-06 BUCG-10
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 3
29 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P11 SO-NB-P9 1
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P12 1
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P18 1
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 SO-NB-P32 1
34 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 5
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P45 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Brake Valves
Brake valves are used on hydraulic cylinders and in brake circuits of
hydraulic motors. They can brake with any pressure, permitting
smooth stopping.
Graphic Symbols
C
A B A B A B
T T
T
Breake Valves
03 03 03
UBGR-06-A UBGR-06-B UBGR-06-W
10 10 10
Specifications
Max.
Pres. Adj.
Operating Max. Flow
Model Numbers Range
Pressure
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
UBGR – 03 – * – B – 20 * 0.7 - 7.0 (100 - 1020)
50 (13.2)
UBGR – 03 – * – H – 20 * 25 3.5 - 25 (510 - 3630)
UBGR – 06 – * – 20 * (3630) 0.7 - 25 (100 - 3630) 125 (33.0)
UBGR – 10 – * – 20 * 0.7 - 25 (100 - 3630) 200 (52.8)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Instractions
Voltage-proof test should not be carried out as semiconductor has been used.
DIMENSIONS IN
Differential Pressure LED Indicator MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Setting Trimmer
Pressure Stting Trimmer
(DIFF Trimmer) (ON Trimmer)
R 1/4 Thd. ON Range
LED Light
Four-Conductor Cabele
30 (1.18) Dia.
YUKWN KOGYO (5 mm (.197 in.) OD)
(1.36)
RED...... ON Setting
34.6
DIFF. ON
Power Supply PRESSURE SWITCH
(Selected on Differential
BLK...... ON Trimmer) Pressure
Power Supply
WHT...... OFF Setting
Output (Selected on
15 15 30 OFF Range
GRN...... DIFF Trimmer)
(.59) (.59) (1.18)
41 2000 Output LED Extinguished
(1.61) (78.7)
Semiconductor Type
Pressure Switches
Adjustment
1. Before starting, turn the ON and DIFF trimmers fully 4. < Differntial pressure setting >
clockwise. (Trimmer Rotation Angle:0 – 260°) Gradually reduce pressure to obtain the required OFF
pressure. Then, turn DIFF trimmer anti-clockwise
2. Turn on the power. slowly and stop it when LED indicator goes off. The
3. < ON pressure setting > OFF setting is now obtained.
Apply required pressure to the switch. Turn ON trimmer 5. Make sure if "ON" or "OFF" setting is correct by
slowly anti-clockwise and stop it when LED indicator working of LED indicator when applying or reducing
lights, ON setting obtained. pressure repeatedly several times.
Connection to Sequential Controller The usage below is possible because output circuit is
1. Sink System insulated by a photocoupler.
1. When AND circuit Two Pressures
Pressure Switch Sequential Controller Input Unit The sequential controller is signaled only when pressure switches
No. 1 and 2 are both ON.
Power
WHT Supply
WHT
V
Pressure
GRN Stabilized DC Power Supply Switch No. 1 GRN
RED
DC12/24V
Pressure WHT
BLK
Switch No. 2 GRN
0V
Specifications
Model
Numbers Input Voltage Output System Pressure setting
Pressure Sensor
The pressure sensor uses semiconductors and has no moving parts for
high reliability and durability.
It provides high accuracy when combined with the special monitor
(DP*-*-*-10).
Specifications
0 – 20 MPa
Graphic Symbol
SJT20-02-10
(0 – 2900 PSI)
0.5 – 4.5 V DC 5.0 +
_ 0.5 V
0 – 35 MPa
SJT35-02-10
(0 – 5080 PSI)
Proportional to supply voltage if this voltage is 5.00 V
21
Flow Control Valves FG 01 02 03 06 10 277
(3050)
Pilot Operated 21
FHG 02 03 06 10 289
Flow Control Valves (3050)
Pilot Operated
21
Flow Control and FHCG 02 03 06 10 289
Check Valves (3050)
25 SRF-
Restrictors SRT/SRG 03 06 10 (Rated Flow) 299
(3630) 16
25 SRCF-
One Way Restrictors SRCT/SRCG 03 06 10 (Rated Flow) 299
(3630) 16
25
Throttle Modules TC1G 01 03 305
(3630)
P T B A
21
Deceleration Valves ZT/ZG 03 06 10 310
(3050)
Deceleration & 21
ZCT/ZCG 03 06 10 310
Check Valves (3050)
A B
14
Feed Control Valves UCF1G/UCF2G 01 03 04 318
(2030)
35 GCT/
Needle Valves 02 325
(5080) GCTR
Rated flow stands for approximate flow rate when the pressure drop between inlet and outlet ports of the valve in fully opened condition becomes
0.3 MPa (44 PSI) maximum at fluid's specific gravity of 0.85 and kinematic viscosity of 20 mm2/s (98 SSU).
275
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the table below can be used.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to
Synthetic fluids
the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.
-15 - +70°C
(5 - 158°F)
Restrictors
One Way Restrictors
Throttle Modules 15 - 400 mm2/s
Throttle and Check Modules (77 - 1800 SSU)
Deceleration Valves
Deceleration and Check Valves
Needle Valves
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead to
breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade 12.
Use 25 µm or finer line filter.
Specifications
Max. Metred Min. Metred Max.
Model Numbers Flow Capacity
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Flow Capacity
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.) D
FG -01- 4 - -11 4(1.06) 0.02(.005)
14 (2030 ) 1.3 (2.9)
FCG 8 * * 8(2.1) {0.04 (.011)}
FG -02-30- -30 30(7.9) 3.8 (8.4)
* * 0.05 (.013)
FCG
FG -03-125- -30 125(33) 0.2 (.053) 7.9 (17.4)
* *
01 4 : 4 ((1.06) 11
F: F: 8 : 8 (2.1) N:
Special Seals Flow Control 30 : 30 (7.9)
02 Applicable only for 30
for Phosphate Valves G:
Pres. Compensator
Ester Type Sub-plate 03 125 : 125 (33) 30 Refer to
Stroke Adjustment
Fluids FC: Mounting
06 250 : 250 (66) (Option - Omit if 30
(Omit if not Flow Control and
not required)
required) Check Valves 10 500 : 500 (132) 30
Design Standards: None...........Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90................N. American Design Standard
Option
Pres. compensator stroke adjustment
Can reduce jumping at the start of the actuator.
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from FGM-10Y is special type sub-plate to be used with pipe flange. When
the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface ordering FGM-10Y, specify pipe flange kit in addition to FGM-10Y
should have a good machined finish. referring to F3 pipe flanges show on page 821.
Instructions
Min. required pressure difference
The minimum differential pressure between inlet and outlet port is required to obtain the optimum pressure
compensation. It varies according to the flow rate to be set. For details, please refer to the performance curves.
Free flow
Check valve pressure drops vary with flow rates. If models with check valves are used, see free flow pressure drop
characteristics.
Flow adjustment
[F*G-01]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment dial clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for decrease. The
dial makes about 4 revolutions from zero to full flow and the valve opening is indicated on the revolution indicator.
(Refer to characteristics of "Metred Flow vs. Dial Position").
After flow adjustments, tighten the locking screw.
[F*G-02, 03, 06, 10]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment handle clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for decrease.
Open condition is indicated in digital-scale in built-in revolution indicator (Refer to the characteristics of "Metred Flow
vs. Dial Position").
After flow adjustments, tighten the locking screw.
Line filter
To carry out flow adjustments by as small degree as 2 L/min (.53 U.S.GPM) or less, be sure to use a line filter of 10 µm
or finer and install it near the valve inlet.
FG/FCG-01-*-*-11/1190
4 3
2
Revolution Indicator 2 1 0 9 8
Locking Screw
2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.
D
Tightening Torque: 22.5
(.89) Dia. Fully Extended
0.25 - 0.3 Nm 84(3.31)
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.) Fully Extended 53.5
81.5(3.21) (2.11)
Pressure Compensator
66 Stroke Adjustment 45
(2.60) (1.77)
7.5 51 (Only for FG
FCG -01- -N ) 44
(.30) (2.01) (1.73)
25.5 17
(.30)
7.5
(1.00) (.67)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
(1.22)
(.20)
(1.69)
(2.28)
Controlled Flow
43
58
Outlet or 3(.12)
8
1
13(.51)
Locating Pin
Reversed Free Flow
Dia.
7 6
Inlet Port 4(.16) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
INC.
Flow Adjustment Dial Controlled Flow Inlet or
Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Mounting surface:
FG/FCG-02-30-*-30/3090 F G-02: ISO 6263-AB-06-4-B
FG/FCG-03-125-*-30/3090 F G-03: ISO 6263-AK-07-2-A
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
Controlled Flow Inlet or
Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
46 Q
(1.81) Dia. Pressure Compensator S
Fully Extended "C" Stroke Adjustment
T
D (Only for FG
FCG - - -N )
H E X
F U
P
6
"V" Dia. Through
N
(.24)
"W" Dia. Spotface
L
4 Places
14(.55)
K
J
Locating Pin
Dia.
234
6(.24) Dia.
Revolution Indicator "Y" Places
Mounting Surface
Controlled Flow Outlet or (O-Rings Furnished)
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port Flow Adjustment Handle
INC.
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
46
Controlled Flow Inlet or
(1.81) Dia. Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
Q
Fully Extended "C" Pressure Compensator S
Stroke Adjustment
D T
H E (Only for FG
FCG - - -N ) a
"X" Dia. Through F U
"Y" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
P
W
N
J
K
Mounting Surface
Controlled Flow Outlet or (O-Rings Furnished)
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port Z
Revolution Indicator Only for Flow Control and Check Valves
( FCG- - -N )
(.24)
(.73) (.35) (.63)
6
(. 55)
14
(.65)
16.5
(1.36)
34.5
(1.69)
(2.17)
D
43
55
D
12.5 63
(.49) (2.48)
6 76
(.24) (2.99) 6(.24) Dia.
88 2 Places
(3.46)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
FGM-02*-20/2080/2090
79.4
(3.13)
"D" Dia. 2 Places
76.2
(3.00)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep
54 4 Places H
8.8(.35) Dia. Through (2.13)
14(.55) Dia. Spotface E 16
4 Places 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
(.63)
(.45)
11.5
31.9 9.5 15
(.55)
14
(.44)
11.1
(3.07)
(4.17)
F
(3.25)
82.6
106
78
22 96
(.87) (3.78)
10 120
(.39) (4.72)
"A" Thd. (From Rear)
140
2 Places
(5.51)
Sub-plate
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. C D E F H
Model Numbers
FGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 11.0 (.43)
M8 14 (.55)
FGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F 11.7 (.46)
FGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 18 (.71) 11.0 (.43) 54 11.1 25
FGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 14.0 (.55) (2.13) (.44) (.98)
M8 14 (.55)
FGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F 15.2 (.60)
FGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 18 (.71) 14.0 (.55)
FGM-02Y-20 Rc 1/2 14.0 (.55)
M8 14 (.55) 51 14 35
FGM-02Y-2080 1/2 BSP.F 15.0 (.59)
(2.01) (.55) (1.38)
FGM-02Y-2090 1/2 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 18 (.71) 14.0 (.55)
(.56)
14.2
2 Places 0.8 20.6 19(.75)
(.03) (.81)
H
(3.41)
86.5
(1.13)
(4.00)
(5.12)
101.6
(.44)
28.6
11.1
J
130
21.5(.85) 125(4.92)
11(.43) 146(5.75)
168(6.61) 11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
FGM-06*-20/2080/2090 29(1.14) Dia.
146.1(5.75)
2 Places
144.4(5.69)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep
104.8(4.13)
4 Places
D
17.5(.69) Dia. Through 17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface 52 E 2 Places J
4 Places (2.05)
22.2 K
(.80)
(.94)
20.3
(.87)
24
1.6 L
(.06)
H
(4.13)
104.8
(1.63)
(4.96)
(6.85)
(.50)
12.7
(5.25)
133.4
41.3
126
174
35(1.38) 180(7.09)
19(.75) 212(8.35)
250(9.84)
"A" Thd. (From Rear)
2 Places
FGM-10Y-20/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
198.4 43.5(1.71) Dia. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(7.81) 2 Places
196.9
(7.75) "B" Thd. "C" Deep
8 Places (From Rear)
144.5 80
(5.69) 20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep (3.15)
68.5 140 2 Places 50
(2.70) (5.51) (1.97)
"A" Thd. 32(1.26) Deep
(.43)
4 Places 1.6 34.9 73 48
11
(.06) (1.37) (2.87) (1.89)
(.68)
17.3
(1.42)
(2.19) 36
(3.94) SQ.
(2.87)
55. 5
73
D
100
(5.69)
144.5
(8.98)
(9.84)
(7.00)
177.8
(1.14)
228
250
29
(2.87)
73
Pipe Flange
Sub-plate
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. C
Model Numbers
FGM-10Y-20 M20 M16 32 (1.26)
FGM-10Y-2090 3/4-10 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 34 (1.34)
Flow Rate
2.05
Flow Rate
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU
Differential Pressure Viscosity
FG FG
U.S.GPM L/min FCG -02 U.S.GPM L/min FCG -02
8.5 32 31.5
8.0 30 8.00 30.0
7.5 28 7.50 28.5
Flow Rate
2.2 8.4
Flow Rate
FG FG
U.S.GPM L/min FCG -03 U.S.GPM L/min FCG -03
130 34 131
33 125 33 125
120 32 119
Flow Rate
31
Flow Rate
55 13.5 52.5
14
13 50 13.0 50.0
12 12.5 47.5
45
3.7
.9 3.5 .95
.8 3.0 3.5
.90
.7 3.3
2.5
0 5 10 15 20 MPa 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
21
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU
Differential Pressure Viscosity
FG FG
U.S.GPM L/min FCG -06 U.S.GPM L/min FCG -06
66 250 68 260
65 245 66 250
64 240 64 240
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
42 160
155 40 150
40 150 38 140
38 145 11
2.8
2.75 11 2.6 10
10 2.4 9
2.50
9
0 5 10 15 20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
21 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU
Differential Pressure Viscosity
U.S.GPM L/min FG FG
-10 U.S.GPM L/min -10
FCG FCG
510 134 510
132 500 132 500
490 130
Flow Rate
128 490
Flow Rate
67 255 54 205
66 250 53 200
65 52 195
245
13.5 52
13.5 52 50
50 13.0
13.0 48
48
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
0 5 10 15 20 MPa
21
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU
Differential Pressure Viscosity
FG
U.S.GPM L/min FCG-01
2.25
8 FG FG
FCG-02 FCG-03
2.0
U.S.GPM L/min U.S.GPM L/min
6 FG -01-8 8 30 140
1.5 FCG 35
120
Flow Rate
FG -01-4 25 30
6 100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
1.0 4 FCG 20
20 80
4 15
60
0.5 2 10 40
2 10
5 20
0 0 0
0
0 1 2
Dial Position
3 4
0
0 100 200 300 400
Handle Position
500
0
0 100 200 300
Handle Position
400 500
D
FG -06 FG -10
U.S.GPM L/min FCG U.S.GPM L/min FCG
70 140
250 500
60 120
50 200 100 400
40 150 80 300
30 60
100 200
20 40
FG FG FG
PSI MPa FCG-01 PSI MPa FCG-02 PSI MPa FCG-03
Differential Pressure
Differential Pressure
Differential Pressure
0 0. 5 1. 0 1. 5 2. 0 2.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM Flow Rate U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
FG -06 FG -10
PSI MPa FCG PSI MPa FCG
Differential Pressure
Differential Pressure
FC G - 0 1 FCG-02
PSI MPa PSI
80 MPa
0.5 80
P
P
Throttle Closed 0.5
60 Throttle Closed
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
0.4 60 0.4
Throttle Fully Open
Throttle Fully Open
0.3 (FCG-01-4) 0.3
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 Throttle Fully Open 20
0.1 0.1
(FCG-01-8)
0 0
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
FC G - 0 3 FCG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
100 150
1.0
P
P
0.6 Throttle Closed
75 Throttle Closed 125
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
0.8
0.4 100
50 0.6
Throttle Fully Open 75 Throttle Fully Open
50 0.4
25 0.2
25 0.2
0 0
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 L/min 0 100 200 300 400 L/min
FCG-10
PSI MPa
150 1.0
P
100
0.6
75 Throttle Fully Open
0.4
50
25 0.2
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L/min
List of seals
FG -01- - -11/1190
FCG **
9 8 26 1 6 22 2 27 10 20 35 38 36 37 33 34
29 27 32 20 28 30 31
Section X-X
Section Y-Y
(FCG-01 Type)
Section X-X
(FG/FCG-01-*-N Type)
D
(FG-01 Type)
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
12 18 21 15
23 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 1
Y X 24 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2
FG/FCG-02-30-*-30/3090
FG/FCG-03-125-*-30/3090
11 27 26 10 29 28 4 5 32 3 9 22 8 23 35 6 7 2 24 34 1 33 12 25
33
(FCG- Type)
14 30 13 16 15
(FG/FCG- - -N Type)
X (FG- Type)
17 19 31 20 21
Section X-X
X
Section X-X
26 1 (FG-06/10 Type) 11 35 34 5 17 7 39 3 23
1 48 43 45 47 46 48 43 45 47 46 49
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
Flow control of these valves is continuously
made by a hydraulically operated pilot
piston mechanism which controls opening
area of the orifice of the valve. With the use
of these valves, shockless operation either in
acceleratio or deceleration can be obtained.
With the compensator for the pressure and
temperature, stable flow control can be
obtained regardless of the changes in the
pressure (load) and temperature (oil
viscosity). D
T P
Graphic Symbols O M
Specifications T P T P A B
FHG FHCG
FH: AC:
F: Pilot 02 30 : 30 (7.9) A100 13
Special Operated A120 None: None:
Seals Flow N: A200 Terminal Box Japanese Std.
for Control Applicable A240 Type "JIS"
Phos- Valves 03 125 : 125 (33) only for Pres. 13
phate G: Compensator O: DC: N:
Applicable 90:
Ester Sub-plate Stroke D12 With Plug-in N.American
Type FHC: Mounting Adjustment only for D24 Connector (Din)
Pilot Without Design Std.
Fluids 06 250 : 250 (66) (Option - D48 13
(Omit Operated Omit if not Pilot
if not Flow required) Valve AC
re- Cont. & DC: N: 80:
quired) Check 10 R100 With Plug-in 13 European
500 : 500 (132)
Valves R200 Connector (Din) Design Std.
1. Both solenoid operated directional valve (DSG-01) and modular valve (MSW-01) can be used as a pilot valve.
If no pilot valve is required, there is no needs to specify the coil type and the electrical connection type of solenoid operated directional valve.
2. The coil types are same as those for DSG-01 Series solenoid operated directional valves. See solenoid ratings on page 345.
3. Pres. compensator stroke adjustment: Can reduce jumping at the start of the actuator.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore,
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model Numbers Qty.
Japanese Std. "JIS" & European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
FHG/FHCG-02 M8 50 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 2 Lg. 4
FHG/FHCG-03 M10 75 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 3 Lg. 4
FHG/FHCG-06 M16 130 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC 5 Lg. 4
FHG/FHCG-10 M20 160 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 6-1/2 Lg. 4
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves 289
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Std. N. American Design Std. Approx.
Model Sub-plate Sub-plate Sub-plate Mass
Numbers Thread Size Thread Size Thread Size kg (lbs.)
Model No. Model No. Model No.
FGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 FGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F FGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 2.3 (5.1)
FHG -02 FGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 FGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F FGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT 2.3 (5.1)
FHCG
FGM-02Y-20 Rc 1/2 FGM-02Y-2080 1/2 BSP.F FGM-02Y-2090 1/2 NPT 3.1 (6.8)
FGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 FGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F FGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 3.9 (8.6)
FHG -03 FGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 FGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F FGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 3.9 (8.6)
FHCG FGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4 FGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP.F FGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
FGM-03Z-20 Rc 1 FGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP.F FGM-03Z-2090 1 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
FGM-06X-20 Rc 1 FGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F FGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 12.5 (27.6)
FHG -06 FGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4 FGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F FGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NPT 16 (35.3)
FHCG
FGM-06Z-20 Rc 1-1/2 FGM-06Z-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F FGM-06Z-2090 1-1/2 NPT 16 (35.3)
FHG -10 FGM-10Y-20 1-1/2, 2 FGM-10Y-20 1-1/2, 2 FGM-10Y-2090 1-1/2, 2 37 (81.6)
FHCG
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from Sub-plates are common with flow control valves. For dimensions, see
the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface pages 281 to 283.
should have a good machined finish.
FGM-10Y is special type sub-plates to be used with pipe flange.
When ordering FGM-10Y, specify the pipe flange kit in addition to
FGM-10Y referring to F3 pipe flanges shown on page 821.
Instructions
Control patterns and flow rate adjustment
1 Set by the pilot flow adj. dial for "A" line.
While the solenoid operated directional valve off ( 4
Dec.
shown left)
2 Set by the max. flow adj. screw.
Dec.
The flow rate is set by the minimum flow adjustment
screw and the actuator operates at the minimum
3 Set by the pilot flow adj. dial speed setting.
for "B" line. Dec.
When the solenoid operated directional valve is
Flow Rate
290 Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
FHG
FHCG -02
U.S.GPM L/min
9
FHG -03
35 FHCG
8 U.S.GPM L/min
30
7 140
35
25 120
6
Flow Rate
30
20 100
Flow Rate
5 Min. Metred
Min. Metred
4 15 Flow Range 20 80 Flow Range
3 60
2
1
10
5
Max. Metred
Flow Range
10 40
20
Max. Metred
Flow Range
D
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 mm T P
O M
Flow Rate
Other Characteristics
The following characteristics are the same as for flow See pages 284 to 286. For reference, the corresponding
control valves; model No. of the flow control valves are shown below.
Metred Flow vs. Differential Pressure
Metred Flow vs. Viscosity Valve Model No. Model No.
Min. Required Pressure Difference FHG -02 FG -02
Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow (only for FHCG FCG
models with check valves) FHG -03 FG -03
FHCG FCG
FHG -06 FG -06
FHCG FCG
FHG -10 FG -10
FHCG FCG
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves 291
Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type FH G-02: ISO 6263-AK-06-2-A
FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-13/1390 FH G-03: ISO 6263-AM-07-2-A
FHG/FHCG-03-125-*-*-13/1390
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"e" Dia. Through Controlled Flow Inlet or
"f" Dia. Spotface Reversed Free Flow
4 Places Outlet Port Model Numbers n t
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
Fully Extended 331(13.03)
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
Fully Extended d FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
C
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
L
(2.36)
9
H
60
0
1
F E
D
Controlled Flow Outlet or
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
6(.24) Dia.
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial INC. SOL b A
1
(1.57)
INC.
9
Dia.
32
8
40
Lock Nut
7
4
(S)
19(.75) Hex.
Max. Flow Adjustment Screw
V
(2.95)
19(.75) Hex.
75
INC.
Y
Fully Extended
Z
a
20(.79)
U
N
h
Min. Flow
(.24)
292 Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
DC/R:146.2(5.76)
AC :142.2(5.60) Three positions of cable departure are
available by loosening "Lock Nut" as shown.
DC/R:102.2(4.02) After location, tighten "Lock Nut" with torque
AC :98.2(3.87) in the range 10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91 - 100 IN.lbs.).
51 q Cable Departure
Pilot Line
Tank Port "T"
(2.01) Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
D
"n" Thd. Conductor Area
(Rear) Pilot Line
...... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
T P
3 5
O M
1
A B
Lock Nut
2
(SS)
3
7
4
VV
Thread Size
Japanese Std. "JIS" European Design Std. N.American Design Std.
Model Numbers
Design 13 Design 1380 Design 1390
"n" Thd. "n" Thd. "n" Thd.
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -N
Rc 1/4 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 NPT
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -N
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves 293
Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type FH G-06: ISO 6263-AP-08-2-A
FHG/FHCG-06-250-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500-*-*-13/1390 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Fully Extended 331(13.03)
Model Numbers q r
Fully
Controlled Flow Outlet or Extended FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port C FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
F
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
K
D
E
0
together.
1
(1.26)
9
Dia.
2
32
8
40
Lock Nut
4
75
INC.
X
Y
Z
Min. Flow
a
Adjustment Screw
d
19(.75) Hex.
N
INC.
t
V
Q
e
294 Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
DC/R:146.2(5.76)
AC :142.2(5.60)
Three positions of cable departure are
DC/R:102.2(4.02) available by loosening "Lock Nut" as shown.
AC :98.2(3.87) After location, tighten "Lock Nut" with torque
in the range 10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91 - 100 IN.lbs.).
51 m
(2.01) Cable Departure
D
Pilot Line Cable Applicable:
Tank Port "T" Outside Dia.
"q" Thd. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
(Rear) Pilot Line Conductor Area
Pressure Port "P" ...... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 T P
"q" Thd. (.0023 SQ. IN.)
Lock Nut O M
A B
(UU)
Thread Size
Japanese Std. "JIS" European Design Std. N.American Design Std.
Model Numbers
Design 13 Design 1380 Design 1390
"q" Thd. "q" Thd. "q" Thd.
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -N
Rc 1/4 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 NPT
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -N
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves 295
List of seals
63
63
49
62
57 SOL b SOL b
50
55
52
59
9
8 9
1 2
58
8
3
7
6 7
60
3 4
4
54
6
51
61 53
56 5
X X
11 3
29 32
10 9
4 22
34 23 35 8 7 6 24 1 2 33 12 25 14 33 30 13 16 15
(FHCG- Type)
FHG
FHCG - - -N Type
(FHG- Type) 1 17 19 31 21 20
Section X-X
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts FHG -02 FHG -03 Qty.
FHCG FHCG
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-P20 1
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P5 SO-NB-P5 1 Pilot Valves
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A SO-NB-P16 1 See page 298 for the pilot valve model numbers to
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 1 be used.
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P14 1
34 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 2
35 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 SO-NB-G35 1
List of Seal Kits
57 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
58 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A SO-NB-P10A 2 FHG-02 KS-FHG-02-13
59 O-Ring SO-NA-P26 SO-NA-P26 2 FHCG-02 KS-FHCG-02-13
60 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P26 SO-BB-P26 4 FHG-03 KS-FHG-03-13
61 O-Ring SO-NB-P38 SO-NB-P38 2 FHCG-03 KS-FHCG-03-13
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table right. In addition to the above seals, seals for pilot valves are
included in the seal kit.
296 Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
63
62 63
49 50
SOL b
SOL b
57 52
58
1
55
9
1 2
8 9
8
3
7
54
6 7
3 4
61
6
51 53
D
14
59 T P
11
60 X X
3
56 A
O M
B
5
35
17
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts FHG -06 FHG -10 Qty.
FHCG FHCG
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-P20 1 Pilot Valves
36 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 SO-NB-P34 1 See page 298 for the pilot valve model numbers to
37 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P48 2 be used.
39 O-Ring SO-NB-P34 SO-NB-P50 1
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P50 SO-NB-G75 3
47 O-Ring SO-NB-A020 SO-NB-P32 1
List of Seal Kits
57 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
58 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A SO-NB-P10A 2 FHG-06 KS-FHG-06-13
59 O-Ring SO-NA-P26 SO-NA-P26 2 FHCG-06 KS-FHCG-06-13
60 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P26 SO-BB-P26 4 FHG-10 KS-FHG-10-13
61 O-Ring SO-NB-P38 SO-NB-P38 2 FHCG-10 KS-FHCG-10-13
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table right. In addition to the above seals, seals for pilot valves are
included in the seal kit.
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves 297
List of Pilot Valves
298 Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
Graphic Symbols
D
SRT/SRG SRCT/SRCG
SRT/SRG SRCT/SRCG
Specifications
Restrictors
Pres.
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting L/min Threaded Sub-plate
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) Connection Mounting
One Way Restrictor SRCT-06-50/5080/5090 SRCG-06-50/5090 85 (22.4) 25 (3630) 3.8 (8.4) 3.9 (8.6)
Rated flow stands for approximate flow rate when the pressure
drop between inlet and outlet ports of the valve in fully opened Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.
condition becomes 0.3 MPa (44 PSI) maximum at fluid's specific
For details, contact us.
gravity of 0.85 and kinematic viscosity of 20 mm2/s (98 SSU).
Rated Flow Max. Operating
Model Numbers L/min Pressure
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
SRF/SRCF-10-50
230 (60.7)
SRF/SRCF-10-5090
25 (3630)
SRF/SRCF-16-50
500 (132)
SRF/SRCF-16-5090
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Numbers kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
SRG CRGM-03-50 Rc 3/8 CRGM-03-5080 3/8 BSP.F CRGM-03-5090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
SRCG -03 CRGM-03X-50 Rc 1/2 CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
SRG CRGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 CRGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F CRGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
SRCG -06 CRGM-06X-50 Rc 1 CRGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F CRGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
SRG CRGM-10-50 Rc 1-1/4 CRGM-10-5080 1-1/4 BSP.F CRGM-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
SRCG -10 CRGM-10X-50 Rc 1-1/2 CRGM-10X-5080 1-1/2 BSP.F CRGM-10X-5090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
Sub-plates are common with right angle check valves. For dimensions, see page 502.
SRT/SRCT-03-50/5080/5090 DIMENSIONS IN
SRT/SRCT-06-50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SRT/SRCT-10-50/5080/5090
INC. C
D K
56 L
(2.20) Dia.
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Fully Extended F
D
Fully Extended
150.5(5.93)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
(1.69)
42.9
(1.26)
32
Restrictors
11(.43) Dia. Through 33.3 30 (O-Rings Furnished)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.31) (1.18)
4 Places Controlled Flow Inlet or
11.7 66.7 Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port 64 6
(.46) (2.63) (2.52) (.24)
90
(3.54)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the dimensional drawing (P.502) of the sub-plate used together.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Mounting surface: ISO5781-AH-08-2-A
SRG/SRCG-06-50/5090
INC.
Lock Nut 56 37
Controlled Flow Outlet or
19(.75) Hex. (2.20) Dia. (1.46)
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Fully Extended
180(7.09)
(2.37)
60.3
(1.44)
36.5
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the dimensional drawing (P.502) of the sub-plate used together.
INC. 56 42
Lock Nut (1.65)
(2.20) Dia.
19(.75) Hex.
Controlled Flow Outlet or
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
Fully Extended
Locating Pin
227(8.94)
6(.24) Dia.
(3.31)
84.1
(1.66)
42.1
(1.73)
44
Mounting Surface
40 (O-Rings Furnished)
11(.43) Dia. Through 48.4
Controlled Flow Inlet or (1.57)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.91) 41
6 Places 11.1 96.8 Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
(1.61)
(.44) (3.81)
119 90 6
(4.69) (3.54) (.24)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the dimensional drawing (P.502) of the sub-plate used together.
Flow Rate
8 30 20 80
P=4 (580) P=4 (580)
6 60
2
20
10
P=2 (290)
P=1 (145)
P=0.5 (70)
15
10
5
40
20
P=2 (290)
P=1 (145)
P=0.5 (70)
D
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fully Open Fully Open
Adj. Handle Position (Number of turns) Adj. Handle Position (Number of turns)
SRT SRCT
SRG-10, SRCG-10
Restrictors
U.S.GPM L/min
90 350
80 300
70
250
Flow Rate
60 P=7 (1020)
50 200
P=4 (580)
40 150 P=2 (290)
30 100 P=1 (145)
20 P=0.5 (70)
10 50
0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Fully Open
Adj. Handle Position (Number of turns)
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
SRT SRCT SRT SRCT
SRG-03, SRCG-03 SRG-06, SRCG-06
MPa MPa
PSI 0.4 Free Flow PSI 0.4 Free Flow
50
Pressure Drop
50
Pressure Drop
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
SRT SRCT
SRG-10, SRCG-10
PSI MPa
70 0.5 Free Flow
Spool Closed
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
50
40 0.3
30 0.2
20 Controlled Flow
10 0.1 Spool Fully Open
0 0
0 100 200 300 350 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 90 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Applicable only for one way restrictor (Model No. SRC*)
SRT/SRCT-03-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-06-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-10-50/5080/5090
17 16 10 9
4
15
5
For SRCT 3
2
14
12
11
18
6
7
1
13
8
SRG/SRCG-03-50/5090
SRG/SRCG-06-50/5090
SRG/SRCG-10-50/5090
10 17 18
9
4
16
For SRCG 5
3
1
12
2
15
14
19
6
11
20
7
13
8
D
Graphic Symbols
Throttle Modules
01
P AB T P A B T
TC1G-01 TC2G-01
03
P AB T P AB T P A B T P A B T
TC1G-03 TC1G-03-C TC2G-03 TC2G-03-A
Specifications
Max. Operating Approx.
Nominal Flow
Model Numbers Pressure Mass
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
TC1G-01-40/4090 0.6 (1.3)
30 (7.9)
TC2G-01-40/4090 0.65 (1.4)
25 (3630)
TC1G-03- -40/4090 1.6 (3.5)
80 (21.1)
TC2G-03- -40/4090 1.8 (4.0)
Solenoid
Operated No. 10-24 UNC
TC G-01 M5 70 Lg. 4
Directional valve 2-3/4 Lg.
Throttle module
or Throttle and
check module 1/4-20 UNC
TC G-03 M6 70 Lg. 4
2-3/4 Lg.
Mounting bolt
Solenoid
Operated No. 10-24 UNC
Directional valve TC G-01 M5 95 Lg.
3-3/4 Lg.
4
Throttle module
or Throttle and
check module 1/4-20 UNC
TC G-03 M6 100 Lg. 4
4 Lg.
Mounting bolt
Instructions
Flow adjustment
Slacken the lock nut and turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise caused the flow rate to decrease
After adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.
4 Places
(.67)
(.67)
17
17
(1.22)
Fully Extended
(2.76)
(1.28)
Fully Extended
(1.02)
32.5
25.8
31
70
(.03)
(.61)
0.75
15.5
(3.80)
96.5
(3.60)
91.5
(.20)
5.2
Lock Nut
12(.47) Hex.
Pressure Port "P" 11
21.5
(.43)
(.85)
30.7
(1.21)
Flow Adjustment Screw Flow Adjustment Screw
6(.24) Hex. 6(.24) Hex.
INC. INC.
(.98)
25
(.59)
15
D
(.20)
(.13)
(1.81) (.67)
(.25)
6.4
17
32.5
(3.52)
89.5
46
(4.72)
120
Lock Nut
Throttle Modules
14.7 14(.55) Hex.
7(.28) Dia. Through (.58)
4 Places 39.3 Flow Adjustment Screw
(1.55) 7(.28) Hex.
INC.
(1.26)
32
With standard sub-plates, the left one of the two tank ports "T" is used but either one may be used.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
TC1G-03-40/4090
TC1G-03-C-40/4090
(.20)
5
(.67)
17
Fully Extended
(3.13)
79.5
(4.33)
110
27
(1.06) Flow Adjustment Screw
7(.28) Hex.
INC.
TC1G-01 TC1G-01
U.S.GPM L/min TC2G-01 PSI MPa TC2G-01
300
8 30 2.0
Differential Pressure Throttle Fully Closed
7 25 MPa 250 A2 A1
25 (3630 PSI) A2 B 2 B2 B1
P2
6 16 MPa 1.5
P
(2320 PSI) 200
20
6.3 MPa
Pressure Drop
5
Flow Rate
(910 PSI) P1 A1 B 1
2.5 MPa 150 1.0
4 15 (360 PSI) Throttle Fully Open
1.0 MPa P1 P2
3 (145 PSI) 100 A1 A2
10 0.4 MPa B1 B2
(60 PSI) 0.5
2
50 Throttle Fully Open
5 A2 A1
1
0 B2 B1
0 0
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 6.5
L/min
Closed Fully Open
Adjustment Screw Revolutions
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Flow Rate U.S.GPM
TC1G-03 TC1G-03-
U.S.GPM L/min TC2G-03 TC2G-03-
PSI MPa
22.5 1200
Differential Pressure 8
80
20 25 MPa P2 A2 B2
70 (3630 PSI) 1000 7
16 MPa
60 (2320 PSI) 6
P
A'2 B'2
Pressure Drop
50 (910 PSI) 5
2.5 MPa Throttle Fully Closed
40 (360 PSI) 600 4 A2 A1 A'1 A'2
10 P'1 B2 B1 B'1 B'2
1.0 MPa A'1B'1
(145 PSI)
30 3 Throttle Fully Open
0.4 MPa 400
(60 PSI) P1 P2
5 20 2 A1 A2 A'2 A'1
200 B1 B2 B'2 B'1
10 1 Throttle Fully Open
A2 A1 A'1 A'2
0 0 B2 B1 B'1 B'2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 11.5 0 20 40 60 80 100
Closed Fully Open L/min
Adjustment Screw Revolutions
0 5 10 15 20 25 27.5
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min TC1G-03-C
22.5
80
20 Differential Pressure
70 For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table
25 MPa
(3630 PSI) below.
60
15 16 MPa
(2320 PSI) mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
50 Viscosity
Flow Rate
6.3 MPa
(910 PSI) SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40 2.5 MPa
10 Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
(360 PSI)
30 1.0 MPa
(145 PSI)
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P')
5 20 0.4 MPa may be obtained from the formula below.
(60 PSI)
10
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 11.5
Closed Fully Open
Adjustment Screw Revolutions
List of Seals
TC1G-01-40/4090
TC1G-03-*-40/4090
7 1 2 9 10 12 5 3 11 4 8 7 2 6 9 10 1 12 5 3 11
D
TC1G-01 TC1G-03
Throttle Modules
Part Numbers Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
TC1G-01 TC1G-03 TC1G-01 KS-TC1G-01-40
7 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-A014 5 TC1G-03
KS-TC1G-03-40
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 1 TC1G-03-C
9 O-Ring SO-NA-P7 SO-NA-P9 1
10 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P7 SO-BB-P9 1
With TC1G-01, four O-Rings, Item 7 , are used.
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right
TC2G-01-40/4090
TC2G-03-*-40/4090
18 23 17 16 13 22 14 24 25 27 19 15 26 18 23 17 16 20 22 13 21 14 24 25 27
19
15
26
TC2G-01 TC2G-03
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operating Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Max. Flow
Pressure
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting L/min (U.S.GPM) Z T Z G
MPa (PSI)
ZT/ZCT-03- - -22/2280/2290 ZG/ZCG-03- - -22/2290 30 (7.9) 4.3 (9.5) 4.3 (9.5)
ZT/ZCT-06- - -22/2280/2290 ZG/ZCG-06- - -22/2290 80 (21.1) 21 (3050) 8.7 (19.2) 8.7 (19.2)
ZT/ZCT-10- - -22/2280/2290 ZG/ZCG-10- - -22/2290 200 (52.8) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5)
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
Force to Depress Spool
Model Numbers Force N (lbs.)
ZT/ZG -03 150 (337)
ZCT/ZCG
ZT/ZG -06 270 (607)
ZCT/ZCG
ZT/ZG
ZCT/ZCG -10 400 (899)
Deceleration Valves
In addition, connect the drain pipe independently and directly to the tank.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model Numbers Qty.
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
ZG/ZCG-03 M8 75 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 3 Lg. 4
ZG/ZCG-06 M10 100 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 4 Lg. 4
ZG/ZCG-10 M12 120 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 4-3/4 Lg. 4
Option
Bypass throttle valves
To allow a metred flow between ports even when the flow is stopped by the spool.
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model No. Size Model No. Size Model No. Size kg (lbs.)
ZG/ZCG-03 ZGM-03-21 Rc 3/8 ZGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F ZGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 2 (4.4)
ZG/ZCG-06 ZGM-06-21 Rc 3/4 ZGM-06-2180 3/4 BSP.F ZGM-06-2190 3/4 NPT 3.8 (8.4)
ZG/ZCG-10 ZGM-10-21 Rc 1-1/4 ZGM-10-2180 1-1/4 BSP.F ZGM-10-2190 1-1/4 NPT 9 (19.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Port "A"
(See table below)
"q" Thd.
Port "B"
U
(See table below)
P
V
"q" Thd.
N
Q
T
L
S
K
J
Model Numbers Port "A" Port "B" Model Numbers "q" Thd. "r" Thd.
Controlled flow Controlled flow ZT/ZCT-03- - -22 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
ZT-
inlet outlet
ZT/ZCT-03- - -2280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
Controlled flow Controlled flow
ZCT- inlet or Reversed outlet or Reversed ZT/ZCT-03- - -2290 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
free flow outlet free flow inlet ZT/ZCT-06- - -22 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
ZT/ZCT-06- - -2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
ZT/ZCT-06- - -2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
ZT/ZCT-10- - -22 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4
ZT/ZCT-10- - -2280 1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
ZT/ZCT-10- - -2290 1-1/4 NPT 1/4NPT
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V W
102 80 66 40 11 82 60 41 20 11 141 58 40 56 25 70
ZT/ZCT-03
(4.02) (3.15) (2.60) (1.57) (.43) (3.23) (2.36) (1.61) (.79) (.43) (5.55) (2.28) (1.57) (2.20) (.98) (2.76)
120 98 82 49 11 106 84 57 32 11 176 81 57 65 27 95
ZT/ZCT-06
(4.72) (3.86) (3.23) (1.93) (.43) (4.17) (3.31) (2.24) (1.26) (.43) (6.93) (3.19) (2.24) (2.56) (1.06) (3.74)
160 132 103 66 14 140 112 75 40 14 224 106 75 80 32 110
ZT/ZCT-10
(6.30) (5.20) (4.06) (2.60) (.55) (5.51) (4.41) (2.95) (1.57) (.55) (8.82) (4.17) (2.95) (3.15) (1.26) (4.33)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
X Y Z a b d e f g h j n t
60 25 35 18 6 10 2 8 2 8 8.8 14 24.5
ZT/ZCT-03
(2.36) (.98) (1.38) (.71) (.24) (.39) (.08) (.31) (.08) (.31) (.35) (.55) (.96)
85 32 50 22 8 13 3 10 3 10 11 17.5 29
ZT/ZCT-06
(3.35) (1.26) (1.97) (.87) (.31) (.51) (.12) (.39) (.12) (.39) (.43) (.69) (1.14)
96 40 55 28 10 18 3 15 3 15 13.5 21 34
ZT/ZCT-10
(3.78) (1.57) (2.17) (1.10) (.39) (.71) (.12) (.59) (.12) (.59) (.53) (.83) (1.34)
ZG/ZCG-03-*-*-22/2290 DIMENSIONS IN
ZG/ZCG-06-*-*-22/2290 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
ZG/ZCG-10-*-*-22/2290
Q
(O-Rings Furnished)
N
Deceleration Valves
Port "A"
(See table below) F U
Drain Port "DR" E "f" Dia. Through 20 T 6
(Connect directly "g" Dia. Spotface (.79) (.24)
to the tank.) D H 4 Places
Lock Nut
C Port "B" 13(.51) Hex.
(See table below)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P Q S T
102 80 66 40 11 82 60 41 11 141 56 25 70
ZG/ZCG-03
(4.02) (3.15) (2.60) (1.57) (.43) (3.23) (2.36) (1.61) (.43) (5.55) (2.20) (.98) (2.76)
120 98 82 49 11 106 84 57 11 176 65 27 95
ZG/ZCG-06
(4.72) (3.86) (3.23) (1.93) (.43) (4.17) (3.31) (2.24) (.43) (6.93) (2.56) (1.06) (3.74)
160 132 103 66 14 140 112 75 14 224 80 32 110
ZG/ZCG-10
(6.30) (5.20) (4.06) (2.60) (.55) (5.51) (4.41) (2.95) (.55) (8.82) (3.15) (1.26) (4.33)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
U V X Y Z a b d e f g h
60 35 18 6 10 2 8 2 8 8.8 14 24.5
ZG/ZCG-03
(2.36) (1.38) (.71) (.24) (.39) (.08) (.31) (.08) (.31) (.35) (.55) (.96)
85 50 22 8 13 3 10 3 10 11 17.5 29
ZG/ZCG-06
(3.35) (1.97) (.87) (.31) (.51) (.12) (.39) (.12) (.39) (.43) (.69) (1.14)
96 55 28 10 18 3 15 3 15 13.5 21 34
ZG/ZCG-10
(3.78) (2.17) (1.10) (.39) (.71) (.12) (.59) (.12) (.59) (.53) (.83) (1.34)
A
B J
C H "h" Thd. "Y" Deep
D 4 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep V
E "a" Dia. Through
"b" C' bore e
F 4 Places
Q
P
N
T
S
K
L
"n" Dia. "j" Dia.
"g" Thd. (From Rear) "f" Thd. (From Rear)
2 Places
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S
146 124 80 60 42 20 22 11 85 60 40 20 12.5 58
ZGM-03
(5.75) (4.88) (3.15) (2.36) (1.65) (.79) (.87) (.43) (3.35) (2.36) (1.57) (.79) (.49) (2.28)
160 138 98 74 53 24 20 11 108 84 57 32 12 81
ZGM-06
(6.30) (5.43) (3.86) (2.91) (2.09) (.94) (.79) (.43) (4.25) (3.31) (2.24) (1.26) (.47) (3.19)
218 190 132 98 70 34 29 14 140 112 75 40 14 106
ZGM-10
(8.58) (7.48) (5.20) (3.86) (2.76) (1.34) (1.14) (.55) (5.51) (4.41) (2.95) (1.57) (.55) (4.17)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
T V Y a b e
44 26 18 11 17.5 15.2
ZGM-03
(1.73) (1.02) (.71) (.43) (.69) (.60)
60 35 18 11 17.5 24.2
ZGM-06
(2.36) (1.38) (.71) (.43) (.69) (.95)
87 45 25 14 21 31.5
ZGM-10
(3.43) (1.77) (.98) (.55) (.83) (1.24)
0.4
Spool Open 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 mm
40 0.3
U.S.GPM L/min
0.2 8
20 30
0.1
0
0 6
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
20 Differential Pressure
D
Flow Rate
1 MPa
4 (145 PSI) 21 MPa
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 U.S.GPM (3050 PSI)
2 MPa
Flow Rate 10 (290 PSI) 10 MPa
2 (1450 PSI)
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 mm
Deceleration Valves
ZCT-06 Z T-06
ZCG-06 Z G-06
PSI MPa
150 1.0 Spool Depression (Normally Closed)
Spool Closed
0.8 .5 .4 .3 .2 .1 0 IN
Pressure Drop
100
0.6 Spool Open
0.4 13 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 mm
50 U.S.GPM L/min
0.2 22
0 80
20
0
0 50 100 150 200 L/min
16 60 Differential Pressure
Flow Rate
12 21 MPa
0 10 20 30 40 50 55 U.S.GPM (3050 PSI)
Flow Rate 40
8 10 MPa
1 MPa (1450 PSI)
20 (145 PSI)
4 5 MPa
2 MPa (730 PSI)
(290 PSI)
0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 mm
0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 IN.
Spool Depression (Normally Open)
ZCT-10 Z T-10
PSI MPa ZCG-10 Z G-10
125 Spool Depression (Normally Closed)
0.8
100 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 . 2 .1 0 IN.
Spool Closed
Pressure Drop
0.6
75
0.4 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 mm
50 U.S.GPM L/min
25 0.2 55 200
Spool Open 50
0 0
160 Differential Pressure
0 100 200 300 400 L/min 40
Flow Rate
21 MPa
30 120 (3050 PSI)
0 20 40 60 80 100 110 U.S.GPM 10 MPa
20 80 (1450 PSI)
Flow Rate 1 MPa
(145 PSI) 5 MPa
10 40 2 MPa (730 PSI)
0 (290 PSI)
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 mm
0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 IN.
Spool Depression (Normally Open)
ZT /ZCT-03-T
ZG/ZCG-03-T
U.S.GPM L/min
2.0 Differential Pressure
7
21 MPa
6 (3050 PSI)
1.5 10 MPa
Flow Rate 5 (1450 PSI)
4 5 MPa
1.0 (730 PSI)
3 2 MPa
(290 PSI)
.5 2
1 MPa
1 (145 PSI)
0 0
0 1 2 3 4
Fully
Closed Choke Adj. Position rev
ZT /ZCT-06-T
ZG/ZCG-06-T
U.S.GPM L/min
2.0 Differential Pressure
7
21 MPa
6 (3050 PSI)
1.5 10 MPa
5 (1450 PSI)
Flow Rate
4 5 MPa
1.0 (730 PSI)
3 2 MPa
(290 PSI)
.5 2
1 MPa
1 (145 PSI)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4
Fully
Closed Choke Adj. Position rev
ZT /ZCT-10-T
ZG/ZCG-10-T
U.S.GPM
L/min Differential Pressure
2.0 21 MPa
7
(3050 PSI)
6 10 MPa
1.5
5 (1450 PSI)
5 MPa
Flow Rate
List of Seals
ZT/ZCT-03-*-*-22/2280/2290
ZT/ZCT-06-*-*-22/2280/2290
With Check Valve With Adjustable Needle Valve
ZT/ZCT-10-*-*-22/2280/2290 (ZCT- ) for By-Pass Line
1 2 17 18 4 15 16 7 5 14 ZT - -T
ZCT
11 19 10 9 8 1
6
25
20
21
12
D
22
17 23
3 3
1
Deceleration Valves
Item Name of Parts ZT -03 ZT -06 ZT -10 Qty.
ZCT ZCT ZCT ZT-03 KS-ZT-03-22
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P36 SO-NB-P49 2 ZT-06 KS-ZT-06-22
18 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 SO-NA-P25 SO-NA-P32 1 ZT-10 KS-ZT-10-22
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 ZCT-03 KS-ZCT-03-22
20 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 1 ZCT-06 KS-ZCT-06-22
21 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 1 ZCT-10 KS-ZCT-10-22
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
ZG/ZCG-03-*-*-22/2290
ZG/ZCG-06-*-*-22/2290 With Adjustable Needle Valve
With Check Valve
ZG/ZCG-10-*-*-22/2290 (ZCG- ) for By-Pass Line
1 2 18 20 4 16 17 7 5 14 ZG - -T
ZCG
22 10 9 8 11 1
6
28
23
24
12 19
25 15
18 21
26
3
13
27
1
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts ZG -03 ZG -06 ZG Qty.
ZCG ZCG ZCG-10 List of Seal Kits
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P36 SO-NB-P49 2 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2 ZG-03 KS-ZG-03-22
20 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 SO-NA-P25 SO-NA-P32 1 ZG-06 KS-ZG-06-22
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P14 1 ZG-10 KS-ZG-10-22
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 ZCG-03 KS-ZCG-03-22
23 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 1 ZCG-06 KS-ZCG-06-22
24 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 1 ZCG-10 KS-ZCG-10-22
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
Specifications
Metred Flow Max. Max.
1
Max. Flow Range Reversed Operat- Approx.
Model Numbers L/min L/min (U.S.GPM) Free Flow ing Mass
(U.S.GPM) Fine L/min Pressure kg (lbs.)
Feed
Feed (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
16 [12]
UCF1G-01-4-A- -11
(4.2 [3.2]) 0.03-4
12 [8] (.008-1.06)
UCF1G-01-4-B- -11
(3.2 [2.1]) 2
{0.05-4}
8 [4] ({.013-1.06})
UCF1G-01-4-C- -11
(2.1 [1.06]) 20 1.6
20 [12] (5.3) (3.5)
UCF1G-01-8-A- -11
(5.3 [3.2]) 0.03-8
16 [8] (.008-2.1)
UCF1G-01-8-B- -11
(4.2 [2.1]) 2
{0.05-8}
12 [4] ({.013-2.1})
UCF1G-01-8-C- -11
(3.2 [1.06]) 14
0.05-4 (2030)
UCF1G-03-4- -10
40 [40] (.013-1.06) 40 2.6
(10.6 [10.6]) 0.05-8 (10.6) (5.7)
UCF1G-03-8- -10
(.013-2.1)
0.1-4 0.05-4
UCF2G-03-4- -10
40 [40] (.026-1.06) (.013-1.06) 40 2.7
(10.6 [10.6]) 0.1-8 0.05-4 (10.6) (6.0)
UCF2G-03-8- -10
(.026-2.1) (.013-1.06)
0.1-22 6.5
UCF1G-04-30-30
80 [40] (.026-5.8) 80 (14.3)
(21.1 [10.6]) 0.1-22 0.1-17 (21.1) 9.2
UCF2G-04-30-30
(.026-5.8) (.026-4.5) (20.3)
1. The maximum flow rates are values with the deceleration valve and the flow control valve fully open.
The values in [ ] are maximum flow rates with the deceleration valve fully open and the flow
control valve fully closed.
2. The values in { } are for pressures above 7 MPa (1020 PSI).
Graphic Symbols
A B A B A B A B
A B A B
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
D
Model Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" & European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
UCF1G-01 M6 55 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4 A B
Instructions
Allowable pressures at controlled flow outlet Required Force for Spool Push Down
If internal drain types of UCF1G-01 or 03 or UCF2G-03 Force
are used, use them in metre-out circuits in order to limit Model Numbers Drain Type
N (lbs.)
the valve outlet pressure to the valves shown below. Internal drain type 100 (22.5)
In addition, external drain types can also be used in metre- UCF1G-01
External drain type 80 (18.0)
in circuits. Internal drain type 170 (38.2)
UCF1G-03
External drain type 90 (20.2)
Allowable
Internal drain type 170 (38.2)
Outlet Port UCF2G-03
Model Numbers External drain type 130 (29.2)
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI) UCF1G-04 External drain type 170 (38.2)
Internal UCF1G-01- UCF2G-04 External drain type 170 (38.2)
Drain UCF1G-03- 0.3 (44) Note: The push down forces are with the maximum allowable pressure
Type UCF2G-03- at the port concerned, which is controlled flow outlet "B" for
UCF1G-01- -E internal drain types or the drain port for internal drain types.
UCF1G-01 UCF1G-03
PSI MPa
PSI MPa
100 0.7
0.7
Differential Pressure
100
Differential Pressure
0.6
0.6 80
80 0.5
0.5
60 60 0.4
0.4
0.3 40 0.3
40
0.2 0.2
20 20 0.1
0.1
0 0
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 L/min 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L/min
UCF1G
UCF2G-03 UCF2G -04
PSI MPa
100 0.7 PSI MPa
0.6
0.6 80
80
Differential Pressure
Differential Pressure
0.5 0.5
60 0.4 60 0.4
0.3 40 0.3
40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 L/min 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 L/min
UCF1G-01-*-*-*-11/1190 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Port "A"
Total Valve Spool Movement Controlled Flow Inlet or
Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port Mounting Surface
5.5 to 6.5 (.22 to .25) 11(.43) Dia. Roller 15(.59) Mounting surface should have
Seal Stroke 1.5(.06) Locking Screw a good machined finish.
Limit the cam 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. 16.4(.65)
Max. "X" Dia.
28
7
Indicator
84(3.31)
(.53)
13.5
Name
(1.06)
"X"
(1.18)
(1.18)
of Port
27
30
30
(2.48)
(1.67)
4
22.5(.89)
42.5
(1.93)
63
49
6 7 8
(.16)
Dia.
UCF1G-03-*-*-10/1090
Total Valve Spool Movement Locking Screw 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. Mounting Surface
6.0 to 7.0 (.24 to .27) 11(.43) Dia. Roller Tightening Torque: Mounting surface should have
18(.71) 4
Seal Stroke 1.5 (.06) 0.25 - 0.3 Nm a good machined finish.
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.) 16.4(.65) (.16)
Throttle Stroke4.5(.18)
31(1.22) 28(1.10)
Reversed Free Outlet Port Revolution
(.26)
Indicator
6.5
Name
89.5(3.52)
13.5(.53)
of Port "X"
D
49(1.93)
(1.63)
55(2.17)
41.5
68(2.68)
22.5(.89)
Port "A" 11.5
Dia.
Port "B" (.45)
Locating Pin.
4(.16) Dia. 4
Drain Port
Mounting Surface (.16) A B
(O-Rings Furnished)
7(.28) Dia. Through 29 Flow Adjustment 44(1.73)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface (1.14) Dial
4 Places 51.5(2.03) 45(1.77)
Port "B" INC.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
UCF2G-03-*-*-10/1090
Locating Pin.
(.26)
28.5
6.5
Tightening Torque:
INC. 4(.16) Dia.
0.25 - 0.3 Nm
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.) Name
of Port "X"
13.5(.53)
34(1.34)
(1.08)
90(3.54)
41.5(1.63)
27.5
49(1.93)
(.89) Dia.
68(2.68)
55(2.17)
(1.73)
Locking Screw
(.39)
44
10
(1.69)
(1.81)
(5.12)
55(2.17)
130
67(2.64)
43
46
Port "B" (.61)
96(3.78)
76(2.99)
20(.79)
123 8.5
Drain Port
(.33)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
20(.79) 54
Port "B" 11(.43) Dia. Through (2.13)
Controlled Flow
Outlet or Reversed 40 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 55
Free Flow Inlet Port (1.57) 4 Places (2.17)
60 69
(2.36) Flow Adjustment (2.72)
90 Handle 123
(3.54) 46(1.81) Dia. (4.84)
10 140
(.39) (5.51)
160 INC.
(6.30)
Drain Port
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
UCF2G-04-30-30/3090
Locking Screw
(.39)
10
(5.91)
(2.05)
150
(2.36)
52
82(3.23)
20(.79)
22(.87)
60
110(4.33)
90(3.54)
123 300
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Port "B" 20(.79) 54
11(.43) Dia. Through Mounting Surface
Controlled Flow (2.13)
Outlet or Reversed 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface Mounting surface
47 4 Places 55
Free Flow Inlet Port (1.85) (2.17) should have a
65 69 good machined
Fine Feed Flow Feed Flow (2.72) finish.
(2.56)
Adjustment Handle 82 Adjustment Handle 123
Max. "X" Dia.
List of Seals
UCF1G-01-*-*-*-11/1190
34 2 3 45 4 38 32 33 15 12 39 7 21 17 31 18 35 6 1 44 43
46
D
X
A B
26 27 40 5 14 13 42 11 29 20 30 19 28 16 36 9 10 39 8 12 41
22 37 25 24 23 34
List of Seals
Section X-X Used only for external drain types (UCF1G-01- - -E-11 ).
UCF1G-03-*-*-10/1090
36 1 2 43 5 26 6 7 44 37 19 18 33 38 3 35 27 39 28 29 30 32
Y X
47
Y X
46 4 25 9 8 12 45 34 17 16 31 15 40 14 11 41 13 10
Section X-X
24 List of Seals
23 Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
42 40 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 1
20 41 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 1
21 42 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A 1
Included in Seal Kit
43 O-Ring SO-NA-P12 1
22 Kit No:
44 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 3 KS-UCF1G-03-10
44
45 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 1
46 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1
Section Y-Y
47 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1
Y
X
Y X
Section Y-Y
45 3 8 25 44 11 17 20 29 18 13 32 37 14 16 39 21 38 15
Section X-X
List of Seals List of Seal Kits
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
37 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 2 UCF2G-03- -10 KS-UCF2G-03-10
1
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 1 UCF2G-03- -E-10 KS-UCF2G-03-E-10
39 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 2
1. Used only for external drain types
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A 1 (UCF2G-03- -E-10 ).
41 O-Ring SO-NA-P12 1 2. Used only for internal drain types
42 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P12 1 2 (UCF2G-03- -10 ).
43 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 3 Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the
seal kit number from the table above.
44 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 1
45 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 1
UCF1G-04-30-30/3090
UCF2G-04-30-30/3090
4 39 3 11 29 42 27 35 17 2 13 List of Seals
Quantity
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers
Y X UCF1G UCF2G
33 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 1 2
34 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P4 1 2
SO-NB-P14 1
35 O-Ring
SO-NB-P10A 1
36 O-Ring SO-NB-P11 1 1
37 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 1 2
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 3 3
39 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 1 1
SO-NB-P18 1
Y X 40 O-Ring
38 23 24 26 1 18 16 19 41
SO-NB-P22A 1
12 32 25 6 28
41 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 1 1
30 5 7 31 40
42 O-Ring SO-NB-P34 1 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table below.
24
List of Seal Kits
23
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
38
UCF1G-04 KS-UCF1G-04-30
8
UCF2G-04 KS-UCF2G-04-30
9
38
14 34 33 22 15 37 20 36 21 Section Y-Y
Section X-X
Needle Valves
Used as stop valves for pressure gauge lines and small-capacity line. Also
can be used as restrictors for regulating flow rates in pilot lines.
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operating Approx.
Max. Flow
Pressure Mass
L/min (U.S.GPM)
In-Line Type Angle Type MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
GCT-02-32 GCTR-02-32 35 (5080 ) 0.34 (.75)
Depends on allowable pressure drops. See Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions characteristics
and Pressure Drop at Full Open characteristics.
Needle Valves
Type Fluids GCTR : Angle Type Needle 02 32 Refer to
(Omit if not Valve, Threaded
required) Connection
Flow Rate
10 40 40
10
14 MPa (2030 PSI)
8 30 10 MPa (1450 PSI) 8 30
6 7 MPa (1020 PSI)
4 MPa (580 PSI) 6
20 20
4 2 MPa (290 PSI) 4
10 1 MPa (145 PSI) 10
2 0.5 MPa (70 PSI) 2
0 0
0 0
Closed 1/2 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 Fully Open 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
Adjustment Revolution
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Drop
Adaptor
Used where pressure gauges are attached directly to needle valves. Equipped with pressure snubber for reducing
harmful surges to protect pressure gauges.
Adaptors are not accessories to needle valves. Order them referring to the table below. For the models shown here,
only Japanese standard specifications are available.
L
AG-02S B
DIMENSIONS IN
AG-03S 11
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(.43)
AG-04S
R 1/4 Thd.
C "D" Thd.
Pressure Snubber O-Ring
(SO-NB-P7)
Max.10(.39)
M20 Thd. 21(.83) Dia.
Fully Extended
82.5 (3.25)
Lock Nut
24(.94) Hex.
Panel mounting
(.63)
16
dimensions
mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "A" Thd.
B C
Outlet Port C Inlet Port "A" Thd. 24
(Adaptor Mounting Side) (.94)
GCT-02-32 Rc 1/4 50 (1.97) 25 (.98)
"A" Thd. B GCT-02-3280 1/4 BSP.F 48 (1.89) 24 (.94)
GCT-02-3290 1/4 NPT 50 (1.97) 25 (.98)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
GCTR-02-32/3280/3290 50
(1.97)
Max.10(.39)
M20 Thd. 21(.83) Dia.
Fully Extended
82.5 (3.25)
Lock Nut
24(.94) Hex.
Panel mounting
(.63)
dimensions
16
mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "A" Thd.
B
B
Outlet Port
(Adaptor Mounting Side) GCTR-02-32 Rc 1/4 25 (.98)
"A" Thd. B Inlet Port "A" Thd. 24 GCTR-02-3280 1/4 BSP.F 24 (.94)
(.94)
GCTR-02-3290 1/4 NPT 25 (.98)
List of Seals
GCT-02-32/3280/3290 9
GCTR-02-32/3280/3290
8 List of Seals
4 Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
5 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 1
7 6 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P5 1
Note : When ordering the seals, please specify the seal
2
kit number from the table below.
3
List of Seal Kits
1 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
GCT-02
6 KS-GCT-02-32
GCTR-02
5
Installation
Refer to the following procedures to fit the valve with a panel. Figure in a circle below is shown on the above drawing.
1. Remove the nut then take off the handle .
2. Take off the nut .
3. Insert the needle valve to a panel hole.
4. Screw the nut onto the valve and fix the valve with the panel.
5. Fit the handle and fix it with the nut .
327
■Directional Valves
These valve are used for shifting oil flow direction of hydraulic circuit and for actuator starting/stopping as well as the
operating direction shifting of actuator.
Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of Fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.
Directional Valves
DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 20 – 200 mm2/s –15 – +60°C
(100 – 900 SSU) (5 – 140°F)
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves 15 – 400 mm2/s –15 – +70°C
Pilot Controlled Directional Valves (80 – 1800 SSU) (5 – 160°F)
Manually Operated Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Check Valves
Pilot Controlled Check Valves
G Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 15 – 200 mm2/s –15 – +60°C
(Shifting Time Adjustable) (80 – 900 SSU) (5 – 140°F)
3. Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
12. Use 25 µm or finer line filter (In case of DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, NAS1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µm or finer line filter).
Compliance
(S-/T-/L-)DSG-01
DSHG-01 G-DSG-01
DSLG
Item Standard Type Description DSHG-03 E-DSG-01 G-DSG-03
DSG-005 (S-)DSHG-04 (S-/E-/T-/L-) G-DSHG-04 DSLHG CDS❇
(S-)DSHG-06 DSG-03 G-DSHG-06 DSP❇
(S-)DSHG-10
JIS F8001 Class 1 water spray Drip-proof construction
Water-proof test
for marine Class 2 water spray Froth-roof construction
electric appliance
Damp-proof test M1 Test to examine damp-resistance of parts
JIS D0203 Damp-proof test M2 Test to examine functions of part under high
temperature and high humidity
Damp-proof and
Water-proof test
for automobile Splash-proof test R1 Test to examine functions of parts which are
likely to be exposed to water splash.
parts
Splash-proof test R2 Test to examine functions of parts which are
indirectly exposed to stormy weather or water splash.
★2 JIS C0920 Drip-proof type Not affected by water dropping at vertical angle of 15 degrees or less.
Water-proof Water-proof test
for electro- Rain-proof type Not affected by rain fall at vertical angle of 60 degrees or less.
mechanical parts Froth-proof type Not affected by water drip from any dirction.
an wiring
materials Jet-flow proof type Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Protection Class 2: Not affected by water drip falling at vertical angle of
Drip-proof type (2) 15 degrees or less.
Protection Class 3: Not affected by rain falling at vertical angle of 60
(I.E.C) Rain-proof type degrees or less.
PUBL. 529 Protection Class 4: Not affected by water drip from any direction.
Froth-proof type
Protection Class 5: Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Jet-flow proof type
(I.E.C)
Dust-proof Protection Class 6 Fully protected from entry of dust.
PUBL. 529
Vibration range: 7-59.5 Hz
Resonace test (IC) Duplex amplitude: 0.1 mm
Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm
Grade 2: duplex amplitude-1.2 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
JIS C0911 Fixed frequency Frequence: 20 Hz
Vibration test for resistance test (IIC) Grade 3: duplex amplitude-1.8 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
small electric
appliances Grade 4: duplex amplitude-2.4 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Vibration-
resistance Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.3 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Variable frequency
resistance test (IIIC)
Frequency range: 7-59.5 Hz
Grade 2: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Grade 3: duplex amplitude-0.75 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Grade A: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
JIS D1601 Class 1: having relatively low vibration. (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
Vibration test for mainly for parts of
automobile parts passenger car Grade B: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
having relatively low vibration. (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
Grade C: Parts mounted in engine having relatively low (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
vibration
★1 : No-spring detented type (2D✻) and No-spring type (2N✻) can be used when energised continous for position holding.
★2 : For outdoor use, protect equipment with a cover, etc., to prevent direct exposure to water.
Maximum Flow
Max. U.S.GPM
Operating .3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
Valve Type Graphic Symbols Pressure Page
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
MPa (PSI) L /min
25 (3600) DSG−005 336
16 (2320) L−DSG−01
25 (3600) S−DSG−01 344
Solenoid Operated A B
A B 21 (3050)
Manually Operated Threaded Connection (DMT) 03 06 10 429
Directional Valves 31.5 (4580) Sub-plate connection (DMG) 01
P T 03 04 06 10
A B
Mechanically Operated
7 (1020) Rotary (DR T
G) 02
P T
A
441
B
Directional Valves
P T
25 (3600) Cam Operated (DC T
G) 01 03
A B
2 Holds pump pressure and cylinder position at neutral. Care
Closed Centre should be paid if used as a 2-position type because shock
( All Ports ) P T
occurs when each port is blocked in transit.
T B P A
A B
3 Pump can be unloaded and actuator is floating at neutral.
Open Centre If a 2-position type is used, shock is reduced as each ports is
( All Ports ) P T
released to tank in transit.
T B P A
40 A B
Open Centre A, B&T In a variation of spool type “4”, a restrictor is provided in A-T
( Restricted Flow ) and B-T ports. Making it faster at stopping the actuator.
P T T B P A
A B
5 It can be used when a pump is unloading at neutral and actuator
(Open Centre P, A&T) is halted at one way flow.
P T T B P A
A B
6 Pump is unloading and actuator position held at neutral.
Open Centre P&T
( Closed Crossover ) P T
Suitable for series operation.
T B P A
A B
60 It is a variation of spool type “6”.
Open Centre P&T
( Open Crossover ) Shock is reduced as each port is released to tank on transit.
P T T B P A
A B
7
Open Centre All Ports Mainly used as a 2-position type. Shock is reduced on transit.
( Restricted Flow )
P T T B P A
A B
Pump pressure and cylinder position is held at neutral in the
8
same way as spool type “2”.
(2-Way)
It is used as 2 way type.
P T T B P A
A B
9 Regenerative circuit is provided at neutral.
(Open Centre P, A&B)
P T T B P A
A B
10 Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
(Open Centre B&T) neutral.
P T T B P A
A B
11 Halt actuator movement positively at B, T ports blocked P, A
(Open Centre P&A) ports connected at neutral.
P T T B P A
A B
12 Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
(Open Centre A&T) neutral.
P T T B P A
■ Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluid power-Four-Port directional control valves-
Mounting surfaces.
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–01
T–
G– ISO 4401–AB–03–4–A
DSHG–01
DMG–01
DCG–01
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–03
T– ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A
G–
DMG–03
DCG–03
DSHG–03 ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A✻
( )
S– DSHG–04
G– ISO 4401–AD–07–4–A
E
DHG–04
DMG–04
( )
S– DSHG–06
G–
ISO 4401–AE–08–4–A
DHG–06
DMG–06
Directional Valves
(S–) DSHG–10
DHG–10 ISO 4401–AF–10–4–A
DMG–10
✻ The main port conform to the ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A.
The pilot and drain ports is sccordance with the ISO original draft.
S H
1100
(291)
H : High Pres., High Flow, Low Pres. Drop Type
(S–)DSHG–10
S : Shockless Type
300
(79.3)
(S–)DSHG–04
250
(66.1) G–DSHG–06
G
S
160
(42.3)
P
DSHG–03 G–DSHG–04
S H
120
(31.7)
S–DSG–03 DSG–03 H
100
(26.4) G DSG–01
80
(21.1)
G–DSG–03
E S
63
(16.6)
E–DSG–03 S–DSG–01
L-DSG-03 [60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)]
S G
E
40
(10.6) E–DSG–01 DSHG–01 G–DSG–01
E
30
(7.9)
E–DSG–01
15
(4.0) DSG–005
0 16 21 25 31.5 35
(2320) (3050) (3630) (4570) (5080)
Instructions
● Mounting
DSG-005 No mounting restrictions for any model.
-DSG-01 No-spring detented models not energised continuously must be installed so that
-DSG-03 the spool axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions. L L’
-DSG-01/03
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-) DSHG-04 No-spring models not energised continuously must be installed so that the spool
(S-) DSHG-06 axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions. ,
(S-) DSHG-10 L L
-DSHG
● Energisation
1. No-Spring Type
E
One of two solenoids should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.
2. On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same time as it will result in coils burning out.
● Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Directional Valves
r DS
Operating
20 100 pt fo
Only after the tank line has been filled with operating oil should the exce
Force
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector) ■ R type Models with Current Rectifier and DC
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the Solenoid
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems Specially designed DC solenoid and receptacle (or
and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectors- connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
Characteristics and requirements). peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
■ AC Solenoid to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re-
advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-
wiring when the applied frequency is changed. heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid Operated against transient voltage peaks are assured.
Directional Valve) ■ RQ type Models with Current rectifier and Quick
These valves differ from conventional DC solenoid Return Solenoid
operated directional valves and have the following Valve characteristics are identical to R type except for
characteristics: the fast return time of the spool after deenergisation.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated by
miniature relays. Model numbers Insulation Class
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
DSG-005, DSG-01, S-DSG01
normally experienced. L-DSG-01, E-DSG-01, T-DSG-01
3. Time lag on de-energisation is reduced by DSG-03, S-DSG-03, L-DSG-03 Class H
approximately 50 %. E-DSG-03, T-DSG-03
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10, S-DSHG-04/-06/10
G-DSG-01, G-DSG-03 Class F
■ Specifications
■ Solenoid Rating
★ Design Standards: None .......... Japanese Standard “JIS” and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
■ Sub-plates
Piping
Size
Japanese Standard “JIS”
Sub-plate Thread
European Design Standard
Sub-plate Thread
N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate Thread
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
E
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
1/8 DSGM-005X-20 Rc 1/8 DSGM-005X-2080 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-005X-2090 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
1/4 DSGM-005Y-20 Rc 1/4 DSGM-005Y-2080 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-005Y-2090 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
ON [Test Conditions]
Solenoid OFF OFF Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 7.5 L/min (1.98 U.S.GPM)
Spool Shift 0 0
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Max.
Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
T1 T2
A B
Direction of Flow: P T
B A
[Result of Measurement]
Time ms
Model Numbers
T1 T2
DSG-005-3C2-A 16 60
DSG-005-3C2-D 23 40
DSG-005-2B2-A 14 45
DSG-005-2B2-D 15 33
Arrangement
A B
Position
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
AB 15(14) 15(7) 12(3) 4(0.5) 15(14) 15(7) 12(3) 4(0.5)
DSG-005-3C2 15 15 15 15
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 15(12) 12(3) 5(1) 1(0.5) 15(12) 12(3) 5(1) 1(0.5)
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T
A B 15(14) 15(6) 12(2) 4(0.5) 15(14) 15(6) 12(2) 4(0.5)
DSG-005-3C40 a b 15 15 15 15
P T 15(10) 12(5) 5(2) 1(0.5) 15(10) 12(5) 5(2) 1(0.5)
A B 15(14) 15(10) 13(5) 6(0.5)
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 14 14 14 14 2 1 1 1
Spring
Offset
P T
A B 15(14) 15(11) 15(9)
DSG-005-2B3 b 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 3 3 3 3 15
P T 15(14) 15(11) 15(9)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
Arrangement
A B
Position
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
AB 15 8 5 3 15 8 5 3
DSG-005-3C2 15 15 15 15
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 12 5 3 2 12 5 3 2
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T
A B 13 8 5 13 8 5
DSG-005-3C40 a b 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T 9 5.5 3.5 9 5.5 3.5
A B 15 11 9
Positions
11 7.5 5.5
Two
P T
A B
13.5
DSG-005-2B3 b 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 8 7 8 9 15 15 15
P T 10.5
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
Arrangement
A B
Position
730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630
AB 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8) 1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8) 1.1(.1)
DSG-005-3C2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 4.0(3.2) 4.0(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1) 4.0(3.2) 3.2(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1)
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T
A B 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5) 1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5) 1.1(.1)
DSG-005-3C40 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5) .3(.1) 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5) .3(.1)
A B 4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.6) 3.4(1.3) 1.6(.1)
Positions
2.1(1.1) 1.1(.1)
Offset
4.0(3.7) 3.7(2.4)
Two
P T
DSG-005-2B3
A B
P T
b 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 .8 .8 .8 .8 4.0
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4) E
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
Arrangement
A B
Position
730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630
AB 4.0 .8 4.0 2.1 1.3 .8
2.1 1.3
DSG-005-3C2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 3.2 1.3 .8 .5 3.2 1.3 .8 .5
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T
A B 3.4 2.1 1.3 3.4 2.1 1.3
DSG-005-3C40 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 2.4 1.5 .9 2.4 1.5 .9
A B 4.0 2.9 2.4
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 2.3 1.2 1.7 1.7 4.0
Spring
Offset
P T
A B
3.6
DSG-005-2B3 b 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.1 1.9 2.1 2.4 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 2.8
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
PSI MPa
300 2.0 1 Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
Model Numbers
250 P→A B→T P→B A→T P→T
Pressure Drop ∆P
1.6 2
200 DSG-005-3C2 4 4 4 4 —
1.2 3
DSG-005-3C3 5 5 5 5 3
150 4
DSG-005-3C40 4 4 4 4 —
0.8
100 1 1 4 4 —
5 DSG-005-2B2
50 0.4 DSG-005-2B3 2 2 4 4 —
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
● For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the tabele below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
● For any other specific gravity (G’), the pressure drop (∆P) may be obtained from the formula below.
∆P’ = ∆P (G’/0.850)
4
4 Places SOL b
25(.98)
(1.30)
33
93
(3.66)
Cylinder Port "B" 8 Cylinder Port "A"
(.31)
44 ● For other dimensions, refer
(1.73) Tank Port "T" to “Spring Centred” type.
4.8(.19) Dia.
E
Approx.
29(1.14)
(1.34)
SOL a SOL b
34
3 16(.63)
(.12)
(2.87)
73
46(1.81)
SOL a SOL b
(.49)
3.5(.14)
(.43)
11
(.45)
25(.98) 11.5
(.94)
24
63 (2.48)
48 (1.89)
(1.46)
B
21.5
37
T
DSG-005- - -40/4090 13 7 8
SOL a SOL b
4 10 5 2
5 3 11 2 1 12 21 23 22 20 24 25
30 9 31 E
■ Specifications
Max. Flow ★2 Max. Operating Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Mass
Valve Type Model Numbers L/min Pressure Back Pressure Frequency kg
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Cycle/min {min–1} (lbs.)
DSG-01-3C - -70/7090 300 1.85
100 35 21 (4.08)
Standard Type DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090 (26.4) (5080) R Type Sol. Only
(3050)
DSG-01-2B - -70/7090 120 1.4(3.09)
S-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090 63 25 21 1.85(4.08)
Shockless Type 120
S-DSG-01-2B2- -70/7090 (16.6) (3630) (3050) 1.4(3.09)
L-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
300 1.85
Low Wattage(14W) L-DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090 40 16 16 (4.08)
R Type Sol. Only
Type ★1 L-DSG-01-2N - -70/7090 (10.6) (2320) (2320)
120
L-DSG-01-2B - -70/7090 1.4(3.09)
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS " European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Piping
Sub-plat e Thread Sub-plat e Thread Sub-plat e Thread Mass
Size
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
1/8 DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP. F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
1/4 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP. F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
3/8 DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolt
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
E
Solenoid Ratings
Coil Frequency Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Valve Type Electric source
Type (Hz) Source Ratin g Serviceable Range Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A) Power (W)
50 100 80 - 110 2.42 0.51
A100 100 2.14 0.37
60 90 - 120
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as opotinal extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
■ Options
Lock Nut
● Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition. SOL b
Push Button
2, 3
3: C: 4, 40 None:
AC:
Three Spring Japanese
60, 9 A100
Positions Centred Std. "JIS"
10, 11 A120
12 None: None:
A200
Manual Terminal 90:
A240 Override Box Type N.American
Pin Design Std.
DC:
None: D: D12
Standard No-Spring 2
Type D24
Detented
D48
F: C:
For Phosphate DSG: 2: Push
Ester Type Solenoid Button
01 Two 70
Fluids Operated R: and
Positions N: None:
(Omit if not Directional Lock Nut
required (AC → Plug-in Japanese
Valve (Option)
2 DC) Connector Std. "JIS"
B: A
1
Type and
3 1
R100 L
Spring B European
Offset 8 R200 2 Design
N1 : Std.
Plug-in
Connector
Type 90:
DC: with
3: C: D12 N. American
2 Indicator
Three Spring D24 Light Design
S: Positions Centred 4 D48 (Option) Std.
Shockless
Type R:
(AC →
2: B:
DC)
Two Spring 2 R100 L
Positions Offset R200
★1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 352 for details.
★2. N1 is not available for R type solenoids.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
Model Graphic A B A B
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
a
A B
b
100(43)100(41) 80(21) 60(17) 38(15) 100(43)100(41) 80(21) 60(17) 38(15)
DSG−01−3C2 100 100 100 100 100
PT 57(38) 53(31) 29(17) 19(10) 13(9) 57(38) 53(31) 29(17) 19(10) 13(9)
AB
100(80)100(80)100(80)100(77)100(77) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46) 70(46)
E
a b
DSG−01−3C3
PT 90(63) 90(63) 90(63) 90(63) 90(63) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30) 45(30)
a
AB
b
90 90(22) 35(18) 100(38) 76(28) 67(15) 57(10) 35(7) 100(38) 76(28) 67(15) 57(10) 35(7)
DSG−01−3C4 90 90
PT 90(26) 43(14) 30(11) 50(31) 38(20) 20(10) 16(7) 12(5) 50(31) 38(20) 20(10) 16(7) 12(5)
AB
85 85 85 80(40) 80(22) 85(40) 85(35) 85(24) 60(16) 55(12) 85(40) 85(35) 85(24) 60(16) 55(12)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
DSG−01−3C40
PT 80 80 80(30) 63(15) 25(10) 70(26) 50(24) 32(16) 22(13) 18(10) 70(26) 50(24) 32(16) 22(13) 18(10)
a
AB
b
43(23) 43(23) 42(23) 42(23) 42(23) 54(32) 54(32) 52(32) 52(32) 52(32) 54(32) 54(32) 52(32) 52(32) 52(32)
DSG−01−3C60
PT 40(23) 40(23) 38(23) 36(23) 35(23) 48(30) 47(30) 47(30) 47(30) 47(30) 48(30) 47(30) 47(30) 47(30) 47(30)
a
AB
b
100 100(63)100(33)100(27)100(50)100(37)100(20) 78(16) 62(13) 100(50)100(37)100(20) 78(16) 62(13)
DSG−01−3C10 100
PT 100(70) 80(20) 70(20) 40(19) 100(37) 55(25) 29(14) 20(11) 15(10) 100(37) 55(25) 29(14) 20(11) 15(10)
a
AB
100(65) 85(52) 72(45) 65(34) 60(27)
DSG−01−3C11 b
100 100 100 100 100 23 20 13 10 5
PT 70(50) 57(40) 50(25) 43(19) 35(18)
a
AB
b
100 100(63)100(33)100(27)100(50)100(37)100(20) 78(16) 62(13) 100(50)100(37)100(20) 78(16) 62(13)
DSG−01−3C12 100
PT 100(70) 80(20) 70(20) 40(19) 100(37) 55(25) 29(14) 20(11) 15(10) 100(37) 55(25) 29(14) 20(11) 15(10)
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 50
PT
Two Positions
AB
85(63) 80(50) 63(40) 44(32) 44(32)
DSG−01−2B2 b 85 85 85 85 85 20 16 16 15 13
85(30) 60(33) 50(28) 40(28) 40(28)
Spring Offset
PT
AB
80(70) 80(70) 80(70) 80(70) 80(70)
DSG−01−2B3 b 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
PT 70(48) 70(48) 70(48) 70(48) 70(48)
AB
80(50) 70(40) 60(20) 45(10) 30(10)
DSG−01−2B8 b ― ― ― ― ― 26 17 13 11 10
PT 35(20) 23(15) 15(8) 10(5) 7(5)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.
Model Graphic A B A B
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
a
A B
b
100 45 28 25 22 100 45 28 25 22
DSG−01−3C2 100 100 100 100 100
PT 55 35 23 19 17 55 35 23 19 17
a
AB
b
100 100 100 100 100 78 78 78 78 75 78 78 78 78 75
DSG−01−3C3
PT 80 80 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
a
AB
b
90 50 38 100 58 38 31 29 100 58 38 31 29
DSG−01−3C4 90 90
PT 42 26 20 62 48 30 25 23 62 48 30 25 23
Three Positions
52 30 26 24 85 52 30 26 24
Spring Centred
a
AB
b
65 40 33 85
DSG−01−3C40 85 85
PT 45 30 26 65 36 25 21 19 65 36 25 21 19
a
AB
b
50 50 50 50 50 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66
DSG−01−3C60
PT 41 41 41 41 41 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8
PT
a
AB
b
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
DSG−01−3C10 85 85
PT 35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
a
AB
b
100 60 40 36 32
DSG−01−3C11 100 100 100 100 100 23 20 13 10 5
PT 85 46 32 28 24
a
AB
b
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
DSG−01−3C12 85 85
PT 35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
75 75 75 75 75 40 30 27 50 50 45 45
No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 45 45 50
PT
Two Positions
70 70 70 70 70 30 25 22 45 42 40 40
AB
46 31 24 22 22
DSG−01−2B2 80 80 80 80 80 20 16 16 15 13
Spring Offset
b
PT 32 23 19 18 18
AB
75 75 75 75 75
DSG−01−2B3 b 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
PT 65 65 65 65 65
AB
53 35 23 19 17
DSG−01−2B8 b 26 17 13 11 10
PT 35 30 17 13 12
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.
Model Graphic A B A B
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
A B
a b
26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0) 26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)
DSG−01−3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
PT 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4) 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)
AB
26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)
E
a b
DSG−01−3C3
PT 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)
AB
a b
23.8 23.8(5.8) 9.2(4.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(17.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(7.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)
DSG−01−3C4 23.8 23.8
PT 23.8(6.9) 11.4(3.7) 7.9(2.9) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)
AB
22.5 22.5 22.5 21.1(10.6) 21.1(5.8) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
DSG−01−3C40
PT 21.1 21.1 21.1(7.9) 16.6(4.0) 6.6(2.4) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)
AB
a b
11.4(6.1) 11.4(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)
DSG−01−3C60
PT 10.6(6.1) 10.6(6.1) 10.0(6.1) 9.5(6.1) 9.2(6.1) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 11.9 11.9 13.2
PT
Two Positions
AB
22.5(16.6) 21.1(13.2) 16.6(10.6) 11.6(8.5) 11.6(8.5)
DSG−01−2B2 b 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 5.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.4
22.5(7.9) 15.9(8.7) 13.2(7.4) 10.6(7.4) 10.6(7.4)
Spring Offset
PT
AB
21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5)
DSG−01−2B3 b 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2
PT 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7)
AB
21.1(13.2) 18.5(10.6) 15.9(5.3) 11.9(2.6) 7.9(2.6)
DSG−01−2B8 b ― ― ― ― ― 6.9 4.5 3.4 2.9 2.6
PT 9.2(5.3) 6.1(4.0) 4.0(2.1) 2.6(1.3) 1.9(1.3)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.
Model Graphic A B A B
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
a
A B
b
26.4 11.9 7.4 6.6 5.8 26.4 11.9 7.4 6.6 5.8
DSG−01−3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
PT 14.5 9.3 6.1 5.0 4.5 14.5 9.3 6.1 5.0 4.5
a
AB
b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 19.8 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 19.8
DSG−01−3C3
PT 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5
a
AB
b
23.8 13.2 10.0 26.4 15.3 10.0 8.2 7.7 26.4 15.3 10.0 8.2 7.7
DSG−01−3C4 23.8 23.8
PT 11.1 6.9 5.3 16.4 12.7 7.9 6.6 6.1 16.4 12.7 7.9 6.6 6.1
Three Positions
a
AB
b
17.2 10.6 8.7 22.5 13.7
DSG−01−3C40 22.5 22.5
PT 11.9 7.9 6.9 17.2 9.5 6.6 5.6 5.0 17.2 9.5 6.6 5.6 5.0
a
AB
b
13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4
DSG−01−3C60
PT 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3
AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1
PT
a
AB
b
22.5 21.1 10.6 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3
DSG−01−3C10 22.5 22.5
PT 9.2 6.1 5.3 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0
a
AB
b
26.4 15.9 10.6 9.5 8.5
DSG−01−3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 6.1 5.3 3.4 2.6 1.3
PT 22.5 12.2 8.5 7.4 6.3
a
AB
b
22.5 21.1 10.6 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3
DSG−01−3C12 22.5 22.5
PT 9.2 6.1 5.3 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0
19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 10.6 7.9 7.1 13.2 13.2 11.9 11.9
No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 11.9 11.9 13.2
PT
Two Positions
18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 7.9 6.6 5.8 13.2 11.1 10.6 10.6
AB
12.2 8.2 6.3 5.8 5.8
DSG−01−2B2 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 5.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.4
Spring Offset
b
PT 8.5 6.1 5.0 4.8 4.8
AB
19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8
DSG−01−2B3 b 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2
PT 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2
AB
14.0 9.2 6.1 5.0 4.5
DSG−01−2B8 b 6.9 4.5 3.4 2.9 2.6
PT 9.3 7.9 4.5 3.4 3.2
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.
E
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-01- -D /R
Max. Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
A B A B
SOL b a SOL a
b
P T P T
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B) .
P T
2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
P T P T
"A": Use of Neutral and "B": Use of Neutral and
SOL. a Energised SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2A) Position (2B2B)
A B A B AB A B
DSG-01-2B A b a DSG-01-2B B b a
P T P T P T P T
DSG-01-2B2A DSG-01-2B2B
DSG-01-2B3B
DSG-01-2B4B
DSG-01-2B60B
DSG-01-2B10B
Max.
T1 T2
Shockless Type
Speed SOL a
G1 G2
Acceleration (G)
a b Load
Pressure (Ps)
Ps
T1 T2
Time
Time Acceleratio n
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI) Type Model Nmbers ms m/s2 (G)
Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.) T1 T2 G1 G2
Speed: 8 m/min (26.2 ft./min)
Viscosity: 35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU ) Shockles s 12 7
S-DSG-01-3C2- D 70 30
Type (1.2 ) (0.7 )
Standard 18 15
DSG-01-3C2- D 35 25
Type (1.8 ) (1.5 )
3 DSG-01-3C4 4 4 4 4
Pressure Drop P
400 4 DSG-01-3C40 4 4 4 4
5 DSG-01-3C60 1 1 1 1 2
300 2
DSG-01-3C9 5 3 5 3
200 DSG-01-3C10 4 5 4 4
1 DSG-01-3C11 4 4 4 4
100 DSG-01-3C12 4 4 4 5
DSG-01-2D2 5 4 5 4
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 L/min DSG-01-2B2 5 4 5 4
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 U.S.GPM DSG-01-2B3 5 5 5 5
S-DSG-01-3C2 1 1 1 1
120 2
Pressure Drop
0.8
S-DSG-01-3C4 1 2 1 2
0.6 S-DSG-01-2B2 1 1 1 1
80
0.4
40
0.2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm 2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
(1.22) (.03)
SOL b
31 0.75
9.5(.37) C' Bore (1.59) (3.02)
4 Places
(1.28)
32.5
142.2
(5.60)
Cylinder Port "B"
Tank Port "T"
Solenoid Indicator Light
(For Sol b)
For other dimensions, refer to "spring Centred and
No-Spring Detented" models.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position
E
SOL a side is also available.
Space Needed to Remove
Solenoid-Each End
196.4 45.5 Electrical Conduit Connection
(7.73) (1.79) "C " Thd. (Both Ends)
95 50.7
(3.74) (2.00)
26 46
(1.25)
23.5 47(1.85)
31.75
A100
(1.30)
(3.50)
88.8
T
SOL a SOL b A
B A
(.93)
3 5
P
(1.50)
38
D24
SOLa SOL b D
3 5
Double Solenoid
Spring Offset Type 146.2
Models Only
(5.76)
For other dimensions, refer to models with AC solenoids.
(.30)
(.33)
7.5
8.5
(.59)
(.03)
0.75
(.61)
15.5
P
(1.02)
(2.48)
(1.89)
(1.22)
25.8
B
(1.25)
A
31.75
(.20)
63
5.2
48
31
(1.46)
37
(.94)
T
24
(.43)
11
12.5
71 7 7 (.28) Dia. Through
(.49)
(2.80) (.28) 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface 35.5
85 2 Places
(1.40)
(3.35) 58.5
(2.30)
F
SOLa SOL b A100
E
(.93)
23.5
E
Double Solenoid Lock Nut
Models Only Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (90 - 100 IN.lbs.)
Model Numbers C D E F G H
196.4 76.7 88.5 53 27.5 39
DSG-01- -A -N (7.73) (3.02) (3.48) (2.09) (1.08) (1.54)
204.4 80.7 99.5 64 27.5 39
(S-)DSG-01- -D -N (8.05) (3.18) (3.92) (2.52) (1.08) (1.54)
204.4 80.7 102.5 57.2 34 53
(S-)DSG-01- -R -N
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut AC: 132.2(5.20) Lock Nut
DC/R: 136.2(5.36) Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
(S-)DSG-01- - -C clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is held.
Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid
is energised.
SOL b
Push Button
● Interchangeability in Installation
Interchangeability in installation in maintained though there are minor differences in demension as in the following table.
A
E F
Design
H C Coil Type A B C D E F H J K L
Number
New Design 196.4 142.2 46 88.8 95 50.7 26 70 13.5 70.5
: 70 (7.73) (5.60) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.00) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
A100
AC
Current Design 191.4 142.7 48 90.3 90 50.7 23.5 65 11 72
D
L
SOL a SOL b : 60
3
A
5
(7.54) (5.62) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.00) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
(1.50)
K 27 DC : 70 (8.05) (5.76) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.15) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
(1.06)
J R Current Design 210 152 48 90.3 90 60 23.5 65 11 72
B : 60 (8.27) (5.98) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.36) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
Power Supply 3
Power Suppl y 3
(For SOL.a)
Power Supply 3
Ground 1
(For SOL.b)
Indicator Light
Terminal
Box Type
SOL. a SOL. b SOL. b
Ground 1
Common 3 Ground
Ground
1
1
Plug-in 1-Power Suppl y 3
Connector 3
2-Power Suppl y 3
Type
2
2
3
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it. DANGER
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of Electric Source
Electrical Conduit
Connection AC DC AC→DC Rectified
Indicator Light
Indicator Light Indicator Light Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply
Terminal
Box Type SOL. SOL. SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only) Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power 1-Power 1-Power
Supply Supply Supply
Plug-in SOL. SOL.
Connector 2-Power 2-Power 2-Power
Type Supply Supply Supply
Ground Ground Ground Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Indicator Light Suppressor
(Integrated in "N1" (Circuit composed
model only) in coil)
■ List of Seals
-DSG-01- - -70/7090
30
7
SOL a SOL b
6
5 4 3 1 8 2 27 25 24 21
11
23 20 26 22
E
-DSG-01- - -N/N1-70/7090
18 16 15 14 11 19
List of Seals
Qty.
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Remarks
3C 2D 2B
8 O-Ring SO-NB-A-012 (NBR, Hs90) 4 4 4
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1
18 Packing 1790S-VK421290-8 1 1 1
19 O-Ring S6 2 2 2
24 O-Ring AS 568-026 (NBR, Hs70) 2 2 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 2 1
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 11)
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 2 2 1
27 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 4 4 2
30 Plug 1790S-VK418329-9 2
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit No. O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
-DSG-01- - -70/7090 KS-DSG-01-70 8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above), 27 (4 Pcs.)
-DSG-01- - -N-70/7090 KS-DSG-01-N-70 8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Refer to page 360 for the details of these parts.
11 20 13 18 19
Valve Model Numbers Receptacle Connector Ass'y Connector Ass'y Remarks
Solenoid Ass'y No. Coil No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DSG-01- -A100-70 SA1-100-70 C-SA1-100-70
DSG-01- -A120-70 SA1-120-70 C-SA1-120-70
R1-70
DSG-01- -A200-70 SA1-200-70 C-SA1-200-70
DSG-01- -A240-70 SA1-240-70 C-SA1-240-70
DSG-01- -D12-70 SD1-12-70 C-SD1-12-70
KR1-A-70
DSG-01- -D24-70 SD1-24-70 C-SD1-24-70
Terminal
DSG-01- -D48-70 SD1-48-70 C-SD1-48-70 KR1-B-70
Box
DSG-01- -R100-70 SR1-100-70 C-SR1-100-70
RR1-70 Type
DSG-01- -R200-70 SR1-200-70 C-SR1-200-70
S-DSG-01- -D12-70 SD1-12-S-70 C-SD1-12-70
KR1-A-70
S-DSG-01- -D24-70 SD1-24-S-70 C-SD1-24-70
S-DSG-01- -D48-70 SD1-48-S-70 C-SD1-48-70 KR1-B-70
S-DSG-01- -R100-70 SR1-100-S-70 C-SR1-100-70
RR1-70
S-DSG-01- -R200-70 SR1-200-S-70 C-SR1-200-70
DSG-01- -A100-N-70 SA1-100-N-70 C-SA1-100-N-70
DSG-01- -A120-N-70 SA1-120-N-70 C-SA1-120-N-70
DSG-01- -A200-N-70 SA1-200-N-70 C-SA1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A240-N-70 SA1-240-N-70 C-SA1-240-N-70 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
DSG-01- -D12-N-70 SD1-12-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70
DSG-01- -D24-N-70 SD1-24-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70
Plug-in
DSG-01- -D48-N-70 SD1-48-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70
Connector
DSG-01- -R100-N-70 SR1-100-N-70 C-SR1-100-N-70
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10 Type
DSG-01- -R200-N-70 SR1-200-N-70 C-SR1-200-N-70
S-DSG-01- -D12-N-70 SD1-12-S-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70
S-DSG-01- -D24-N-70 SD1-24-S-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
S-DSG-01- -D48-N-70 SD1-48-S-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70
S-DSG-01- -R100-N-70 SR1-100-S-N-70 C-SR1-100-N-70
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
S-DSG-01- -R200-N-70 SR1-200-S-N-70 C-SR1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A100-N1-70 SA1-100-N-70 C-SA1-100-N-70
DSG-01- -A120-N1-70 SA1-120-N-70 C-SA1-120-N-70
GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11
DSG-01- -A200-N1-70 SA1-200-N-70 C-SA1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A240-N1-70 SA1-240-N-70 C-SA1-240-N-70 Plug-in
Connector
DSG-01- -D12-N1-70 SD1-12-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70 GDML-211-2-11 GDML-211-2-11
with
DSG-01- -D24-N1-70 SD1-24-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70 GDML-211-3-11 GDML-211-3-11
Indicator
DSG-01- -D48-N1-70 SD1-48-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70 GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11 Light
S-DSG-01- -D12-N1-70 SD1-12-S-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70 GDML-211-2-11 GDML-211-2-11
S-DSG-01- -D24-N1-70 SD1-24-S-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70 GDML-211-3-11 GDML-211-3-11
S-DSG-01- -D48-N1-70 SD1-48-S-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70 GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11
Note: The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Piping
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Size
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
3/8 DSGM-03-40 Rc 3/8 DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
1/2 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
3/4 DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS"
M6 × 35 Lg. 12 - 15 Nm
European Design Standard
(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering .
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
Lock Nut
can be locked in the pressed condition.
(Example)
Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002
Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002
The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon
socket head cap screws M8 × 38 Lg.
AC:
2, 3 A100
C: 4,40 A120 None:
3:
Three Spring 5, 60 A200 Japanese
Positions Centred None: Std. "JIS"
9, 10 A240
11, 12 DC: Terminal
Box Type 90:
D12
None: D24 N.American
Design Std.
Standard D: D100 None:
Type
No-Spring 2 R: Manual
2:
Detented (AC →DC) Override
R100 Pin E
Two R200
Positions 2
B: 1 RQ:
F: A
DSG: Spring 3 (AC →DC) L
For Phosphate 1
Ester Type Solenoid Offset 8 B
Operated 03 RQ100 50
Fluids 2
(Omit if not Directional N:
Valve None::
C:
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 369 for details.
2. N is not available for RQ-type solenoids .
3. N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids .
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
A B P A P B
Spool-Spring Arrangement
P A T
B [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
No. of Valve Positions
A B A B
Model Graphic A B
Numbers Symbols P T
P T
P T
Spring Centred
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 30 30 30 30 26 21 18 16 30 28 28 28
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 100 100 100 100 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
P T
A B
a b 80(30) 80(20) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16)
DSG-03-3C10 80 80
P T 30(25) 20(15) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11)
A B
a b 100(80) 100(65) 85(35) 62(28) 100(80) 100(65) 85(35) 62(28)
DSG-03-3C11 100 100 100 100
P T 80(60) 70(46) 51(32) 45(25) 80(60) 70(46) 51(32) 45(25)
A B
a b 90(30) 90(20) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16)
DSG-03-3C12 90 90
P T 40(20) 20(15) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11)
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 100 100 100 100 40 40 30 28 60 60 40 35
P T
Two Positions
A B P A B
No. of Valve Positions
P
P A T
B [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
Model Graphic
A B
Numbers Symbols A B
A B
P T P T
P T
DSG-03-3C3 a
P T
A B
b
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
120
54
120 120
43
120
120
100
120 120
54 43
120
E
P T
A B
a b 84 64 84 64
DSG-03-3C4 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T 65 53 65 53
A B 120 62 49 120 62 49
a b
DSG-03-3C40 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T 104 57 42 104 57 42
Three Positions
Spring Centred
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 120 120 120 120 45 37 30 28 60 60 40 35
P T
Two Positions
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
120
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 120
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 65 At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 368.
A B P A P B
No. of Valve Positions
P A T
B [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbole A B
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570
A B 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3) 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3)
a b
DSG-03-3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0) 6.7 (4.0) 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0) 6.7 (4.0)
A B 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C3 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.8
P T 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
A B 21.1 (17.2) 21.1 (6.6) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0)
a b
DSG-03-3C4 21.1 21.1
P T 19.8 (5.3) 7.9 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8) 5.8 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8) 5.8 (4.0)
A B 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8)
a b
DSG-03-3C40 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 26.4 (6.6) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2) 5.3 (3.2) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2) 5.3 (3.2)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 6.9 5.5 4.8 4.2 7.9 7.4 7.4 7.4
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 18.5 18.5 18.5 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9
P T
A B 21.1 (7.9) 21.1 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C10 21.1 21.1
P T 7.9 (6.6) 5.3 (4.0) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9)
A B 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4) 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 21.1 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6) 21.9 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6)
A B 23.8 (7.9) 23.8 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C12 23.8 23.8
P T 10.6 (5.3) 5.3 (4.0) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9)
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 10.6 10.6 7.9 7.4 15.9 15.9 10.6 9.2
P T
Two Positions
A B 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (11.6) 24.8 (9.8)
DSG-03-2B2 b 9.0 6.3 5.3 5.0
Spring Offset
P T 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 21.1 (11.1) 19.3 (9.5) 16.6 (9.0) 13.5 (8.7)
A B 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 (20.9) 26.4 (19) 26.4 (16.9) 26.4 (15.6)
DSG-03-2B3 b 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1
P T 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 24.3 (14.5) 23.5 (12.2) 20.6 (7.4) 18.5 (7.1)
A B 26.4 (9.2) 23 (4.0) 16.1 (2.4) 12.9 (1.8)
DSG-03-2B8 b 6.9 5.0 4.8 4.2
P T 11.9 (5.5) 9.0 (3.2) 4.0 (2.4) 2.9 (1.6)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
A B P A P B
T
No. of Valve Positions
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbols A B
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570
A B
31.7 21.1 14.5 31.7 21.1 14.5
E
a b
DSG-03-3C2 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 26.4 14.3 11.4 26.4 14.3 11.4
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C3 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T
A B
a b 22.2 16.9 22.2 16.9
DSG-03-3C4 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 17.2 14 17.2 14
A B 31.7 16.4 12.9 31.7 16.4 12.9
a b
DSG-03-3C40 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 27.5 15.1 11.1 27.5 15.1 11.1
Three Positions
Spring Centred
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 11.9 9.8 7.9 7.4 15.9 15.9 10.6 9.2
P T
Two Positions
(Example)
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 368.
A B P A P B
P A T
B [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
No. of Valve
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Positions
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbols A B
P T P T
P T
Working Pressure MPa (PSI) Working Pressure MPa (PSI) Working Pressure MPa (PSI)
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
(730) (1450) (2320) (3630) (730) (1450) (2320) (3630) (730) (1450) (2320) (3630)
A B 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2) 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)
a b
S-DSG-03-3C2 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
Positions
Centred
Spring
Three
A B
S-DSG-03-2B2 b 120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T 80 (21.1) 50 (13.2)
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L/min U.S.GPM
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
120 (31.7)
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 120 (31.7)
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 80 (21.1) At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
[after temperature rises and saturated]
A B A B
SOL b SOL a
a
b
P T P T
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
E
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"
Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised SOL. b Energised
Position Position
P T
2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
P T P T
"A": Use of Neutral and "B": Use of Neutral and
SOL. a Energised SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2A) Position (2B2B)
A B A B A B A B
(S-) DSG-03-2B A b a DSG-03-2B B b a
P T P T P T P T
DSG-03-2B3B
(S-) DSG-03-2B4B
DSG-03-2B60B
DSG-03-2B10B
T1 T2
Changeover Time ms
Type Model Numbers
T1 T2
DSG-03-3C2-A 27 22
Standard DSG-03-3C2-D 97 30
Type DSG-03-3C2-R 97 204
DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 97 41
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions] [Result of Measurement]
Accelmeter
Speed ON OFF
SOL a
a b Load G1 G2
Acceleration (G)
Ps
Pressure (Ps)
T1 T2
Time
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
2 DSG-03-3C3 9 9 9 9 5
300
P
2.0 3 DSG-03-3C4 7 8 7 8
Pressure Drop
250 DSG-03-3C40 7 7 7 7
4 DSG-03-3C5 9 7 7 9 1
1.5
200 DSG-03-3C60 6 5 6 5 1
5
DSG-03-3C9 9 7 9 7
150 1.0 DSG-03-3C10 7 8 7 7
100 DSG-03-3C11 9 7 7 7
6 DSG-03-3C12
E
7 7 7 8
0.5 7
50 8 DSG-03-2D2 4 3 6 6
9
0 DSG-03-2B2 2 1 7 7
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L/ min DSG-03-2B3 3 2 9 9
DSG-03-2B8 6 5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
300
P
2.0
2
Pressure Drop
250
Pressure Drop Curve Number
Model Numbers
1.5 P→A B→T P→B A→T
200
S-DSG-03-3C2 2 2 2 2
150 3 S-DSG-03-3C4 2 2 3 3
1.0
S-DSG-03-2B2 1 2 2 2
100
0.5
50
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L/ min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
(1.28)
32.5
Model Numbers "C " Thd.
(1.81)
46
DSG-03- -A -50 G 1/2
DSG-03- -A -5090 1/2 NPT
7(.28) Dia. Through 50.8 Solenoid Indicator Light
11(.43) Dia. Spotface (2.00) (For Sol a)
4 Places Tank Port "T "
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
32 19
(1.26) Lock Nut (.75)
70 Tightening Torque: 92
(2.76) 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.) (3.62)
Mounting Surface
Manual Actuator (O-Rings Furnished)
6.3(.25) Dia.
. Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,
though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
179.5
(7.07)
SOL b
176.3
(6.94)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented" medels.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also available.
E
(4.15)
105.3
(3.52)
89.5
SOL b SOL a
L L'
(1.39)
35.3
32 114
(1.26) (4.49) Double Solenoid
70 199.3 Models Only
(2.76) (7.85)
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSGM-03 -40/2180/2190
J 90
(3.54)
18 54
(.71) (2.13)
37.3 "D" Thd. "E" Deep
8.8 (.35) Dia. Through (1.47) 4 Places
14 (.55) Dia. Spotface 27
4 Places (1.06) K L
16.7 N
T
(.66)
3.2 7 P
(.79)
(.39)
(.87)
(.28)
20
(.13)
10
22
S
(.25)
6.4
P
(.84)
21.4
Q
(1.28)
(2.99)
(3.54)
32.5
(4.33)
(2.76)
(1.81)
76
110
90
70
46
B
A T
11 (.43) Dia. H 92
(3.62) "C" Thd.
4 Places
F 4 Places
(1.39) (2.43)
35.3 61.8
(4.30)
109.1
(2.43)
SOLa
61.8
SOLb
32 Double Solenoid
176.3
(1.26) (6.94) Models Only
70 Lock Nut
(2.76) Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
32
(1.26) 199.3 Double Solenoid
70 (7.85) Models Only
Lock Nut
(2.76)
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
Push Button
Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit Double Solenoid Type Single Solenoid Type
Connection
3
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
1 Power Supply Earth
Earth
(For SOL.a)
Indicatot Indicator
Light Light
Terminal
Box Type SOL. b SOL. a SOL. b
1
1
Ground E
Plug-in 1-Power Supply 3
Connector 3
3
2-Power Supply
Type
2
2
3
Electrical Circuit
Type of Electric Source
Electrical Conduit
Connection AC DC AC → DC Rectified
Indicator Light
Indicator Light Indicator Light Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply
Terminal
Box Type SOL. SOL. SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only) Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power 1-Power 1-Power
Supply Supply Supply
Plug-in SOL. SOL.
Connector 2-Power 2-Power 2-Power
Type Supply Supply Supply
Ground Ground Ground Rectifier
Voltage-Surge Circuit
Indicator Light Suppressor
(Integrated in "N1" (Circuit composed
model only) in coil)
-DSG-03- - -50/5090
29
15
14
SOL b SOL a 28
27
1 2 27 3 6 4 10
-DSG-03- -N/N1-50/5090
46 47 48 45 16
SOL b SOL a
List of Seals
Qty.
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Remarks
3C 2D2 2B
21 Gasket 1751S-VK418689-6 1 1 1
27 O-Ring SO-NB-A014(NBR, Hs90) 5 5 5
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 1
29 Plug 1790S-VK418329-9 2
30 O-Ring S6 2 2 2
41 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 2 1
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 16 )
43 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 4 4 2
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit No. O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
DSG-03- - -50/5090 KS-DSG-03-50 27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above), 43 (4 Pcs.)
DSG-03- - -N-50/5090 KS-DSG-03-N-50 27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above)
16 42 17 45 46
Valve Model Numbers Receptacle Connector Ass'y Connector Ass'y Remarks
Solenoid Ass'y No. Coil No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DSG-03- -A100-50 SA3-100-51 C-SA3-100-51
DSG-03- -A120-50 SA3-120-51 C-SA3-120-51
R3-60
DSG-03- -A200-50 SA3-200-51 C-SA3-200-51
DSG-03- -A240-50 SA3-240-51 C-SA3-240-51
DSG-03- -D12-50 SD3-12-51 C-SD3-12-51
KR3-A-60
DSG-03- -D24-50 SD3-24-51 C-SD3-24-51
DSG-03- -D100-50 SD3-100-51 C-SD3-100-51 KR3-C-60
Terminal
DSG-03- -R100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51
RR3-60 Box
DSG-03- -R200-50 SR3-200-51 C-SR3-200-51
Type
DSG-03- -RQ100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51 QR3-C-60
S-DSG-03- -D12-50 SD3-12-S-51 C-SD3-12-51
S-DSG-03-
S-DSG-03-
-D24-50
-D100-50
SD3-24-S-51
SD3-100-S-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
E
S-DSG-03- -R100-50 SR3-100-S-51 C-SR3-100-51
RR3-60
S-DSG-03- -R200-50 SR3-200-S-51 C-SR3-200-51
S-DSG-03- -RQ100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51 QR3-C-60
DSG-03- -A100-N-50 SA3-100-N-51 C-SA3-100-N-51
DSG-03- -A120-N-50 SA3-120-N-51 C-SA3-120-N-51
● Since these valves operate on only 5W, they can be driven through the
output circuit of a programmed or sequence controller. This feature
simplifies the electric circuitry and enables savings in initial cost.
● These low wattage valves minimize coil surface temperature.
● CE certified products are available. E-DSG-03
Specifications
Max. Flow ★ Max. T-Line Max. Changeover
L/min Max. Operating Pressure Frequency Mass
Model Numbers Back Pressure
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) kg (1bs.)
MPa (PSI) Cycle/min {min-1}
Solenoid Ratings
Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Model Numbers Electric source Coil Type
Source Rating Serviceable Range Inrush (A) Power (W)
D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 0.43
E-DSG-01 5
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.23
DC (K Series)
D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 0.44
E-DSG-03 5
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.22
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering .
Specifications
None:
01 Internal
70
T: Signal
Electronic Power
DC
Relay
D24
Incorporated
M:
Type
03 External
Signal 50
Power
Please refer to the valve type DSG-01 and DSG-03 shown on page 346 and 363 for the area shaded.
Control Board
● Output Unit
● Standard small capacity output unit, which is usually less expensive can be used.
● Other electric devices can be commonly used with the solenoid directional valves.
Therefore, installation as or output units can be reduced.
Common
Cables
● Only two power supply cables are required for solenoid operated directional valves
and, therefore wiring can be reduced.
Specifications
Solenoid Controlled
R
DSHG-01-3C - -14/1480/1490 3.2 (7.1)
40 (10.6) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 1.0 (145) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120
DSHG-01-2B - -14/1480/1490 2.7 (6.0)
DSHG-03-3C - -14/1490 6.9 (15.2)
DSHG-03-2N - -14/1490 160 (42.3) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 0.7 (100) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 6.9 (15.2)
Standard DSHG-03-2B - -14/1490 6.4 (14.1)
Type (S-)DSHG-04-3C - -52/5290 8.5 (18.7)
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - -52/5290 300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 21 (3050) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 8.5 (18.7)
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - -52/5290 8.0 (17.6)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - -53/5390 ★3
12.4 (27.3)
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - -53/5390 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 120 120 120 12.4 (27.3)
500 (132) 31.5 (4570) 21 (3050) 16 (2320)
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - -53/5390 11.9 (26.2)
Shockless (S-)DSHG-06-3H - -53/5390 21 (3050) 1.0 (145) 110 110 110 13.2 (29.1)
Type (S-)DSHG-10-3C - -43/4390 120 120 100 45.0 (99.2)
25 (3630)
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - -43/4390 ★3 100 100 100 45.0 (99.2)
1100 (291) 31.5 (4570) 1.0 (145) 21 (3050) 16 (2320)
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - -43/4390 44.5 (98.1)
21 (3050) 60 60 50
(S-)DSHG-10-3H - -43/4390 52.9 (116.6)
★1. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of
spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 386 to 390 Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.
for details. Consult us for the details.
★2. Pilot pressure of internal pilot drain models must always exceed tank line back pressure Rated Flow Max. Pressure
by a minimum required pilot pressure. Model Numbers
l/min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
★3. Min. pilot pressure of with pilot piston in 1.8 MPa (260 PSI).
DSHF-10- - -27 315 (83) 21 (3050)
DSHF-16- - -37 500 (132) 21 (3050)
■ Solenoid Ratings DSHF-24- - -28 1200 (317) 21 (3050)
Solenoid ratings of pilot valve are identical with those of standard solenoid DSHF-32- - -27 2400 (634) 21 (3050)
valve. Refer to relevant solenoid ratings described on the page below.
Model Pilot Valve Model Solenoid Ratings described
Numbers Numbers on the page below CSA Approved Solenoid Valve
DSHG-01
Available to supply DSHG-06 series valve approved
DSHG-03 by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association).
(S-)DSHG-04 DSG-01- - -70 345 Consult us for details.
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
2, 3, 4
C: 40, 5, 60
3
Spring Centred 7, 9, 10
01 11, 12
B: 2, 3, 4
2
Spring Offset 40, 7
None: 2, 3, 4
Standard 3 C: 40, 5, 60
Type Spring Centred 7, 9, 10
11, 12
03
N: 2
F: No-Spring 3
For DSHG: 2 4
Phos- Solenoid B: 40
Controlled Spring Offset 7 None: None:
phate C1 : Internal External
Ester Pilot
Operated 2, 4, 40 With C1 Pilot Drain
Type Choke
Directional 3 C: 60, 10, 12
Fluids ★1
Spring Centred 3, 5, 6
Valve, (
7, 9, 11 )
(Omit if not
required )
Sub-plate
Mounting 04
C2 :
With C2
E:
External
E:
Internal
N: 2, 4, 40 A ★2 Drain
(3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
Choke Pilot
No-Spring
2
★2
B: 2, 4, 40 A B★2
(3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
None: Spring Offset
C1C2 :
Standard With C1 &
Type H: 2, 4, 40 C2 Choke
Pressure Centred 60, 10, 12
06 3 3, 5, 6 ★1
S: C: (7, 9, 11 )
Shock-
less
Spring Centred (Omit if not
required )
Type N: 2, 4, 40 A ★2
No-Spring (3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
10 2
★2
B: 2, 4, 40 A B★2
Spring Offset (3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
Note: In spool type “3”, “5”, “6”, “60”, and “7”, the combination applicable between pilot system and drain system is as described in the table below.
AC: 14 None:
A100 , A200 Japanese
A120 , A240 Standard L
"JIS" (Omit if not required)
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
R2 : None:
AC → DC Terminal
With Stroke 90:
R100 , R200 Box Type
Adjustment, None : 14 N.
Both Ends
RA :
Manual
Override
Pin
American
Design
Standard
E
With Stroke L
(Omit if not required)
Adjustment,
Port "A" End
RB : None:
With Stroke Japanese
Solenoid Controlled
A120 , A240 Button & N: Standard L
Lock Nut Push-in (Omit if not required)
DC: Connector
D12 , D24 Type 80:
R2 : With Stroke Adj., D48 European
Both Ends 53 Design
RA : With Stroke Adj., AC → DC H: Standard
Port "A" End R100 , R200 Refer to ★5
N1 : (Applicable
RB : With Stroke Adj., ★4 only for
Push-in
Port "B" End Connector DSHG-01)
P2 : With Pilot Piston, with
Both Ends 90:
Indicator
N.
PA : With Pilot Piston, Light 43 American L
Port "A" End
Design (Omit if not required)
PB : With Pilot Piston, Standard
Port "B" End
★1. Shekless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).
★2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or SOL b side), please refer to page 391.
Furthermore, the spool types other than “2”, “4”, “40” (3, 7) are also available.
★3. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment (R*) and pilot-piston (P*) are not available.
★4. NI stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. NI is not available for R-type solenoids.
★5. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the
valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
Mounting Bolt
Mouting Bolt
Model
Japanese Standard "JIS" Tightening Torque
Numbers Name N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. 1bs.)
1
3 MBK-01-01-30 MBK-01-01-3090 1
DSHG-01 Mtg. Bolt Kit 2 1 set 5-6 (43 - 52)
MBK-01-02-30 MBK-01-02-3090 2
DSHG-03 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 12 - 15 (104 - 130)
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12 - 15 (104 - 130)
(S-)DSHG-04 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58 - 72 (504 - 625)
(S)-DSHG-06 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100 - 123 (868 - 1068)
(S)-DSHG-10 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M20 75 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg. 6 473 - 585 (4106 - 5078)
Stud Bolt
"B " Thd.
Both Ends
9 9
(.35) (.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Nut "B " Thd.
MBK-01-01-30 94 (3.70 )
(.33)
M5
MBK-01-02-30 134 (5.28 )
MBK-01-01-3090 94 (3.70 )
No.10-24 UNC
4 MBK-01-02-3090 134 (5.28 )
9
(.16)
(.35)
15
(.59)
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment Pressure Centred Models (3H )
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, The pressure centered type can be used when the
changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In returning of the main spool to the neutral position is
case of the spring centred valves in particular, making required to be firmily.
slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with the
valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure Graphic Symbols (Ex.: External Pilot-External Drain)
centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.
(Only for 3H6, 3H60)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred) A B A B
a b a b
DSHG-01,06,10 P T
C2 Choke Y V
X Y P T V X
E
C1 Choke b a
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R2, RA, RB)
Y When the adjustment screw is screwed in , the main
P
T
spool stroke becomes short and flow rate reduces.
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)
A B
"R2" Models
DSHG-03, 04
C2 Choke A B
a b
C1 Choke "RA" Models
Solenoid Controlled
Y
P A B
T a b
Y P T
A B
"RB" Models
A B
a b
Y P T
Models with Pilot Piston(P2, PA, PB)
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high
speed changeover of the main spool is required. Additional Mass of Options
However, please not that in case of spring centered
valves, there is no change in the returning speed of the Add the mass described below to the mass of standard
main spool to the neutral position even with the pilot models on page 381, if options are required.
piston.
kg (1bs.)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred) Model with Pilot Models with Models with
Model Choke Adj. Pilot Piston Stroke Adj.
"P2" Models Numbers PA PA
C1, C2 C1C2 P2 P2
A B PB PB
a b
DSHG-03 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 0.6(1.3) 0.3 (.7)
W V
Y P T (S-)DSHG-04 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 1.0(2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
(S-)DSHG-06 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1.2(2.6) 06 (1.3)
"PA" Models (S-)DSHG-10 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 3.6(7.9) 1.8(4.0) 3.7(8.2) 1.85 (4.1)
A B
a b
T V
Y P Options on Pilot Valve
"PB" Models
The same options to DSG-01 series valves are available.
A B
Please refer to page 345 for the details.
a b
W
Y P T
Notes ) 1. Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or P B
A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs
according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details. A B
a b
P T
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"4" DSHG-03-3C4 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"40" DSHG-03-3C40 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Solenoid Controlled
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"11" DSHG-03-3C11 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"12" DSHG-03-3C12 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Two Positions
No-Spring Spring Offset
Graphic Symbol Graphic Symbol
A B
Maximum Flow Maximum Flow
A B
Spool Type a b b
L /min (U.S.GPM) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow
condition of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown
in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port a b
is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic
P T
circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
"3" DSHG-04-3C3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"5" DSHG-04-3C5 250 (66.1) 250 (66.1) 245 (64.7) 245 (64.7)
"6" DSHG-04-3C6 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 245 (64.7) 235 (62.1)
DSHG-04-3C60
"60" 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C60
"7" DSHG-04-3C7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"9" DSHG-04-3C9 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 250 (66.1)
"11" DSHG-04-3C11 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 160 (42.3) 140 (37.0)
Two Positions
No-Spring Spring Offset
Graphic Symbol Graphic Symbol
A B
Maximum Flow Maximum Flow
A B
Spool Type a b b
L /min (U.S.GPM) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
Model Numbers Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
"2" (S-)DSHG-04-2N2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"3" DSHG-04-2N3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) DSHG-04-2B3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"4" (S-)DSHG-04-2N4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"40" (S-)DSHG-04-2N40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"7" DSHG-04-2N7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) DSHG-04-2B7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
Notes:1. Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or
P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow a b
differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
Model Numbers Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 420 (111)
"2" (S-)DSHG-06-3C2 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"3" DSHG-06-3C3 500 (132) 500 (132) 460 (122) 370 (97.8) DSHG-06-3H3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"5" DSHG-06-3C5 500 (132) 500 (132) 425 (112) 350 (92.5) DSHG-06-3H5 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
470 (124)
500 (132)
420 (111)
E
"6" DSHG-06-3C6 475 (125) 390 (103) 300 (79.3) 230 (60.8) DSHG-06-3H6 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
"60" (S-)DSHG-06-3C60 475 (125) 420 (111) 340 (89.8) 280 (74.0) (S-)DSHG-06-3H60 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"7" DSHG-06-3C7 500 (132) 500 (132) 450 (119) 360 (95.1) DSHG-06-3H7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Solenoid Controlled
"10" (S-)DSHG-06-3C10 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H10 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
"11" DSHG-06-3C11 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-3H11 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
"12" (S-)DSHG-06-3C12 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H12 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Two Positions
No-Spring Spring Offset
Graphic Symbol Graphic Symbol
A B Maximum Flow A B Maximum Flow
Spool Type a b b
L /min (U.S.GPM) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
Model Numbers Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
"2" (S-)DSHG-06-2N2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"3" DSHG-06-2N3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-2B3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"4" (S-)DSHG-06-2N4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"40" (S-)DSHG-06-2N40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"7" DSHG-06-2N7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-2B7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown
below.
(Example) Pilot Pressure at 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
410 (108) In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 500 (132) is more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI). 500 (132)
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
1 MPa (150 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the a b
maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us
P T
for details.
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
Model Numbers Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"2" (S-)DSHG-10-3C2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1050 (277)
"3" DSHG-10-3C3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1060 (280) 895 (236) DSHG-10-3H3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"4" (S-)DSHG-10-3C4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"40" (S-)DSHG-10-3C40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1000 (264)
"5" DSHG-10-3C5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 980 (259) 850 (225) DSHG-10-3H5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
"6" DSHG-10-3C6 1050 (277) 880 (232) 700 (185) 570 (151) DSHG-10-3H6 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
"60" (S-)DSHG-10-3C60 1050 (277) 940 (248) 785 (207) 680 (180) (S-)DSHG-10-3H60 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1040 (275) 870 (230)
"7" DSHG-10-3C7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-3H7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"9" DSHG-10-3C9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1040 (275) 870 (230) DSHG-10-3H9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Two Positions
No-Spring Spring Offset
Graphic Symbol Graphic Symbol
A B Maximum Flow A B Maximum Flow
a b b
Spool Type
L /min (U.S.GPM) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
Model Numbers Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
"2" (S-)DSHG-10-2N2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"3" DSHG-10-2N3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-2B3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"4" (S-)DSHG-10-2N4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"40" (S-)DSHG-10-2N40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"7" DSHG-10-2N7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-2B7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Notes ) 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above
is as shown below.
(Example) Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
1040 (275)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 1100 (291)
Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI). 1100 (291)
Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition
of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit
diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is a b
blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, P T
therefore, please consult us for details.
A B A B SOL a
SOL b
APB
b APB a
X A B
P T X A B P T Y
Y
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"
E
Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised SOL. b Energised
Position Position
A B
a b
Y P T
Solenoid Controlled
Y P T Y P T
Graphic
Graphic Symbols Graphic Symbols
Symbols
Model Numbers Model Numbers Model Numbers
Standard Reverse Standard Reverse Standard
Mtg. Mtg. Type Mtg. Mtg. Type Mtg.
04 A B A B 04 A B A B 04 A B
b a b a a b
DSHG-06 -2B A DSHG-06 -2B B DSHG-06 -2N A
Y P T P T Y Y P T P T Y Y P T
10 10 10
DSHG-01
DSHG-01
PSI MPa 1 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
200 1.4 Spool Spool
Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
Type Type
P
1.2 2 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
160
1.0
Pressure Drop
3 2 3 2 3 2 7 3 2 3 2
120 0.8
4 3 4 2 4 2 2 9 4 2 4 2
80 0.6
4 3 2 3 2 10 3 2 3 2
0.4
40
40 3 2 3 2 11 3 2 3 2
0.2
5 3 2 3 2 1 12 3 2 3 2
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 L /min 60 3 2 3 2 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-03 DSHG-03
250 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6 5
2 3 3 4 4 7 3 3 4 4
Pressure Drop
200 6
1.2 3 5 5 5 6 4 9 6 3 6 4
150
0.8 4 3 5 4 6 10 3 5 4 4
100
40 3 3 4 4 11 6 3 4 4
50 0.4
5 6 3 4 6 2 12 3 3 4 6
0
0 60 3 3 4 4 1
0 40 80 120 160 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04 DSHG-04
2 3 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
PSI MPa 1 Spool Spool
180 4 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
1.2 Type Type
160 5 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
P
6
2 5 4 5 6 60 7 5 7 7 2
Pressure Drop
120 0.8
7
3 5 3 5 5 7 7 5 4 5 6
80 4 5 3 5 5 9 5 4 5 6
0.4 40 5 4 5 6 10 5 2 5 6
40 5 7 4 5 5 5 11 6 4 5 6
0 6 5 3 5 6 1 12 5 4 5 5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-04
Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
Spool Spool
Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
Type Type
P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
2 2 2 2 4 60 6 4 6 7 2
4 2 3 2 5 10 2 2 2 4
40 2 4 2 6 12 2 2 2 5
DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06
DSHG-06
1
PSI MPa 2 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
300 2.0 Spool Spool
3 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
Type Type
P
250 4 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6
Pressure Drop
200 5 2 8 5 8 7 60 6 5 6 7 1
1.2 3 6 4 6 7 4 7 6 4 6 7
150 6
0.8 7 4 8 5 8 7 9 6 5 6 7
100
40 8 5 8 7 10 8 5 8 7
50 0.4 8
5 8 4 5 7 1 11 8 4 5 7
0
0 6 5 3 5 4 1 12 8 5 8 7
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
2
P
6
AB TP BA TP
1 6 2
T
60
P
6
AB TP BA TP
2 6 3 1
T
E
4 6 2 6 2 10 8 5 8 7
40 8 5 8 7 12 8 5 8 7
DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10
Solenoid Controlled
4 Type Type
P
250 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6
5
Pressure Drop
200 2 9 6 9 8 60 8 5 8 5 3
1.2 6 3 7 6 7 7 5 7 7 6 7 7
150
7 4 9 6 9 6 9 7 6 7 8
0.8
100 8 40 9 6 9 8 10 9 5 9 8
50 0.4 9 5 9 6 8 6 1 11 9 6 8 7
0
0 6 5 3 5 2 2 12 9 7 9 6
0 200 400 600 800 10001100 L /min
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula right.
P' = P(G'/0.850)
Test Conditions
Coil Type : D (Models with DC solenoids)
Voltage : Rated Voltage
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU)
DSHG-04 DSHG-10
ms ms
250
150
3C
Changeover Time
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF" 200
100
2B
SOL"ON" 3C
Changeover Time
2N SOL"OFF"
SOL"OFF" 150
50 SOL"ON"
2B
2N SOL"ON","OFF"
0 100
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
50
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
Pilot Pressure 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
DSHG-06
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
ms
150
Pilot Pressure
3C
SOL"ON"
Changeover Time
SOL"OFF"
100
2B
2N SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
50
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
Pilot Pressure
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
DC,R : 83.2 (3.28) (1.59)
(1.28)
32.5
P
B
A
T
SOL b SOL a
(4.35)
110.5
(2.5)
63.5
Double Solenoid
Nut 27 (1.06) Hex. Models Only
Solenoid Controlled
48 43.5 Mounting Surface
(1.89) (1.71) 125(4.92) (O-Rings Furnished)
AC :160.7(6.33)
DC,R:164.7(6.48)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
External Pilot - External Drain
External Pilot - Internal Drain
Internal Pilot - External Drain
SOL b SOL a
(6.65)
168.8
(5.92)
150.5
(4.65)
(4.07)
103.5
(2.36)
60
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
The position of the Plug-i n connector can be changed as Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
with the torque as specified below. H 70
(2.76)
E F 32
D (1.26)
SOL b SOL a
C
(3.07)
(2.5)
63.5
78
48 43.5
(1.89) Lock Nut (1.71)
Tightening Torque: 125
10.3 - 11.3 Nm ( 91-100 IN.lbs.) (4.92)
K
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
External Pilot-External Drain
External Pilot-Internal Drain
Internal Pilot-External Drain
SOL b SOL a
L
(4.65)
118
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L
DSHG-01- - -A -N /N1 128.5 (5.06) 53 (2.09) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54) 79.2 (3.12) 196.4 (7.73) 160.7 (6.33) 168.5 (6.63)
DSHG-01- - -D -N /N1 139.5 (5.49) 64 (2.52) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54) 179.5 (7.07)
83.2 (3.28) 204.4 (8.05) 164.7 (6.48)
DSHG-01- - -R -N 142.5 (5.61) 57.2 (2.25) 34 (1.34) 53 (2.09) 182.5 (7.19)
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
L L'
46
Pilot Pressure Port "X"
(For External Pilot Models Only)
Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Cylinder Port "A" 50.8 (For External Drain Models Only)
(2.0)
Tank Port "T" 7(.28) Dia. Through, 11(.43) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
95(3.74)
1 46.5 Electrical Conduit Connection 46
(.04) (1.83) "C" Thd. (Both Ends) (1.81) Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Double Solenoid Models Only
A100
Nut
27(1.06) Hex. E
SOL a SOL b
(6.84)
173.8
(6.12)
155.5
(4.27)
108.5
L L'
(1.06)
27
Solenoid Controlled
AC : 182.2(7.17) Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port
DC,R : 186.2(7.33) in the left side is normally used in our
standard sub-plate, though, either side of
the tank port "T" can be used without
problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
N -14/1490 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-03- - -N1
Cable Departure
J Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
102 K Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02) C F
D
SOL a SOL b
E
(4.27)
108.5
(1.06)
27
58
(2.28)
170
Position of cable departure can be changed. For
(6.69)
H
details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 396.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
DSHG-03- - -A -N /N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 182.2 (7.17) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86)
DSHG-03- - -D -N /N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
186.2 (7.33) 204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02)
DSHG-03- - -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 187.5 (7.38) 34 (1.34)
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".
69.8(2.75)
72.9(2.87)
T (S-)DSHG-04- - -52 G 1/2
(3.58)
L L′
91
(S-)DSHG-04- - -5290 1/2 NPT
(1.37)
34.9
A B Y
(.06)
Cylinder Port "A"
1.5
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "B"
7(.28) Dia. Through Solenoid Indicator Light
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
2 Places
Electrical Conduit Connection
AC :196.4(7.73) AC :45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
DC,R:204.4(8.05) DC,R:50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
95 AC :50.7(2.00) 46
(3.74) DC,R:54.7(2.15) (1.81)
SOL a SOL b
(7.08)
179.8
(6.36)
161.5
L L′
(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
AC :46.6(1.83)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins
(.16)
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-04- - - N -52/5290
N1
Cable Departure
H Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 m m 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02)
C F
D
SOL a SOL b
Position of cable
departure can be
E
refer to DSHG-01
114.5
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-04- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 45.6 (1.80)
(S-)DSHG-04- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 49.6 (1.95)
(S-)DSHG-04- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 187.6 (7.39) 34 (1.34)
Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390 ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Solenoid Indicator Light Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
255(10.04) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
(For External Drain Models Only)
13.5(.53) Dia. Through 50.5 130.2
20(.79) Dia. Spotface (1.99) (5.13)
53.2 Model Numbers "C" Thd.
6 Places
(2.09)
T P Y (S-)DSHG-06- - -53 G 1/2
(S-)DSHG-06- - -5390 1/2 NPT
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
L L′
118
(1.81)
46.1
X A B
Pilot Pressure Port "X"
77
(.51)
(For External Pilot Models Only)
13
(3.03) 156
Cylinder Port "A" (6.14) Cylinder Port "B"
AC :196.4(7.73)
DC,R:204.4(8.05)
95
AC :45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove
DC,R:50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
AC :50.7(2.00) 46
E
(3.74) DC,R:54.7(2.15) (1.81) Electrical Conduit Connection
Double Solenoid "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Models Only
Manual Actuator
SOL a SOL b 6(.24) Dia.
200.8(7.91)
APB
182.5(7.19)
135.5(5.33)
Nut
L L′
(1.61)
Solenoid Controlled
41
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-06- - - N -53/5390
N1
Cable Departure
H Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02) C
F
D
SOL a SOL b
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
E
refer to DSHG-01
(5.33)
135.5
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-06- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 200.5 (7.95) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 45.2 (1.78)
(S-)DSHG-06- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 211.5 (8.33) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 49.2 (1.94)
(S-)DSHG-06- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 214.5 (8.44) 34 (1.34)
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".
(6.25)
(7.80)
158.8
L′
198
(1.69)
L
43
(3.13)
79.4
Model Numbers "C" Thd.
(S-)DSHG-10- - -43 G 1/2
X A B
(S-)DSHG-10- - -4390 1/2 NPT
21.8 114.3 78
(.77)
19.6
(.86) (4.50) (3.07)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 233.8
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface (9.20) Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
AC :196.4(7.73) AC :45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove
DC,R:204.4(8.05) DC,R:50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
95 AC :50.7(2.00) 46
Electrical Conduit Connection
(3.74) DC,R:54.7(2.15) (1.81)
"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Manual Actuator
Two Eye Bolts M8 6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
APB
(10.39)
263.8
(9.67)
245.5
46(1.81)
L X A B L′
(1.77)
45
AC :22.2(.87)
(.24)
Mounting Surface
DC,R:26.2(1.03)
6
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-10- - - N -43/4390
N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
H
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02)
C F
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
D
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
E
(7.81)
198.5
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-10- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 263.5 (10.37) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 22.2 (.87)
(S-)DSHG-10- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 274.5 (10.81) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 26.2(1.03)
(S-)DSHG-10- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 277.5 (10.93) 34 (1.34)
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".
Sub-plate
16(.63)
(.39)
21.5(.85)
(.13) (.39)
10
32.5(1.28)
6.4(.25)
(.47)
12
P
(1.85)
47
(2.99)
(4.33)
(3.54)
(1.81)
(2.76)
T
76
B
(.75)
110
(.75)
90
46
70
19
19
E
(.43)
11
A
6.2(.24) Dia. "C" Thd.
6.2(.24) Dia. 19 4 Places
(.75) "D" Thd.
Used only on external
92 "E" Thd. " F" Deep drain type valves.
(3.62) 4 Places To be plugged on internal
drain type valves.
DIMENSIONS IN
DHGM- 04 -20/2080/2090
Solenoid Controlled
04X Sub-plate
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
Model Numbers
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
190 DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4
(7.48) M10 M6
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F
12(.47) 1/4 BSP.F
166 DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
(6.54)
DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT
32.2(1.27) 101.6 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
(4.00) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT
76.7
(3.02) 36
50 (1.42) 125
(1.97) "E" Thd. (4.92) "C" Thd.
34(1.34) 17(.67) Deep 20 90 4 Places
4 Places (.79) (3.54)
21.5(.85)
33(1.30)
18.3(.72) 19 46
(.47)
1.6(.06)
(.75)
(1.14)
(1.81)
12
(.52)
13.1
29
(.40)
10.1
(.63)
16
P
(2.56)
X
(2.99)
(2.19)
(2.25)
65
55.6
57.1
(4.72)
(3.78)
(3.54)
(2.81)
(2.75)
76
P X
71.4
69.8
120
96
90
T T
(.56)
14.2
A B Y Y B
A
DHGM- 06 -50/5090
06X Sub-plate F
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
204 Model Numbers mm (in.)
(8.03)
DHGM-06-50 Rc 3/4
12 180 Rc 1/4 M12 24 (.94)
(.47) (7.09) DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1
25 130.2 DHGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT
(.98) (5.13) 1/4 NPT 1/2-13 UNC 26 (1.02)
DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT
112.7
(4.44)
11(.43) Dia.
94.5 "D" Thd. (From Rear)
(3.72) 4 Places
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. " F" Deep
53.2 6 Places
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
5.6(.22)
TP Y
(3.81)
(4.57)
(3.63)
96.9
92.1
116
V
(2.94)
(2.88)
74.6
73.1
(1.81)
A B
46.1
X
19.1(.75)
17.5(.69)
(.47)
12
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DHGM- 06 -5080
06X
D
E
M12 Thd. 1/4 BSP.F Thd.
204 24(.94) Deep 4 Places F
(8.03) 6 Places
12 180 50 H
(.47) (7.09) (1.97)
25 130.2 35 J
(.98) (5.13) (1.38)
P T
(5.28)
(4.33)
(3.63)
(4.57)
T PY Y
92.1
110
116
134
V W V
(2.94)
(2.88)
(.47)
11.9
74.6
73.1
(1.81)
A B W B A
46.1
X X
(.35)
(.69)
(.75)
17.5
19.1
8.9
(.47)
12
Sub-plate
76.2(3.00) F
60 "C" Thd.
41.3(1.63) (2.36) H 4 Places
E
Y P T
Y
(7.83)
(6.25)
158.8
T P V
199
(4.87)
123.8
V (4.50)
114.3
A B B A
(3.13)
W W
79.4
X X
"D" Thd.
(1.38)
(1.13)
28.6
35
4 Places
(.79)
43(1.69)
20.1
Solenoid Controlled
(9.21)
26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 4 Places
36 (1.42) Dia. J
4 Places
SOL a SOL b
SOL a SOL b A
J
C
D
E
E
F
F
H
H
J
C
D
E
E
F
H
H
(S-)DSHG-06
10 - -C1/C2/C1C2 (S-)DSHG-06
10 - -C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Extended Fully Extended
59 59
(2.32) (2.32)
J
C
D
E
E
F
F
H
H
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers J
C D E F H
AC SO L DC SO L R SOL
DSHG-03- -C1 100 (3.94)
198.8 (7.83) 180.5 (7.11) 133.5 (5.26) 198.5 (7.81) 209.5 (8.25) 212.5 (8.37)
DSHG-03- -C2 100 (3.94)
DSHG-03- -C1C2 223.8 (8.81) 205.5 (8.09) 158.5 (6.24) 125 (4.92) 100 (3.94) 223.5 (8.80) 234.5 (9.23) 237.5 (9.35)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C1 106 (4.17)
204.8 (8.06) 186.5 (7.34) 139.5 (5.49) 204.5 (8.05) 215.5 (8.48) 218.5 (8.60)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C2 106 (4.17)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C1C2 229.8 (9.05) 211.5 (8.33) 164.5 (6.48) 131 (5.16) 106 (4.17) 229.5 (9.04) 240.5 (9.47) 243.5 (9.59)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C1 127 (5.00)
225.8 (8.89) 207.5 (8.17) 160.5 (6.32) 225.5 (8.88) 236.5 (9.31) 239.5 (9.43)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C2 127 (5.00)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C1C2 250.8 (9.87) 232.5 (9.15) 185.5 (7.30) 152 (5.98) 127 (5.00) 250.5 (9.86) 261.5 (10.30) 264.5 (10.41)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C1 190 (7.48)
288.8 (11.37) 270.5 (10.65) 223.5 (8.80) 288.5 (11.36) 299.5 (11.79) 302.5 (11.91)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C2 190 (7.48)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C1C2 313.8 (12.35) 295.5 (11.63) 248.5 (9.78) 215 (8.46) 190 (7.48) 313.5 (12.34) 324.5 (12.78) 327.5 (12.89)
Options
(1.38)
35
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End) 99 (3.90) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13 (.51) Hex. Fully Extended 13 (.51) Hex.
(1.30)
33
(S-)DSHG-06- -R
Solenoid Controlled
10 Fully Extended
C
SOL a SOL b
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
17 (.67) Hex. D 17 (.67) Hex.
Fully Extended
Model Numbers C D E
(S-)DSHG-06- -R2 376 (14.80) 111 (4.37) 40 (1.57)
(S-)DSHG-10- -R2 558 (21.97) 164.5 (6.48) 65 (2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
D
D
DSHG-01- - -14/1480/1490
SOL b SOL a
13
T Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Pilot Models
13 Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Drain Models
2 5 4 11 8 3 1 7 10 6
Note: Piece parts marked are not available
for internal pilot-internal drain type
DSHG-03- - -14/1490 15 14 17 16
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug 13 Removed for Internal
13 Removed for Internal Drain Models
Pilot Models
SOL a SOL b
X Y
X Y
List of Seals Pilot Valves
DSHG-01 DSHG-03 See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to be used.
Item Name
Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty.
7 O-Ring JASO-1018-1A 2 SO-NB-P28 2
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 8(4) SO-NB-A104 5
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P5 2 SO-NB-P9 6
Quantities in the ( ) are applicable to internal pilot-internal drain.
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed
in page 408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot
valve is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.
(S-)DSHG-04- - -52/5290
15 14 16 17
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug Removed for Internal
11 Removed for Internal Pilot Models
Drain Models
SOL a SOL b 11
X
Y 12
E
X Y Section Y-Y Section X-X
18 10 5 4 1 3 9 13 8 2 7
(S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390
Solenoid Controlled
Pipe Plug Drain Models
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models 11
11
SOL a SOL b
21 21 12
X
X 12
Section X-X
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page
408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in
the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.
Valve Model Numbers Pilot Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - - -14 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
KS-DSHG-01- -14
DSHG-01-3C - -N-1480 DSG-01-3C4- -N-70
(For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
DSHG-01-3C - - -1490 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-01-2B - - -14 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-01-ET- -14
DSHG-01-2B - -N-1480 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70-L
(Except for Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
DSHG-01-2B - - -1490 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
DSHG-03-3C - - -14 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSHG-03-3C - - -1490 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-03-2B - - -14 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSHG-03- -14
DSHG-03-2B - - -1490 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSHG-03-2N - - -14 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSHG-03-2N - - -1490 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -52 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -5290 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -52 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSHG-04- -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -5290 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -52 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -5290 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -53 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -5390 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -53 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-06- -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -5390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -53 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -5390 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -43 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -4390 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -43 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-10- -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -4390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -43 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -4390 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
Notes) 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol
representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359 to 360.
E
G-DSHG-04
W W
No vibration
Oil Hammering No oil leakage
Improvement
Enhanced
machining
SOL accuracy
Piping Machine ON
vibration vibration
SOL
ON Solenoid Valve
Large machining
P T Oil leakage P T
errors
No shaking
Improvement
Shaking Still
No shaking
Deceleration
Programmable Start Signal
Controller
Shifting Signal
HALT
24 V DC
SOL a
DC Power
SOL b Supply
A B
A B
P T MIN MIN
P T
Pattern Pattern
of Flow OFF ADJ
A B of Flow OFF
A B
ADJ
Max.
ON T OFF T ON T 60s Max.
P T P T
(Max. 1s) 60s
(Max. 1s) (Max. 1s) OFF T OFF
OFF ADJ ADJ
(Max. 1s)
ON T OFF T ON T OFF T
ON ON
OFF (Max. 1s) (Max. 1s) OFF (Max. 1s) (Max. 1s)
SOL a ON
SOL a ON
OFF OFF OFF
SOL b SOL b ON ON
OFF OFF
HALT
Hold for 0.1 second or longer Hold for 0.1 second or longer
The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.
If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum adjustment volume to zero.
Instructions
Adjustment of maximum flow rate (Example)
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves a G-DSG valve
fully opens after the ON T duration.
cannot be adjusted for maximum flow rates.
To adjust maximum flow rates, use flow control valves.
In G-series solenoid controlled pilot operated direc-
tional valves (G-DSHG-04/06), the maximum flow rate To adjust maximum flow rates, with
can be adjusted by use of the valve with stroke adjust- b "G" series solenoid operated direc-
tional valves (G-DSG-01/03), flow
ment screw of optional extra. control valves such as throttle check
modular valves are used.
With "G" series solenoid controlled
pilot operated directional valves (G-
DSHG-04/06), maximum flow rates
P T B A can be adjusted without flow control
valves but by using a model with
stroke adjustment (option).
MIN
ON OFF T
OFF
SOL
ON
OFF OFF
HALT
Electronic
Circuit
Specifications
Model Numbers
G-DSG-01- - -50/5090 G-DSG-03- - -50/5090
Descriptions
1
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) 10 (2.6), 20 (5.3), 30 (7.9), 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6), 60 (15.9), 80 (21.1)
2
Max. Operating Pres. MPa (PSI) 25 (3630) 25 (3630)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Series Valve Metred Flow Input Design Design Models with Alternate
Spool Type
Number Size Capacity Interface Number Standards Offset Solenoid
3C2
A B
a b
None : 40 L /min
P T
10 : 10 L /min 3C40
20 : 20 L /min A B
01 a b
50
P T
Sub-plate
Mounting None : 80 L /min
a
A
P
B
T
b
S:
Source Type
a
P T E
40 : 40 L /min
3C40
60 : 60 L /min A B
03 a
50
b
P T
2B7
None : 60 L /min A B
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
G-DSG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40 Rc 3/8 DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
G-DSG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Max.Flow
6 P TP T 6 of Flow 20 L/min Type
20 A B 20 P B A B
20 L/min Type P A
4 P T
4 A B A B P T
10 10
2 10 L/min Type 2 P T P T10 L/min Type
0 0 0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
G-DSG-01- -3C2 G-DSG-01- -2B7
3C40
PSI PSI MPa
240 MPa 40 L/min Type 140 1.0
10 L/min Type 20 L/min Type
1.6 P A P A 20 L/min
10 L/min Type 20 L/min Type 120 P A 30 L/min Type
200 P A,P B P B P B Type P B
P A 0.8 A T P A
A T,B T A T
P
Pressure Drop
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
10
Flow Rate
6 7 6 5
20 7 20
4 5 5 0
10 3 3 4
2 100ms 10
0 0 0 2
0 ON
OFF 0
SOL 0
Volume "ON T" Position
ON
2B7 SOL OFF 200 ms
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position
8 30
6 AB 10 ON
20 8 OFF
4 100 HALT
10 6
Flow Rate
2 10 PT ms
8 4
0 0 6 2
AB
2 10 4 0
4 2 PT
6 20 0
8 30 ON
OFF
SOL
Volume "ON T" Position
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-03" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
B A B A
Max.Flow
P A P B 40 L/min Type Direction of Flow 40 L/min Type
10 40 10 40
A B P A P B A
A B A B B
A B A B
5 20 P T P T P T
5 20 P T
P T P T
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
E
240
1.6 1
2
200 Model Numbers Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
3
1.2
G-DSG-03-3C2
P
160 1
3C40
Pressure Drop
120
0.8 G-DSG-03-40-3C2
12 10 3 16 60
40 7
8 5 12
5
Flow Rate
4 20 7 40
0 3 100ms 10
0 0 ON 8
OFF 20
SOL 4
Volume "ON T" Position
0 0
2B7
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position ON
SOL 200ms
16 60 OFF
12 40
AB
8 10
20 PT 7
Flow Rate
4 100ms ON
10 5 OFF
0 0 7 3 HALT
AB
4 20 5 0
8 3 PT
40 0
12
16 60 ON
OFF
SOL
Volume "ON T" Position
(.03)
0.75
(For Sol. a)
G-DSG-01- - -50 G 1/2
G-DSG-01- - -5090 1/2 NPT
(1.22)
(1.28)
32.5
31
Cylinder Port "B" Cylinder Port "A"
263
(10.35)
Electrical Conduit Connection
0.5 132 65.5
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
44.5 48
(1.75) (1.89)
(4.31)
109.5
(3.50)
89
SOL a SOL b
(1.50)
38
(.98)
25
Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 356.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
G-DSG-01- -2B7- -50/5090
0.5 197.5
(.02) (7.78)
SOL b
178.5
(7.03)
Mounting Surface:
G-DSG-03- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090 ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
46
G1/2
G1/2
Solenoid Indicator Light
Solenoid Indicator Light
(For Sol. b) 50.8 (For Sol. a)
(2.00)
7(.28) Dia. Through 1
E
Tank Port "T"
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
2. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 373.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
G-DSG-03- -2B7- -50/5090
234 0.5
(9.21) (.02)
SOL b
226.3
(8.91)
Electronic
Circuit
X T A PB Y
Specifications
Model Numbers
G-DSHG-04-3C - - - -50/5090 G-DSHG-06-3C - - - -50/5090
Descriptions
1 1
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) 160 (42.3) 250 (66.1)
2
Min. Required Pilot Pres. MPa (PSI) 1.5 (220)
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF) ON: 0.06 - 1.5 s, OFF: 0.1 - 2 s ON: 0.1 - 1 s, OFF: 0.2 - 2 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
3C2 R2:
04 A B None: None: 50
With Stroke Adjustment,
G-DSHG : a b Internal Sink Type
Y P T X
Both Ends
G Series Shockless Pilot (Standard)
Type Solenoid
Controlled Pilot RA: Refer to
Operated With Stroke Adjustment,
Directional Valve, Port "A" End
Sub-plate 3C40
Mounting E: S:
06 a
Y
A B
P T X
b
External
Pilot
RB:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Port "B" End
Source Type 50 E
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
B T
1.0
P A For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
120 P B be obtained from the formula below.
0.8
B T
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0.6
80
G-DSHG-06- 3C2
3C40
0.4
40 P A
P B
0.2 A T
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Shifting Characteristics
G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0 G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate : 150 L/min (39.6 U.S.GPM) Flow Rate : 250 L/min (66.1 U.S.GPM)
Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
200 250ms
50 100 400 250ms
Flow Rate
0 0
30 5 60 5
100 10 200 10 10
20 10 40 5
50 5 100 0
10 0 20
0 0 0
0 ON
OFF OFF
SOL ON SOL
Volume "ON T" Position Volume "ON T" Position
Flow Rate
100
Volume "MIN" Position 40 160
20 75 Volume "MIN" Position
30 120
10 10
50 8
10 20 80 8
25 0 0
10 40
0 0 0
0
ON ON
SOL OFF SOL OFF
HALT ON HALT ON
OFF OFF
Mounting Surface:
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50/5090 ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"
(2.75)
(2.87)
(3.58)
L'
69.8
72.9
91
L
(1.37)
34.9
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -5090 1/2 NPT
(.06)
1.5
Cylinder Port "A" 50
(1.97)
7(.28) Dia. Through Pilot Drain Port "Y"
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
263
Cylinder Port "B"
Manual Actuator
L L'
(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
1. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-04-3C - -R - -50/5090
Fully Extended 289(11.38)
SOL a SOL b
(3.63)
(4.65)
L'
92.1
118
L
(1.81)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -5090 1/2 NPT
46.1
77
(.51)
13
(3.03)
Pilot Pressure Port "X" 156
(6.14) Cylinder Port "B"
(For External Pilot Models Only)
13.5(.53) Dia. Through
Cylinder Port "A" 20(.79) Dia. Spotface
6 Places
263 Air Vent (Both Sides) 1
(10.35) 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Electrical Conduit Connection
0.5 132 65.5 2 Places 48 "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) (1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
(8.72)
221.5
(7.95)
202
(5.39)
137
L L'
(1.61)
41
(3.09)
6
(O-Rings Furnished)
1. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-06-3C - -R - -50/5090
Fully Extended 376(14.80)
SOL a SOL b
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex.
Fully Extended
134.8(5.31)
X Y
P
Specifications
Model Numbers
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Max.Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Min. Required Max. T-Line
Pilot Pressure Back Pressure
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
E
1 1 1 1
DHG-04-3C -50 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 7.4 (16.3)
DHG-04-2N -50 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 21 (3050) 7.4 (16.3)
DHG-04-2B -50 130 (34.3) 70 (18.5) 70 (18.5) 60 (15.9) 7.8 (17.2)
2 2 2 2
DHG-06-3C -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 11.2 (24.7)
4
DHG-06-2N -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 11.2 (24.7)
Note: Max. flow in the table above represents 1. Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page
the value in the flow condition of P A 388 for the List of “Standard Model and Maximum Flow” (DSHG-
B T (or P B A T) as shown in 04) for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
the circuit diagram right. 2. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
In case the valves is used in the condi- information, see page 389 for the List of “Standard Model and
tion that eihter A or B port is blocked, Maximum Flow” (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
the maximum flow differs according to a A B Operated Directional Valves.
3. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult
us for details. X
P T
Y information, see page 390 for the List of “Standard Model and
Maximum Flow” (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
4. Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260 PSI).
6 3C6 3H6
60 3C60 3H60
9 3C9 3H9
10 3C10 3H10
11 3C11 3H11
12 3C12 3H12
: Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Valve
Model Approx. Approx. Approx.
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Numbers Model Numbers Mass Mass Mass
Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.)
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT 4.4 (9.7)
DHG-04
DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 7.4 (16.3)
DHG-06
DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080 1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090 1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DHG-10 DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to pages 401 to 403 for dimensions.
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
N. American Desgin Standard Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs)
E
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133)
DHG-04
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
DHG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)
DHG-10 M20 75 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 6 473-585 (4186-5177)
Graphic Symbols X V Y
P T
Spring Centred Models
A B
Graphic Symbols
Additional Mass of Options
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page 423
Spring Centred Models with Pilot Spring Centred Models if options are required.
Piston on Both Ends (P2) with Pilot Piston on Port "A" End (PA)
kg (lbs.)
A B A B
X Y X Y With Pilot Piston With Stroke Adjustment
Model With Pilot
Numbers Choke Valve PA RA
W V V P2 R2
P T P T PB RB
DHG-04 0.65 (1.4) 1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
DHG-06 0.65 (1.4) 1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1) 1.2 (2.6) 0.6 (1.3)
DHG-10 0.65 (1.4) 3.6(7.9) 1.8 (4.0) 3.7 (8.2) 1.85 (4.1)
73(2.87)
91(3.58)
DEC.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Fully Extended
Y 9.3 10.4 59
A B
Cylinder (.37) (.41) (2.32)
(.06)
50
1.6
(1.34)
35
34
Mounting Surface B
4
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins it functions as drain port. When that model
is used, directly connect it to the reservoir.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
(3.63)
(4.65)
19.7 (.78)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
(.51)
(6.57)
13
167
(5.00)
Pilot Pressure 77
127
Port "X" (3.03) Cylinder Port "B"
156
(6.14)
Indicates Spring Offset
Cylinder Port "A"
Models (2B ).
Indicates Spring Offset Pressure Centred Models (3H )
255 52
(10.04)
65
(2.56)
95
(3.74)
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
Models (2B A).
48
(1.89)
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )
Models with Pilot Piston (P )
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
E
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valve (DSHG-06). See page 405.
(5.59)
142
X A B
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), it
(1.61)
198
(3.13)
79.4
(.77)
19.6
21.8 114.3 78
(9.06)
230
(7.48)
6(.24) Dia.
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Location Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
2 11 5 10 1 3 14 9 4 12 7
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty
DHG-04 DHG-06 DHG-10
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P20 2
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P30 SO-NB-P42 4
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P34 SO-NB-P40 SO-NB-G65 2
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P10 SO-NB-P14 2
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 4
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
below.
Specifications
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) Max.Operating Max. T-Line Back Approx.
Model Numbers 7 MPa 14 MPa 21 MPa 31.5 MPa Pressure Pressure Mass
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI) (4570 PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
1
DMT-03-3C -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 1 100 (26.4) 1
DMT-03-3D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
25 (3630) 16 (2320) 5.0 (11.0)
DMT-03-2D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2B -50 100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
E
Threaded Connections
3 3 3
DMG-04-3C -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 105 (27.7)
DMG-04-3D -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 6 7.4 (16.3)
21 (3050) 21 (3050)
DMG-04-2D -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2B -21 90 (23.8) 60 (15.9) 50 (13.2) 7.9 (17.4)
DMG-06-3C -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DMG-06-3D -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 6 11.5 (25.4)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DMG-06-2D -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DMG-06-2B -50 420 (111) 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 200 (52.8) 12 (26.5)
4 4 4 4
DMG-10-3C -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DMG-10-3D -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 6 48.2 (106)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DMG-10-2D -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DMG-10-2B -40 670 (177) 350 (92.5) 260 (68.7) 200 (52.8) 50 (110)
Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum DMG-01 Lever Operating Torque
Flow" on pages 386 to 390.
(in.lbf.) Nm
Operating Torque
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum 12 1.5
Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (page 364 and 366 at 50 Hz
rated voltage). 8 1.0
2. The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60. 4 0.5
3. Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page. 0 0
0 5 10 14 MPa
4. Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
See page 390.
T-Line Back Pressure
5. Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.
6. If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the
reservoir.
4
Maximum Flow of DMG-04-3C
40
Model Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Numbers 7 MPa(1020 PSI) 14 MPa(2030 PSI) 21 MPa(3050 PSI)
DMG-04-3C2 200 (52.8) 130 (34.3) 85 (22.5) 5
DMG-04-3C3 180 (47.6) 90 (23.8) 70 (18.5)
DMG-04-3C4 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 90 (23.8)
DMG-04-3C40 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 105 (27.7) 6
DMG-04-3C5 80 (21.1) 50 (13.2) 40 (10.6)
DMG-04-3C6 90 (23.8) 60 (15.9) 55 (14.5)
DMG-04-3C60 140 (37.0) 70 (18.5) 55 (14.5)
60
DMG-04-3C7 200 (52.8) 75 (19.8) 55 (14.5)
DMG-04-3C9 200 (52.8) 125 (33.0) 100 (26.4)
DMG-04-3C10 200 (52.8) 130 (34.3) 85 (22.5) 7
DMG-04-3C11 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6) 85 (22.5)
8
DMG-04-3C12 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 95 (25.1)
9
Graphic Symbols
Spring Centred Models (3C ) 10
#1 #2 #3
A B 11
P T 12
No-Spring Detented Models
3D 2D
Position #3
#1 #2 #3 #1 (#2) #3
A B A B Position #2
Position #1 (#2, in case of D M T T
G -01/03-2B , DM G -03-2D )
P T P T Note: The mark indicate the spool type available for each type.
Spring Offset Models (2B )
#1 (#2) #3
A B
. Position #2 is applied for models DMG-01-2B
and DMT -03-2B /2D .
G
P T
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D , 2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are
available : Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2B A, 2D A), valves with neutral position (#2) and
position #3 (2B B, 2D B).
The mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.
2B5B
2B5A
2B6A 2B6B
E
2B60A 2B60B
2B7A 2B7B
2B8A 2B8B
Position #1 Position #2
Position #2 Position #3
2D5B
2D5A
2D6A 2D6B
2D60A 2D60B
2D7A 2D7B
2D8A 2D8B
2D9A 2D9B
2D10A 2D10B
2D11A 2D11B
2D12A 2D12B
Position #1 Position #2
Position #2 Position #3
. Position number is determined with three position type (3C and 3D ) as the standard.
Pressure Drop
The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and
Specific Gravity: 0.850
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is 0.850.
Spool Pressure Drop Curve Number
DMT-06, 06X
Type P A B T P B A T P T
PSI MPa 1 2 2 2 2 2
150
1.0 2 3 3 2 3 2 2
Pressure Drop P
4 2 3 2 2
0.8
100 3 40 2 2 2 2
0.6 5 3 2 2 2
6 3 2 3 2 1
0.4
50 60 3 2 3 2 1
0.2 7 2 2 2 2
0 8 2 2
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min 9 3 2 3 2
10 2 2 2 2
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
11 3 2 2 2
12 2 2 2 2
Flow Rate
4 3 2 3 2
0.8
Pressure Drop
100 40 3 2 3 2
0.6 5 3 2 3 2
2
3
6 3 3 3 3 1
0.4
50 60 3 3 3 3 1
0.2 7 3 2 3 2
0 8 3 3
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 9 3 2 3 2
10 3 2 3 2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130 U.S.GPM 11 3 2 3 2
Flow Rate 12 3 2 3 2
DMG-01
3C
Valve type
3D 2D 2B
Pressure Drop Curve Number
P A B T P B A T P T
E
3C2 3D2 2D2 3 3 3 3
3C3 3D3 2D3 3 3 3 3 2
PSI MPa 1
200 1.4 3C4 3D4 3 3 3 3
2 3C5 3D5 2 1 1 1 3
150 1.0
Pressure Drop
150 4 4 5 4 5 5
1.0
Pressure Drop
5 40 5 4 5 5
0.8
100 6 5 5 2 4 5 1
0.6 6 2 3 4 2 1
0.4 60 2 3 4 2 1
50
0.2 7 5 2 5 5
0 9 6 2 6 5
0
0 50 100 150 200 L /min
10 5 4 5 5
11 5 4 5 5
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
12 5 3 5 5
Flow Rate
For DMT-03 , DMG-03 , DMG-06 , and DMG-10 , refer to the table below then see the related page.
Model Number Pressure Drop Characteristics Page Remarks
DMT-03 Same as DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
371
DMG-03 (Standard Type)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
DMG-06 393 3D is same as 3C
(DSHG-06)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
DMG-10 393
(DSHG-10)
(.47)
The lever position can (.39)
12
30˚ Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
be changed to any 4 (.16) Hex. Soc.
position in five
(1.06)
different positions
(2.76)
(1.81)
27
70
46
shown on the sketch in 30˚
the right. For the lever
position change,
remove the Soc. Hd.
(0.8)
Cap Screw and lever
2
once, set the lever at 30˚ 48.7
the required position (1.92) Cylinder Port "B"
and tighten it with the 108.5 "C" Thd.
(4.27)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw Tank Port " T"
firmly. 30˚ 193.8
(7.63) "C" Thd.
Position #1
74.5 Position #2 3 0˚ 1. Lever Operating Torque:
(2.93) 2 0˚ Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
27 Position #3 ˚
(1.06) 1 20
25 (.98) Dia. R94.5
(R3.72)
Model Numbers "C" Thd.
DMT-03- -50 Rc 3/8
(5.47)
139
(3.36)
85.3
DMT-03- -5090 3/8 NPT
(1.82)
46.3
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
(.86)
21.8
26.8
39.7 19
(1.56) (.75)
92
(3.62)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P" MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DMT-06, 06X- -30/3080/3090 Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"
DMT-10, 10X- -30/3080/3090 P
F
E
A B
T
R "e "
"f" Dia. Through D
"g" Dia. Spotface Position #1 Neutral Position #2
4 Places C C 40 (1.57) Dia.
Model Numbers "h" Thd.
Tank Port " T"
DMT-06- -30 Rc 3/4 Position #3
DMT-06X- -30 Rc 1
DMT-06- -3080 3/4 BSP.F U V
J
DMT-06X- -3080 1 BSP.F
K
DMT-06- -3090 3/4 NPT L N
Q
DMT-06X- -3090 1 NPT
a
S S
DMT-10- -30 Rc 1-1/4
DMT-10X- -30 Rc 1-1/2
DMT-10- -3080 1-1/4 BSP.F
Z
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(1.22) (.03)
0.75
27˚
15.5
(.61)
(1.28)
Neutral Position #2
32.5
31
27˚
5
(.20) 26 (1.02) Dia.
20 (.79) Dia. Lever Fixing Screw
2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
(1.54)
39
(2.91)
74
(1.99)
50.5
(1.50)
38
(.98)
25
65
(2.56)
Mounting Surface
48 (O-Rings Furnished)
(1.89)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(.47)
(2.74) (2.13)
12
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
(2.76)
46
70
3
1
48.7 50.8 Tank Port " T" 1. Although the tank port is shown on the left
(1.92) (2.00) in our sub-plate either may be used.
108.5
(4.27) 2. The position of operating lever can be
193.8 changed as required. For the detail, see the
(7.63) DMT-03 in the previous page.
Position #1
74.5 30˚
Position #2
(2.93) 2 0˚
27 ˚
(1.06) 20
Position #3
25 (.98) Dia. R94.5
(R3.72) 2 (.08)
(5.47)
139
(3.00)
76.3
(2.32)
(1.82)
59
46.3
(1.06)
27
39.7 19
(.75) Mounting Surface
(1.56)
92 (O-Rings Furnished)
(3.62)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 373.
(3.54)
(2.87)
(2.75)
72.9
69.8
90
(1.37)
34.9
Position #2
Position #3
(.06)
(.40)
32 50
10.1
32
1.5
40 (1.57) Dia. 7(.28) Dia. Through
(1.26) (1.26) (1.97)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
Position #1 2 Places Drain Port "Y"
Cylinder Port "A"
232.5 (9.15) 22.5
E
30 (1.18) Chain line indicates
202.5 (7.97) (.89)
R200 Spring Offset Models
59.2 (2B ,2B A).
(R7.87)
(2.33)
(1.97)
(4.06)
50
103
(1.26)
(1.18)
(.16)
30
32
A B
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
DMG-06- -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
300.5
(11.83)
95.8 130.2
(3.77) (5.13) 13.5(.53) Dia. Through
Tank Port "T" 53.2 20(.79) Dia. Spotface
(2.09) 6 Places
Drain Port "V"
T P Y
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
X A B
(.51)
55.8 77
(2.20) (3.03) Cylinder Port "A"
Position #2 260.5 52
(10.26) (2.05)
30 (1.18) 57 57 34
Position #3 Indicates Spring Offset
(2.24) (2.24) Position #1 (1.34)
Models (2B ).
(4.57)
47
116
(1.61)
41
40
(.24)
6(.24) Dia.
(.49) (O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins 156
(6.14)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 402.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Pressure Port "P"
453
(17.83)
146.5 190.5
(5.77) (7.50) 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
76.2 32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
Tank Port "T" (3.00) 6 Places
T Y P
(7.80)
(6.24)
158.8
198
(3.13)
79.4
X A B
Drain Port "V"
19.6
(.77)
94.5 114.3
(3.72) (4.50) Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
401 66.5
Position #2
(15.79) (2.62)
36 (1.42) 105 105 47.5 Indicates Spring Offset
Position #3 (4.13) (4.13) Position #1 (1.87) Models (2B )
40 (1.57) Dia.
Indicates Spring Offset
Two Eye Bolts
M8 Models (2B A)
R300
(R11.81)
(2.56) (2.36)
(.24) 44.5 (1.75)
(7.09)
180
65 60
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
List of Seals
DMG-01- -10/1090
14 13 9 12 X 18 10 17 15 16
21
22
25
24
20
Section X-X
X
19 3 8 6 5 23 2 1 21 11 4
E
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 3
22 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4
Note: When ordering the o-ring, please specify the
seal kit number (KS-DMG-01-10).
28 20 3 14 29 30 10 9
26 17 25 11 13
27
13
24
23
22 15 16 12 2 6 21 1 5 18 8 14 4
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 DMT-03- -50/5080/5090 KS-DMT-03-50
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 2 DMG-03- -50/5090 KS-DMG-03-50
16 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 2
17 O-Ring SO-NB-A023 1
18 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5
Note: 1. O-rings of Item 18 are not used for
DMT-03.
2. When ordering the seals, please specify
the seal kit number from the table right.
22
5
14
7 21 13 15 23 16 2 4 17 1 26 24 12 25
18
19
20
DMG-04- -21/2190
DMG-06- -50/5090
DMG-10- -40/4090
A
28 26 9 22 23 10 33 36 17 1 6 33
31
22
15
28
Section A-A 24 A
21 2 11 29 32 30 25 29 3 20
Specifications
Graphic Symbols
No. of Position 2-Position Type 3-Position Type
Operation Reversing Dog Reversing Dog & Manual Manual
Type Operation Manual Operation Operation Operation
#1 #3 #1 #3 #1 #3 #1 #2 #3
Graphic A B A B A B A B
Symbols
P T P T P T P T
Instructuions
Changeover Torque
Changeover Torque
When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa
(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table: Tank Port Back Pres. Torque
MPa (PSI) Nm (in. 1bs.)
2-Way directional valves 0 1.0 (8.9)
Be sure to use the External Drain Type Valve of spool type "2" and plug the tank port. 3 (435) 4.8 (42.5)
Mounting Bolts
The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.
Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
N. American Design Standard
European Design Standard
DRG-02 M8 45 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) ,
PSI MPa Valve Pressure Drop Curve No.
Specific Gravity 0.850
60 Type P A B T P B A T
0.4 1
2D2 2 2 2 2
Pressure Drop P
0.3 3D4 2 2 1 2
40
1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.
2
0.2
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
20 Viscosity
0.1 SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 L /min 2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
80(3.15) Dia.
(1.02)
50(1.97)
10˚ 26
10˚
Dia.
76.5˚ 2 110
76.5˚ R1 47)
. (4.33)
(R
( 3. 0
)
94
5.2(.20)
10
Model Numbers "C" Thd. Type "B": Reverseing Dog and Type "C": Manual Operation
DRT-02- D - -20 Rc 1/4 Manual Operation
DRT-02- D - -2080 1/4 BSP.F 45˚ 45˚
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) R105(R4.13) R105(R4.13)
32(1.26) 32(1.26)
30 Position #3 Dia. 30 Position #3
Dia.
(1.18) 22.5˚ (1.18) 22.5˚
22.5˚ 22.5˚
Position #1 Position #1
Neutral Position #2
For other dimensions, refer to "Reversing Dog Operation".
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
50(1.97) Dia.
R38
(1.02)
106(4.17)
26
Dia.
Cylinder Port "B"
For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.
5 Places
E
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Sub-plates : DRGM- 02 - -20/2080/2090
02X
22.5
B T
10˚ 10˚
A P
Sub-plate mm (Inches)
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. Remarks
Model Numbers F H
DRGM-02-20 Rc 1/4
M8 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F
M8 11.7 (.46) For Internal Drain
DRGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT
DRGM-02-R-20 Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4 M8 11 (.43) 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-R-20 Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-R-2080 1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F M8 11.7 (.46) 11.7 (.46) For External Drain
DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-R-2090 1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 11 (.43) 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-R-2090 3/8 NPT
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
16 6 17 9 4 11 10 8
12
15
3
14
13
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
18 5 9 12 4 11 7
13
16
15
19
3
8 14
1
15 17
These valves may be used to shift the direction of oil flow by depressing the spool by way of a cam.
Specifications
Sub-plates
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DCG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-41 Rc 3/8 DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DCG-03 DSGM-03X-41 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-41 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
A B P B P A
All ports open
DCT -01-2B3 A T B T
DCG 0 3 .8 4.6 9.5
P T (.150) (.181) (.374)
A B P B P A
DCT -01-2B8 A&T ports blocked B&T ports blocked
DCG 0 3 .8 9.5
P T (.150) (.374)
A B P A P B
DCT -03-2B2 B T All ports blocked A T
DCG 0 3.4 3.8 7
P T (.134) (.150) (.276)
A B P A P B
All ports open
DCT -03-2B3 B T A T
DCG 0 3 .0 4.0 7
P T (.118) (.157) (.276)
A B All ports
P A P B
DCT -03-2B8 B&T ports blocked blocked A&T ports blocked
DCG 0 3 .6 4.7 7
P T (.142) (.185) (.276)
Instructions
Valve Type "2B8"
Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.
[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].
Actuation Force
1bf N
200
40
Actuation Force
150
20 100
50 Force
0
0
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10 MPa
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DCT
-01
DCG
MPa
PSI 1.2 Pressure Drop Curve No.
150 Model Numbers
1 P A B T P B A T
P
2 DCT-01-2B2
0.8
Pressure Drop
1 1 2 1
100 3 DCT-01-2B3
DCT-01-2B8 2 2
50 0.4 DCG-01-2B2
2 2 3 3
DCG-01-2B3
0 0 DCG-01-2B8 3 3
0 10 20 30 L /min
0 2 4
Flow Rate
6 8 U.S.GPM
E
DCT
-03
DCG
PSI MPa
2.5 1
350
1.5 DCG-03-2B3 3 2 7 7
Pressure Drop
200 DCG-03-2B8 6 5
5
6
150 4
1.0
7
100
0.5
50
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is 0.850.
(.33)
9
(.03)
0.75
(.31)
7.75
8.5
(.35)
10.25
(.40)
22.25
(.88)
(1.28)
(1.89)
32.5
48
(2.20)
55.8
B A
Cam and Roller Travel
Height of Cam
Ma 9.5(.37)
x.5
0
(.08)
2
Tank Port "T"
53 38.5
Position "Y" "C" Thd.
17 (.67) Dia.Roller (2.09) (1.52)
24 Fully Extended Cylinder Port "B"
66 (2.60)
(.94) 110 (4.33)
Max.
"C" Thd.
Cam
Normal Position
(.16)
Position " R"
Stroke
4
(1.93)
9.5
(1.50)
49
(.37)
38
(.98)
Extended Depressed
25
T
(Offset)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
56.8 54 Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
(2.24) (2.13) "C" Thd.
"C" Thd. 50 44
(1.97) (1.73) 7 (.28) Dia. Through
27 11 (.43) C' bore
(1.06) 4 places
Chain line indicates the 10
(.47)
(.39)
(.08)
2
(1.81)
(1.82)
(2.76)
46.2
46
70
Ma x
Height of Cam .50
7 (.28)
(.08)
73.3 (2.89)
Fully Extended Cylinder Port "B"
158.6 (6.24) "C" Thd. Cam
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
7
(.28)
(.24)
Depressed
6
(3.36)
85.3
8.2 (.32)
(1.39)
35.3
Max. Stroke
(1.06)
(1.06)
26.8
27
Extended
(Offset)
(.86)
21.8
19
(.75) Model Numbers "C" Thd.
92
(3.62) DCT-03-2B - -50 Rc 3/8
DCT-03-2B - -5080 3/8 BSP.F
DCT-03-2B - -5090 3/8 NPT
(.61)
(.03)
(.31)
15.5
0.75
7.75
(1.12)
(.33)
(1.22)
8.5
(1.28)
(1.89)
32.5
(2.20)
31
48
55.8
Cylinder Port "A"
53
17(.67) Dia. Roller (2.09) 5.5 (.22) Dia. Through
Fully Extended 9.5 (.37) C' bore
110 (4.33) 4 places
Tank Port "T"
Position "Y"
(.12)
3
Normal Position
(.16)
Position " R"
(1.93)
(1.50)
49
38
(.98)
25
13.5 Mounting Surface
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DCG-03-2B - - 50/5090
Cylinder Port "A" Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "B"
7 (.28) Dia. Through
56.8 54 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface
Chain line indicates the (2.24) (2.13) 4 places
Model DCG-03-2B -R 50
(.47)
12
(1.97)
(.08)
2
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
(1.82)
(2.76)
46.2
46
70
(2.32)
59
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
19
(.75)
92 Mounting Surface
(3.62) (O-Rings Furnished)
. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 373.
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
12 8
4 2 9 16 13 14 3 15 1 14 7 6
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
16 20 19
17
21
15
23
22 5
9 4
13 18 12 8 3 2 14 6 7 1 11 10
12 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 1
13 Back Up Ring SO-BE-P6 1 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 0 5
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
b a
DSLHG−04
T A P B Y
DSLHG−10
21
(3050) CDSC−01
CDSG−03
DSPC−01
DSPG−03
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector) ■ R Type Models with Current Rectifier and DC Solenoid
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the Specially designed DC solenoids and receptacle (or
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluidpower System connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
and components-Three-Pin electrical plug connectors- peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
Characteristics and requirements.). to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
■ AC Solenoid
advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re- heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
wiring when the applied frequency is changed. against transient voltage peaks are assured.
■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid)
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
-series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for
Model Numbers Insulation Class
excellent DC control is employed.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been DSLG-01
DSLHG-04/06/10
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated Class H
by miniature relays. CDSC-01
CDS -03
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that DSP -01/03
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-exercitation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
No Leak
E
Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.
Specifications
Max. Max. Max. T- Max. Approx.
Flow Operating Line Back Changeover Internal leakage Mass
Pressure Pressure Frequency Graphic
Model Numbers
Symbols
L /min MPa MPa min-1 3
cm /min kg
(U.S.GPM) (PSI) (PSI) {Cycles/Min} (cu. in./min) (lbs.)
A
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11 a
Or Less
1.9 P T
0.5 1
(4.2) A
16 31.5 16 (.03)
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11 240 b
(4.2) (4570) (2320) P T
Or Less 3.7
A B
a b
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11 1 2
(.06) (8.2) P T
1. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A•B port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
Solenoid Ratings
Current & Power
Voltage (V)
Electric Coil Frequency at Rated Voltage
Source Type (Hz) Source Serviceable Holding Power
Rating Range (A) (W)
DC D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.45
29
(K Series) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.23
AC DC R100 50/60 100 90 - 110 0.33
29
Rectified R200 50/60 200 180 - 220 0.16
F: O: DC
Special Seals DSLG : Normally Open D12, D24
3: 3 Port
for Phosphate Poppet Type C: N:
Ester Type Solenoid Operated 01 Normally Closed AC DC Plug-in Connector 11 Refer to
Fluids Directional Valve
(Omit if not (Sub-plate Mtg.) R100
4: 4 Port O:
required) Normally Open R200
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Std. N. American Design Std. Approx.
Piping Mass
Size Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Model No. Size Model No. Size Model No. Size kg (lbs.)
1/8 DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
1/4 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
3/8 DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs. ) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS" 5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
M5 45 Lg.
European Design Standard [Applicable to working pressure more than
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]
Instructions
Mounting Operating Force by Manual Actuator
No mounting restrictions for any models. N
lbs.
150
30
Operating force
Solenoid Shifting
On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the 20 100
same time.
10 50
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
4 P o r t V a lv e 3 P o r t V a lv e
PSI MPa PSI MPa
350 2.5 350 2.5
A B A
a b
b
300 P T 300 P T
2.0 2.0
P
P
A
1.5 1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
a
200 200 P T
1.0 1.0
P A
100 P B 100 P A
0.5 0.5
A T
B T A T
0 0
0 0
E
0 5 10 15 16 L /min 0 5 10 1516 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow rate Flow rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of
measurement is given in the figure below.
Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the
waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.
Presssure Detector
(.03)
0.75
(1.28)
(1.22)
32.5
31
The connector can be moved to various
positions by loosening the "Lock Nut".
After location tighten "Lock Nut".
Cable Departure
Tank Port "T" Cable Applicable:
Cylinder Port "A" Four positions of cable Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
departure are available in 90˚ Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
increments. (.0023 Sq. in.)
263 48
(10.35) (1.89)
96.5 53.5 E F
(3.80) (2.11)
C
(2.36)
SOL a
(2.45)
SOL b
62.3
60
(1.50)
(1.26)
38
32
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F
108 64 39 27.5
DSLG-01-4-O-D -N
(4.25) (2.52) (1.54) (1.08)
111 57.2 51 34
DSLG-01-4-O-R -N
(4.37) (2.25) (2.01) (1.34)
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
3 Port Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
N o r m a lly O p e n T y p e : N o r m a lly C lo s e d T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11/1190 DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11/1190
(.03)
0.75
(1.59) (3.39) (1.59) (.89)
(1.28)
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.22)
32.5
32.5
31
31
Tank Port " T"
5.5(.22) Dia. Through Tank Port " T" 5.5(.22) Dia. Through
E
9.5(.37) C' bore 9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places 4 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Departure
151.5 151.5
C
(2.05)
SOL b
(2.17)
(2.17)
SOL a
(2.05)
55.1
55.1
52
(1.50)
52
(1.50)
(1.10)
(1.10)
38
38
28
28
13.5
13.5
70 (.53)
Mounting Surface (.53)
(2.76) 70
(O-Rings Furnished) Mounting Surface (2.76)
(O-Rings Furnished)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E
104 64 39
DSLG-01-3- -D -N
(4.09) (2.52) (1.54)
107 57.2 51
DSLG-01-3- -R -N
(4.21) (2.25) (2.01)
Cable departure position can be changed. See "4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
4 Port Valve
24 25
27 18 42 40 41 1 28
23
21
20
24 21 23 25 11 12 13 4 5 14 16 15 19 2 3 6 7
3 Port Valve
8 9 10 5 25 28
The Yuken Multi-Purpose Control Valves Comply with The Needs of Reducing Cost and
Size of Your Machine
YUKEN's Multi Purpose Control Valve s are compound valves composed of the main valve having four poppets, 1/8
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves for pilot and Pilot Selector Valves. This valve is multifunctionalized by having
individual poppet had functions such as directional control, flow control or pressure control according to the combination
of the main valve and pilot selector valve.
Features
Multi-purpose control valves
The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control
and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves
contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for
installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your
machines. E
Quick response, High reliability
Orifice
By selecting proper diameter of orifice
for pilot, the open/close timing of the
flow passage can be set freely.
Pilot Selector Valve
X Y
X T T Y
Section X-X Section Y-Y
Spring
Main Valve
Seat
Shockless Type Poppet
Solenoid Ratings
Refer to Pilot Valve (DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valve) Solenoid Ratings on page 345.
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Valve
Model Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx.
Thread Thread Thread
Numbers Model Mass Model Mass Model Mass
Size Size Size
Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.)
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT 4.4 (9.7)
DSLHG-04
DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 7.4 (16.3)
DSLHG-06
DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080 1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090 1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSLHG-10
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
These sub-plates are sharable with those for DSHG Series Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valve. For dimensions,
see pages 401 to 403.
Mounting Bolts
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
E
Socket Head Cap Screw
-E T -A100 -C -N -13
Pilot 2 Electrical
Drain Coil Manual Design
Connection Conduit Design Standards
Connection Type Override Number
Connection
AC :
13 None:
A100 None:
A120
Japanese Std. "JIS"
Terminal
A200 Box Type 90:
None: None: A240 None: N.American Design Std.
Internal Pilot External Manual
Drain Override 13
DC:
Pin
D12
D24
E: T: C:
External Pilot Internal D48 Push None:
N: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
Drain Button & Plug-in European Design Std.
R: Lock Nut Connector
(AC DC) (Options) Type 13 90:
R100 N.American Design Std.
R200
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
b a
DSLHG- -1
PT
T A P B Y
A B
Position #1 #2 #3 Directional
Control Functions as Three Position
SOL a ON OFF OFF P T
b a Four-Way Valve (Spring
DSLHG- -2
b a
DSLHG- -4A
#1 #2 #3 A B
A B A B
Directional Directional
Control Control Pressure control function
P T P T (counterbalance valve) has
PT
T A P B Y been added to Type "2" to
Type "4" make this type.
Position #1 #2 #3
SOL a ON OFF OFF
b a SOL b OFF OFF ON Used to control the back
DSLHG- -4W
A B A B
Directional Directional
Control Control
P T P T
T A P B Y
a b
DSLHG- -5A
#1 #2 #3 #4 A B A B
A B Directional Directional
Control Control Pressure control function
P T P T (counterbalance valve) has
T A P B Y PT been added to Type "3" to
make this type.
Type "5" Position #1 #2 #3 #4
SOL a ON OFF ON OFF
a b
SOL b OFF OFF ON ON
Used to control the back
DSLHG- -5W
A B A B
Directional Directional
Control Control
P T P T
T A P B Y
Instructions
Pilot Pressure
Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P ".
Flow Adjustment
To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the
flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Pressure Adjustment
To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase
the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
E
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
U.S.GPM L/min
4 15 DSLHG-10-2
Min. Flow Rate
3 DSLHG-06-2
10
0
0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 MPa
Differential Pressure
PSI MPa
D S L H G -0 4 PSI MPa
D S L H G -0 6 PSI MPa
D S L H G -1 0
1.0 1.0 1.0
125 125 P A 125 B T
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
0.8 0.8 0.8
100 P A, P B 100 P B 100 P A, P B
0.6 0.6 0.6
75 75 75
A T A T
0.4 0.4 50 0.4
50 50
25 0.2 25 0.2 25 0.2
A T, B T B T
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 150 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min 0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
D S L H G -0 4 D S L H G -0 6 D S L H G -1 0
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
40
P: Differential Pres. 80
P: Differential Pres. P: Differential Pres.
150 300 130 500
140 120 P=21
35 70 (3050)
400
Flow Rate
250 100
120 P=14
30 60 80 (2030)
300
P=MPa(PSI)
100 200
25 P=MPa(PSI) 50 60 P=7(1020)
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 25 50 75 100 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 L /min 0 100 200 300 L /min
Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-04-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T "
Fully Extended 277(10.91)
Electrical Conduit Connection
Fully Extended 101.6(4.00) Pilot Pressure Port "X"
"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
96(3.78) 34.1(1.34) (For External Pilot Type only)
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
35(1.38)
(3.54)
(2.75)
(2.75)
(2.09)
69.9
69.9
90
11(.43) Dia. Through
(.06)
50 1.6 SOL b SOL a
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.97)
4 Places
Cylinder Port "A" Pilot Drain Port "Y"
281.8 (11.09)
263.5 (10.37)
(For External Drain Type only)
7(.28) Dia. Through
216.5 (8.52)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places Cylinder Port "B"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Electrical Conduit Connection
"BT"
E
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C" Thd. (Both Ends) "AT"
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15) 46
AC : 50.7(2.00) (1.81) "PA"
"PB"
Manual
Actuator
27
(1.06)
193.5 (7.62)
"AT"
(2.87)
31
"PA"
DSLHG-04- - -1390 1/2 NPT
41
(.16)
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended 283.3(11.15) Fully Extended
1 277(10.91)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing above. For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-4W"
drawing left.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -13/1390 3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09) DSLHG-04-5A- - -13/1390
SOL b SOL a
SOL b SOL a
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex.
326.8 (12.87)
Counterbalance Pressure
308.5 (12.15)
Adj. Screw
261.5 (10.30)
90(3.54)
35(1.38)
(2.81)
(2.75)
71.5
69.9
11(.43) Dia. Through 50
(.06)
1.6
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.97)
4 Places
Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Cylinder Port "A"
(For External Drain Type only)
7(.28) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "B"
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places Cable Departure
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Cable Applicable:
AC : 196.4(7.73)
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15) Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00) F The position of the Plug-in connector
can be changed as illustrated left by
loosening the lock nut. After com-
pletion of the change, be sure to tighten
D
SOL b SOL a the lock nut with the torque as specified
left.
193.5(7.62)
Manual Actuator
E 6(.24) Dia.
"BT"
"AT"
(1.22)
73(2.87)
"PB" 31
(1.61)
"PA"
41
Lock Nut
3(.12) Dia.
(.16)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-04- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 258.5(10.18) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-04- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 269.5(10.61) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-04- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 272.5(10.73) 34 (1.34)
DSLHG-04-3- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12)
53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
E
216.5
(8.52)
"AT" "BT"
"PA" "PB"
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-04-3-A -N 53 (2.09) 281.5 (11.08) DIMENSIONS IN
DSLHG-04-3-D -N 64 (2.52) 292.5 (11.52) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-04-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 299.5 (11.63)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 - -N" drawing above.
2
Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
D
SOL b SOL a SOL b SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
"BT"
"AT"
E
"AT"
213.5
(8.41)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex.
(5.51)
140
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
(2.87)
"PA"
DEC. "PA"
E
73
"PB"
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 - -N on the previous page.
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
E
INC.
"BT"
(10.30)
261.5
"AT"
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT"
(5.35)
"PA" "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended Fully Extended
283.3(11.15) 277(10.91)
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
SOL b SOL a
306.8 (12.08)
(For External Pilot 77
288.5 (11.36)
(3.03) Cylinder Port "B"
Type only)
241.5 (9.51)
13.5(.53) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "A"
20(.79) Dia. Spotface "BT"
6 Places Electrical Conduit Connection "AT"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
46 "PA"
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
(1.81) "PB"
AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b 1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-2 "
27
283.8 (11.17)
265.5 (10.45)
(1.06)
drawing left.
218.5 (8.60)
"BT"
"AT"
Model Numbers "C" Thd.
90(3.54)
"PA" "PB"
(1.97)
41
14(.55) Hex.
306.8 (12.08)
INC. "BT"
288.5 (11.36)
"AT"
241.5 (9.51)
"AT"
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex.
165 (6.50)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above.
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W"
drawing left.
DSLHG-06-5W- -13/1390
Fully Extended 3 99(3.90)
309(12.17)
(.12) 53 DSLHG-06-5A- -13/1390
(2.09) Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
361.8 (14.24)
"BT"
"AT"
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex. "AT"
Flow Adj. Screw
165(6.50)
Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
Tank Port " T" Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 350(13.78)
Fully Extended 130.2(5.13) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
97.8(3.85) (For External Drain Type only)
53.2
(2.09)
92.1(3.63)
(1.81)
46.1
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
(For External Pilot Type only) 77 Cylinder Port "B"
(3.03)
Cable Departure
13.5(.53) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "A"
Cable Applicable:
20(.79) Dia. Spotface Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
6 Places DC/R :204.4(8.05)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15) F
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual Actuator
E
6(.24) Dia.
D
SOL a SOL b
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
27
218.5 (8.60)
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
E
"BT"
DEC. "AT"
90(3.54)
"PB"
"PA"
(1.97)
(.24) (1.61)
50
41
Mounting Surface 6(.24) Dia.
6
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-06- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 283.5 (11.16) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-06- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 294.5 (11.59) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-06- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 297.5 (11.71) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-06-3- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
E
241.5(9.51)
"AT" "BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-06-3-A -N 53 (2.09) 306.5 (12.07) DIMENSIONS IN
DSLHG-06-3-D -N 64 (2.52) 317.5 (12.50) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-06-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 320.5 (12.62)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 - -N" drawing above.
D
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex.
SOL a SOL b SOL a SOL b
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex. "BT"
INC. "AT"
E
"AT"
(9.51)
241.5
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
(6.50)
"BT"
165
Flow Adj. Screw
"PA"
6(.24) Hex. Soc. "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.
3 99(3.90)
(.12) Fully Extended
Fully Extended 53
154.5(6.08)
309(12.17) (2.09)
D
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
E
"BT" "AT"
(11.67)
296.5
"AT"
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
(6.50)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W- -N"
D E
drawing left.
DSLHG-06-5W-A -N 53 (2.09) 361.5 (14.23)
DSLHG-06-5W-D -N 64 (2.52) 372.5 (14.67)
DSLHG-06-5W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 375.5 (14.78)
DIMENSIONS IN
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1
2 - -N on the previous page. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
158.8(6.25)
198(7.80)
(3.23)
79.4
SOL b SOL a
373.8 (14.72)
355.5 (14.00)
308.5 (12.15)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface 114.3 Cylinder Port "B" "BT"
6 Places "AT"
(4.50)
Pilot Pressure Port "X" Cylinder Port "A"
(For External Pilot Type only)
"PA" "PB"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Electrical Conduit Connection
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C " Thd. (Both Ends)
E
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15) 46
AC : 50.7(2.00) (1.81) For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-1 "
Flow Adj. Screw 2
6(.24) Hex. Soc. drawing left
SOL a SOL b
DEC.
(1.06)
332.5 (13.09)
285.5 (11.24)
(1.77)
"PB"
45
"PA"
72
DIMENSIONS IN
(.24)
Mounting Surface
6
6(.24) Dia.
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
"BT"
373.8 (14.72)
INC.
308.5 (12.15)
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
428.8 (16.88)
14(.55) Hex.
410.5 (16.16)
"BT"
363.5 (14.31)
(6.25)
(7.80)
158.8
198
(3.23)
79.4
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 114.3
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface (4.50) Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
Pilot Pressure Port "X" Cylinder Port "A" Cable Departure
(For External Pilot Type only) Cable Applicable:
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
AC : 196.4(7.73) Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00) F
D
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex.
SOL a SOL b
27
Flow Adj. Screw Manual Actuator
(1.06)
6(.24) Hex. Soc. 6(.24) Dia.
285.5(11.24)
E
DEC.
"BT"
"AT"
132(5.20)
(1.77)
45
"PB"
"PA"
(2.83)
72
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-10- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 350.5 (13.80) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-10- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 361.5 (14.23) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-10- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 364.5 (14.35) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-10-3- -N-13/1390
3 99
(.12) (3.90)
53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
308.5 (12.15)
E
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
"PB"
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-10-3-A -N 53 (2.09) 373.5 (14.70) DIMENSIONS IN
DSLHG-10-3-D -N 64 (2.52) 384.5 (15.14) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-10-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 387.5 (15.26)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10- 1 - -N" drawing above.
2
Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Fully Extended
Fully Extended
309(12.17) 154.5(6.08)
D
Counterbalance Pressure SOL a SOL b SOL a SOL b
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex. "BT"
INC. "AT" "AT"
308.5 (12.15)
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex.
E
232 (9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw "BT"
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
"PB"
E
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- 2 - -N on the previous page.
SOL b SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"AT" "BT"
"AT"
363.5 (14.31)
E
1
DIMENSIONS IN
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- 2 - -N on the previous page. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-04/06/10- 1 - -13/1390
2
26 27 14 25
T A T B
o rA o rP 14 o rB o rP
f
c ef ce SOL a SOL b
c ef c ef
ifi ifi 24 i fi ifi
Or Or 12 7 Or Or
13 13 13 13
Y Z
Y Z
Section Y-Y Section Z-Z
21
23 22
10 23
9 20 18 15 6 5 3 4 16 11 17 1 6 7 8 2 19
DSLHG-04/06/10-3- -13/1390
SOL b SOL a
26
24
List of Seals for Main Valves Item 24 Pilot Selector Valve List
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty. Multi-Purpose 24
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06 DSLHG-10 Control Valve Pilot Selector Valve
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-G40 4 Model Numbers Model Numbers
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P30 SO-NB-P42 4
DSLHG-04-1 CG-04-1-10
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P14 2
DSLHG-04-2 CG-04-2-10
18 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 SO-NA-P10 SO-NA-P16 4
DSLHG-04-3 CG-04-3-10
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P11 4
DSLHG-06-1 CG-06-1-10
20 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 SO-BB-P10 SO-BB-P16 4
DSLHG-06-2 CG-06-2-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on DSLHG-06-3 CG-06-3-10
page 478.
DSLHG-10-1 CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-2 CG-06-2-10
Item 13 Orifice DSLHG-10-3 CG-06-3-10
The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by
Note: For details of Pilot Selector Valve, see page 476.
selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of
the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard
built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in
the table below.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Orifice Type TP-OPT-1/16 x d
Orifice Diameter "d" mm
Model Numbers Standard Max. Dia. at Pressure
Selectable
Built-in over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)
DSLHG-04 1.0 0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
1.2
DSLHG-06 1.2 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8
DSLHG-10 1.4 2.0, 2.5 1.4
36 37 33 32
PA
PB
AT
BT
r
r
r
r
fo
fo
fo
fo
ce
ce
ce
ce
i
i
i
i
rif
rif
rif
ri f
25 1
O
O
13 13 13 13
31 31
W Z
W Z
Section W-W Section Z-Z
28 30
30 29
16 12
19
21 3 10 15 18 17 14 22 20 27 23 6 5 8 7 19 24 26 3
11
E
DSLHG-04/06/10-4A- -12/1290
2 6 5 9 19 7 11 12
Note) Main valve is the same as above drawings.
CG-04/06-1-10
X
X
12 1 15 5 2 7 6 14 8 13 10 17 9
Section X-X
CG-04/06-2-10
X
X
Section X-X
3 16 11 4 12 1 15 5 2 7 14 8 6 13 10 17 9
CG-04/06-3-10
X
X
4 11 16 3 14 8 13 10 18 12 1 15 5 2 7 9 6 14 8
Section X-X
List of Seals
CG-04 CG-06
Item Name of Parts Quantity Quantity
Part Numbers Part Nmbers
CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3 CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 3 5 5 SO-NB-P10 3 5 5
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 7 7 8 SO-NB-P9 7 7 8
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 2 2 SO-NB-P8 2 2
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 1 1 SO-NB-A014 1 1
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
CG-04/06-4W-10
Y
3 4 2 30 28 19 20 24 6 25 1 13 12 17 29 23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
10 12 26 27 22 11 32 31 Y 26 16 14 18 21 15
CG-04/06-4A-10
1 21 15 14 16 26 13 12 1
CG-04/06-5W-10
Y Y
3 4 2 30 28 19 20 24 6 25 18 17 1 29 23
8
Section Y-Y
7
5 Y Y
32 31
List of Seals
CG-04 CG-06
Item Name of Parts Quantity Quantity
Part Numbers Part Nmbers
-4W- -4A- -5W- -5A- -4W- -4A- -5W- -5A-
24 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 2 1 2 1 SO-NB-P16 2 1 2 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2 1 2 1 SO-NB-P11 2 1 2 1
26 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 3 4 SO-NB-P10 3 4
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 2 2 SO-NB-P8 2 2
28 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 2 1 2 1 SO-NA-P9 2 1 2 1
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 8 8 8 8 SO-NB-P9 8 8 8 8
30 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 2 1 2 1 SO-BB-P9 2 1 2 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
Pilot Connectio n and Drain Connectio n can be change d easily with a disconnection/connectio n of pilot plug. The
following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal
Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.
E
DSLHG-04
D
E Pipe Plug 1
DSLHG-06/10
Pipe Plug 2 for Pipe Plug 4 for
Pilot Connection Drain Connection Selection
Selection
SOL a SOL b
D
E
Thread "Y"
Solenoid Ratings
Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Electric Frequency
Coil Type Source Serviceable Inrush Holding Power
Source (Hz)
Rating Range (A) (A) (W)
50 100 80 - 100 1.12 0.55 Graphic Symbol
A100 100 0.95 0.40
60 90 - 120 X
110 0.86 0.36
50 96 - 132 0.93 0.46
A120 120
60 108 - 144 0.79 0.33
AC
50 200 160 - 220 0.56 0.28
A200 200 0.48 0.20 Y
60 180 - 240
220 0.43 0.18 Instructions
50 192 - 264 0.47 0.23 Direction of flow when the
A240 240
60 216 - 288 0.40 0.17 solenoid is energised
D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.20 These valves do not allow flow from
DC D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.10 26
(K Series) Y to X when the solenoid is energised.
D48 48 43.2 - 52.8 0.55
At the time of test run
AC DC R100 100 90 - 110 0.30
50/60 26 At the time of test run, there is a
Rectified R200 200 180 - 220 0.15
possibility that the oil may not flow
CDSC-01 is available with coil type “D24” only. even after the solenoid is energised
Because both AC and DC solenoids employ the plug-in type electrical wiring, the valve can be because of the residual air in the
removed without removing the wiring. (Coil type of CDSC-01 is flying lead wire only.) valve.
Being 50-60 Hz common service AC solenoids, do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is
changed. Mounting
K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed. There are no mounting restrictions
(Coil type of CDSC-01 is with Surge Suppressor.) for any models.
Model Number Designation
F- CD S T -03 -C -D1 2 -21
Special Seals Series Number Type of Connection Valve Size Valve Type Coil Type Design Number Design Standard
C: Cartridge 01 DC D24 10 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
F: CDS: European Design Std.
Type 03 21 90: N. American Design Std.
Special seals Solenoid C: AC A100, A120
for phosphate Operated 03W (Piping Size 1/4) Normally A200, A240 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
ester type Poppet T: Threaded 21 80: European Design Std.
fluids Type Connection 03 (Piping Size 3/8) Closed DC D12, D24, D100 90: N. American Design Std.
(Omit if not Two-Way AC DC Rectified None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
G: Gasket
required) Valves 03 R100, R200 21 European Design Std.
Mounting 90: N. American Design Std.
Mounting Bolts
Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).
Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)
Valve Model Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS
N. American Design Standard
European Design Standard
CDSG-03 M6 60 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4Lg.
Pressure Drop
● CDSC-01 Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2 (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI MPa
200 1.5
X
Pressure Drop P
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
150
1.0
Y
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
X Viscosity
100 Y→ SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.5 Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
50
Y For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
X→
0 from the formula below.
0
5 10 15 L/min P' = P (G'/0.850)
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
● CDSC-03
● CDST-03
● CDSG-03 ● CDST-03W
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI MPa
1.6
PSI MPa
1.6 E
200 200
Pressure Drop P
1.2 1.2
Pressure Drop P
X X
150 150
0.8 Y 0.8
100 100 Y
X X Y
Y Y X
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body
as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the
formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an
example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.
Test Circuit Pressure Detector
T2
SOL
ON OFF
Time
(.20)
5
AWG 18
65 (2.56) 25.5(1.00)
(5.51)
Flying Lead Wire
140
48 19(.75)
(1.89)
14 0.1
(.55) (.004)
M20 × 1 Thd.
Across Flats
14.5(.57)
24(.94)
R
Dia.
MODEL
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
VOLTAGE
DC24V
12(.47) Dia.
YUKEN KOGYO CO., LTD. JAPAN
38(1.50) Dia.
30 Coil
(1.18) Core Tightening End Nut
Tightening torque Tightening torque
: 25.5 - 30.6 Nm (230 - 270 IN. lbs) : 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (35 - 52 IN. lbs)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Details of Mounting Holes
Port "Y"
2.9(.114) How to Mount
12.027(.4735)
12.000(.4724)
Dia.
2.5(.098)
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
Dia.
19(.75)
3.2 1.6
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
Port "X"
A
R0.1 - 0.3(R.004 - .012) M20 × 1 Thd.
6.2(.244)
0.1(.004)
6.0(.236) Dia.
16 Dia. A
(.630)
Note: The fitting portion of o-rings should have a good machined finish.
CDSC-03-C-A -21/2190
29(1.14)
(1.57)
Dia.
40
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia ................ 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area .......... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
The position can be changed by 27.5 Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
loosening the nut . Be sure to (1.08) Tightening Torque
retighten the nut after changing
the position.
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
E
86
Three positions of cable departure (3.39)
54 20
are available in 90 increments.
(2.13) (.79) Space Needed to Remove Coil
Nut 19
(1.89)
Tightening Torque
48
: 6.0-7.5Nm (53-66 in. 1bs.)
(2.72)
(1.54)
69
39
(3.47)
88.2
Coil
(.94) (.70)
24 17.7
(1.24)
31.5
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26 Free Flow Outlet
O-Ring Port "X"
16(.63) Dia. M30 1.5 Thd.
SO-NB-P12
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
35(1.38)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Details of Mounting Holes
32.9(1.295)
Dia.
15 32.7(1.287) How to Mount
28.4 (1.12) When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
M30 1.5 Thd. Dia. A 1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
R 0.2 2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 35 (1.38) Dia.
(.14)
(R .008)
(.55) 3.5
14
(.71)
45˚
20˚
(.04)
14 (.55)
Max.
1
Dia.
"Y"
"X"
16.027(.6310)
Dia.
16.000(.6299)
Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.
Nut
100.5 Tightening Torque
27.5 : 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
(3.96)
(1.08)
64 24.5
Three positions of cable departure Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.52) (.96)
are available in 90 increments.
(2.05)
15
52
(.59)
(2.96)
75.2
(1.54)
39
(.74)
18.7
Coil
(1.24)
31.5
47(1.85)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CDSC-03-C-R -21/2190
103.5 Nut
(4.07) Tightening Torque
34 57.2 : 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
24.5
(1.34) (2.25) (.96)
15 Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.05)
52
(.59)
(2.09)
53
(2.96)
75.2
Coil
(.74)
18.7
(1.24)
31.5
47(1.85)
Dia.
(1.89)
are available in 90 increments. 54 25
48
(2.13) (.98)
Model Numbers "A" Thd.
CDST-03W-C- -21 Rc 1/4
CDST-03-C- -21 Rc 3/8
(1.54)
(2.72)
39
69
CDST-03W-C- -2180 1/4 BSP.F
CDST-03-C- -2180 3/8 BSP.F
(4.67)
118.5
(4.18)
106.2
CDST-03W-C- -2190 1/4 NPT
(1.43)
36.2
CDST-03-C- -2190 3/8 NPT
(.71)
(.75) (.73)
19 18.5
18
(1.46)
37
(1.95)
(1.93)
E
(2.36) 50
"A" Thd. (Opposite Side)
(1.97)
(2.05)
64 25 57.2 25
52
52
(2.52) (.98) (2.25) (.98)
(2.09)
53
(2.96)
(2.96)
(1.54)
75.2
75.2
39
(1.46)
(1.46)
37.2
37.2
(2.13) (.98)
(1.54)
39
Free Flow
Mounting Surface
Outlet Port "X" Mounting surface should have
(4.67)
118.5
(1.43)
36.2
(.04)
1
(1.95)
49.5
CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
5 7 12 6 8 3 4 10 11 14 2 1 13
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No. 1 Coil No. 12 Connector Ass'y No.
CDS -03 -C-A100 CSA1-100-20 C-CSA1-100-20
CDS -03 -C-A120 CSA1-120-20 C-CSA1-120-20
GDM-211-B-11
CDS -03 -C-A200 CSA1-200-20 C-CSA1-200-20
CDS -03 -C-A240 CSA1-240-20 C-CSA1-240-20
CDS -03 -C-D12 CSD1-12-20 C-SD1-12-50
CDS -03 -C-D24 CSD1-24-20 C-SD1-24-50 GDM-211-B-11
CDS -03 -C-D48 CSD1-48-20 C-SD1-48-50
CDS -03 -C-R100 CSR1-100-20 C-SR1-100-50
GDME-211-R-B-10
CDS -03 -C-R200 CSR1-200-20 C-SR1-200-50
48(1.89)
52(2.05)
(2.72)
(2.96)
75.2
69
18.7(.74)
17.7(.70)
A
A
Body Body
A A
Body Body
Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains
unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.
The dimensions of the body remain unchanged.
High-response
High response is provided by the poppet design.
Smallest internal leakage
Internal leakage are very small, less than 5 drips per min., which is
achieved by the poppet design.
Two mounting types: cartridge and sub-plate
Mounting dimensions for both types conform to ISO standard.
Water-proof type (conforming to JIS D 0203 Water Spray Test
32) is also available.
E
Port Port
"2" "1"
Graphic Symbol
1
Specifications
Shut-off Type
Approx.
Max. Operating Pressure
Max. Mass
1 Internal
Max. Flow Changeover kg(1bs.)
leakage
Model Numbers L /min 2 Frequency
Port "1" cm3/min
(U.S.GPM) Port min-1
(cu.in./min)
"2" (Cycles/Min) AC DC
"1" to "2" "2" to "1"
Flow Flow
3
DSPC-01-C- -20 4 40 or Less 0.45 (1.0) 0.6 (1.3)
300
DSPG-01-C- -20 3 (10.6) 0.25 (.015) 1.45 (3.2) 1.6 (3.5)
3
10 (1450) 16 (2320) 25 (3630)
DSPC-03-C- -10 80 or Less 0.9 (2.0) 1.0 (2.2)
240
DSPG-03-C- -10 3 (21.1) 0.25 (.015) 3.8 (8.4) 3.9 (8.6)
1. Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details, see page 491.
2. Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of the
line in the oil.
3. Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.
4. In the case of "DSPC-01-C-D ", use iron material for installation body (cabity).
F: AC
DSP: C:
Special Seals 01 A 100 20 None: Japanese Std.
Shut-Off Type Cartridge Type C:
for Phosphate A 200 "JIS" & European
Ester Type Solenoid Normally Design Std.
Fluids Operated G: Closed
DC 90: N. American
(Omit if not Directional Sub-plate 03 D12 10 Design Std.
required) Valves Mounting
D24
Solenoid Ratings
1. Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
2. K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Model
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSPG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40 Rc 3/8 DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSPG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Valve Model Numbers Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
M5 50 Lg. 5-7 Nm
DSPG-01 European Design Standard
(44 -62 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC 2 Lg.
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
M6 80 Lg. 12-15 Nm
DSPG-03 European Design Standard
(106 -133 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC 3-1/4 Lg.
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50°C(122°F)]
Flow Rate 0 0
6 80 %V 6 Poppet Shift
20 20 90 %V Max.
(50 Hz)
4 Direction of flow Direction of flow
4 T1 T2
"1" "2" 90 %V "1" "2"
2
10 (60 Hz)
2
10
Shut-off Type
20 of flow 20
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
5 20 5 20
0 0 5 10 15 20 25MPa 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
Pressure Drop
DSPC/DSPG-01 DSPC/DSPG-03
PSI MPa
2.5 PSI MPa
350 3.0
DSPG
400
300 2.0
350 DSPG
P
300 2.0
Pressure Drop
1.5
Pressure Drop
200 250
200
1.0 DSPC
150 1.0
100 DSPC
100
0.5
50
0 0 20 40 60 80 L /min
0 0 10 20 30 40 L /min
06 82 10 U.S.GPM
4
0 5 10 15 20 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
2 obtained from the formula below.
mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity P' = P(G'/0.850)
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
16.85(.6634)
16.82(.6622)
after changing the position.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
4.5
Dia.
(2.09)
Conductor Area Port "1"
(3.35)
53
.....Not Exceeding (.18)
85
1.5m m 2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(.79)
20
(3.94)
100
(.94)
24
48(1.89) Dia.
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".
Dia.
Min.
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
14.5(.571)
18.6(.732)
18.5(.728)
Dia.
0.3(.012) 2.9(.114)
0.2(.008) 2.5(.098) 3
15
How to Mount
17.027(.6703)
17.000(.6693)
R 0.1-0.3
3.2
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
33(1.30)
Dia.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
Dia.
45
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
1.6
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
3 A
Port "2"
0.1(.004) A Min.
Dia. 14.5(.571)
3. Port diameter of 6.2 (.244) Dia. recommended.
4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
M20 1.5 Thd. Max.
20.5(.807)
24.95(.98)
Be sure to retighten the nut 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. in.) (.87)
after changing the position. Port "1"
Dia.
19.5
(2.43)
5 (.77)
61.8
(3.97)
100.8
(.20)
22.85(.8996)
22.82(.8984)
Core Tightening End
22(.87) Across Flats 1
Dia.
(1.06)
27
4
Manual Actuator (.16)
6.3(.25) Dia. O-Ring
32 O -Ring
Nut 2 SO-NB-A018
(1.26)
SO-NB-A119
M27 2 Thd.
E
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)
Shut-off Type
(2.91)
73.8
(4.74)
120.3
(1.36)
34.5
69(2.72) Dia.
37.6(1.480)
37.2(1.465)
35.9(1.413)
35.5(1.398)
Min.
22(.866)
25.1(.988)
25.0(.984)
0.3(.012) 3.5(.138)
3
0.2(.008) 3.1(.122) Port "1"
-2 ˚
0
˚
3.2
(R .004-.012)
23.033(.9068)
23.000(.9055)
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
36(1.42)
Dia.
45˚
1.6 cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
(1.22)
(1.28)
32.5
48
31
(2.09)
(3.54)
53
90
(1.93)
(1.69)
49
43
(.98)
25
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Models with DC Solenoids
137.5
(5.41)
83.5
(3.29) 27.5
27 39
(1.08)
(1.06) (1.54)
(2.52)
64
(3.98)
101
(.98)
25
22
(.87)
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
(2.76)
(1.81)
70
46
2
2
(4.30)
109.3
(2.72)
(2.76)
69
70
(1.40)
35.5
Shut-off Type
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Models with DC Solenoids
187
(7.36)
27.5 114
(4.49)
(1.08) 39 35
(1.54) (1.38)
(2.91)
73.8
(4.78)
121.3
(1.40)
35.5
32
(1.26)
13
16 8 17 10 2
18 12 11 7 5 4 6 9 15 3 1
List of Seals
DSP -01 DSP -03
Item Name of Parts Remarks
Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty.
8 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 1 SO-NA-P12 1
9 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 1 SO-NB-A017 1
10 O-Ring SO-NB-A015 1 SO-NB-A018 1
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 SO-NB-A014 5
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 SO-NB-A119 1 only for "DSPG"
17 Back Up Ring 5701-VK413831-9 2 2691-VK418550-0 2
Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No. 12 Coil No. 13 Connector No.
DSPC-01-C- -20 KS-DSPC-01-C-10
DSPC-03-C- -10 KS-DSPC-03-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090 SA1-100-N-6055 C-SA1-100-N-60
DSPG-01-C- -20 KS-DSPG-01-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090 SA1-200-N-6055 C-SA1-200-N-60
DSPG-03-C- -10 KS-DSPG-03-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090 SD1-12-N-6055 C-SD1-12-N-60
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090 SD1-24-N-6055 C-SD1-24-N-60
GDM-211-B-11
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090 SA3-100-N-5130 C-SA3-100-N-50
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090 SA3-200-N-5130 C-SA3-200-N-50
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D12-10/1090 SD3-12-N-5130 C-SD3-12-N-50
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D24-10/1090 SD3-24-N-5130 C-SD3-24-N-50
Max. U.S.GPM
Operating .3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
Graphic
Valve Type Pressure Page
Symbols
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
MPa (PSI)
L /min
In-Line
(CIT) 02 03 06 10
Threaded Connection(CP T)
Pilot Operated Sub-plate Mounting(CP G) 03 06 10
25 504
Check Valves (3630)
Flanged Connection(CP F) 10 16
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Rated Flow Max. Operating Pres. Cracking Pres. Approx. Mass
Model Numbers
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090 16 (4.23) 0.1 (.22)
CIT-03- -50/5080/5090 30 (7.93) 25 0.04 (6) 0.3 (.66)
0.35 (50)
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090 85 (22.5) (3630) 0.5 (70) 0.8 (1.8)
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090 230 (60.8) 2.3 (5.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090
Outlet Port Inlet Port
FREE
mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "D" Thd.
A B
CIT-02- -50 58 (2.28) 19 (.75) Rc 1/4 DIMENSIONS IN
CIT-02- -5080 65 (2.56) 22 (.87) 1/4 BSP.F MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CIT-02- -5090 58 (2.28) 19 (.75) 1/4 NPT
CIT-03- -50 76 (2.99) Rc 3/8
CIT-03- -5080 83 (3.27) 27 (1.06) 3/8 BSP.F
CIT-03- -5090 76 (2.99) 3/8 NPT
CIT-06- -50 95 (3.74) Rc 3/4
CIT-06- -5080 102 (4.02) 41 (1.61) 3/4 BSP.F
CIT-06- -5090 95 (3.74) 3/4 NPT
CIT-10- -50 Rc 1-1/4
CIT-10- -5080 133(5.24) 60 (2.36) 1-1/4 BSP.F
CIT-10- -5090 1-1/4 NPT
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
CIT-02
PSI MPa
100 0.7 CIT-02-50
Pressure Drop ΔP
0.6
80
60 CIT-02-35
0.4
40
0.2
20 CIT-02-04
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-03
PSI MPa
E
100 0.7
Pressure Drop ΔP
80 0.6
CIT-03-50
60 0.4
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-06
PSI MPa
100 0.7 CIT-06-50
Pressure Drop ΔP
0.6
80
60 0.4
CIT-06-35
40
0.2
20 CIT-06-04
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-10
PSI MPa
100 0.7
Pressure Drop ΔP
CIT-10-50
80 0.6
60 0.4
40 CIT-10-35
0.2
20 CIT-10-04
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Rated Flow Max. Operating Pres. Cracking Pres. Approx. Mass
Type of Connection Model Numbers
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 0.9 (2.0)
Threaded Connection CRT-06- -50/5080/5090 125 (33) 25 (3630) 0.35 (50) 1.7 (3.7)
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 5.6 (12.3)
CRG-03- -50/5090 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 1.7 (3.7)
Sub-plate Mounting CRG-06- -50/5090 125 (33) 25 (3630) 0.35 (50) 2.9 (6.4)
CRG-10- -50/5090 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 5.5 (12.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread kg (lbs.)
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
CRGM-03-50 Rc 3/8 CRGM-03-5080 3/8 BSP.F CRGM-03-5090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CRG-03
CRGM-03X-50 Rc 1/2 CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CRGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 CRGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F CRGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
CRG-06
CRGM-06X-50 Rc 1 CRGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F CRGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
CRGM-10-50 Rc 1-1/4 CRGM-10-5080 1-1/4 BSP.F CRGM-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
CRG-10
CRGM-10X-50 Rc 1-1/2 CRGM-10X-5080 1-1/2 BSP.F CRGM-10X-5090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection
valves described below. Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
For details, contact us. Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Max. Operating Model Japanese Standard "JIS" Qty.
Rated Flow N.American Design Standard
Model No. Pressure Numbers European Design Standard
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) CRG-03 M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
CRF-10- -50 300 (79.3)
CRG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
CRF-16- -50 600 (159) 25 (3630)
CRG-10 M10 55 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 6
CRF-24- -50 1300 (343)
DIMENSIONS IN
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090 Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "H" Thd.
A B C D E F
F CRT-03- -50 Rc 3/8
A 38
"H" Thd.
62 36 80.5 33 44
CRT-03- -5080 (1.50) 3/8 BSP.F
2 Places (2.44) (1.42) (3.17) (1.30) (1.73)
Dia
CRT-03- -5090 3/8 NPT
CRT-06- -50 Rc 3/4
54
74 45 104.5 49 54
D
C
CRG-03- -50/5090
CRG-06- -50/5090
E
Inlet Port Outlet Port
H 6
(.24)
6(.24) Dia.
F
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers Mounting Surface
A B C D E F H J
90 66.7 11.7 72 42.9 17.5 72.5 30
CRG-03 ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(3.54) (2.63) (.46) (2.83) (1.69) (.69) (2.85) (1.18)
102 79.4 11.3 93 60.3 21.4 84.5 35
CRG-06 ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(4.02) (3.13) (.44) (3.66) (2.37) (.84) (3.33) (1.38)
Locating Pin
(1.66)
42.1
FREE
6(.24) Dia.
20.3 (.80)
(3.23)
(1.69)
(4.02)
(3.54)
42.9
(1.41)
102
M10
(2.40)
(1.25)
(.83)
35.7
(.77)
82
31.8
90
19.5
21
61
CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
(.28)
7.1
(.39)
"A" Thd. 7(.28) Dia.
10
2 Places 10(.39) Deep
DIMENSIONS IN
CRGM-06-50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
102(4.02) 22(.87) Dia.
CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090 2 Places
11.3 79.4(3.13) E
"J" Thd.
8.8(.35) Dia. Through (.44) 39.7 20(.79) Deep 15
14(.55) Dia. Spotface (1.56) 4 Places (.59)
4 Places 104(4.09)
(2.37)
60.3
(1.94)
(1.75)
49.2
44.5
(.87)
F
22
C
D
(.44)
11.1
"H" Thd.
7(.28) Dia.
2 Places
10(.39) Deep
CRGM-10-50/5080/5090 140(5.51)
CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090 12(.47) 116(4.57) 28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
9.6(.38) 96.8 E
11(.43) Dia. Through 7(.28) Dia.
(3.81)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 48.4 10(.39) Deep 19
4 Places (1.91) (.75)
126(4.96)
(3.31)
84.1
(2.66)
(2.47)
67.5
D (.83)
62.7
F
(1.66)
21
42.1
C
(.66)
16.7
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
CRT-03 CRG-03
PSI MPa
PSI MPa
140 1.0 1.0
CRT-03-50 140
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
CRT-06 CRG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
200 1.4 200 1.4
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2
E
1.2
CRT-06-50 150 CRG-06-50
150 1.0 1.0
0.8 0.8
100 100
0.6 0.6 CRG-06-35
CRT-06-35
50 0.4 50 0.4 CRG-06-04
0.2 CRT-06-04 0.2
0 0 0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
Pressure Drop ΔP
List of Seals
CRT-03-50/5080/5090
CRT-06-50/5080/5090
CRT-10-50/5080/5090
5 List of Seals & Seal Kits
7
Part Numbers
4 Item Name of Parts Qty.
CRT-03 CRT-06 CRT-10
8
6
7 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 SO-NB-P24 SO-NB-P32 1
3 Seal Kit KS-CRT-03-50 KS-CRT-06-50 KS-CRT-10-50
2 When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
1 above.
CRG-03-50/5090
CRG-06-50/5090
5
CRG-10-50/5090 List of Seals & Seal Kits
7
9 Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
6 CRG-03 CRG-06 CRG-10
4 7 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 SO-NB-P24 SO-NB-P32 1
3 8 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
1
Seal Kit KS-CRG-03-50 KS-CRG-06-50 KS-CRG-10-50
2
8 When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
10
Graphic Symbols
Specifications
Rated Flow Max. Operating Pres. Cracking Pres. Approx. Mass
Type of Connection Model Numbers
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 3.0 (6.6)
0.2 (29)
Threaded Connection CPT/CPDT-06- - -50 125 (33) 25 (3630) 5.5 (12.1)
0.35 (50)
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 9.6 (21.2)
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 3.3 (7.3)
0.2 (29)
Sub-plate Mounting CPG/CPDG-06- - -50 125 (33) 25 (3630) 5.4 (11.9)
0.35 (50)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 8.5 (18.7)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included. described below.
For details, contact us.
Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Model Japanese Standard "JIS" & N.American Qty. Max. Operating
Numbers Rated Flow
European Design Standard Design Standard Model Numbers Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CP G-03 M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 MPa (PSI)
CP G-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 CP F-10- - -50 250 (66) 25 (3630)
CP G-10 M10 55 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 6 CP F-16- - -50 600 (159) 25 (3630)
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CP G-03
HGM-03X-20 Rc1/2 HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
HGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
CP G-06
HGM-06X-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
HGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
CP G-10
HGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mountingsurface should
have a good machined finish.
Sub-plates are shared with those for H Type Pressure Control Valves. Refer to pages 244 to 246 for dimensions.
E
Instructions
Operation of internal and external drain types
When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed
free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When
FREE
F
D
L
Free Flow Inlet or Reversed
Controlled Flow Outlet Port
K
E
"N" Thd.
Drain Port
C "P" Thd.
B Free Flow Outlet or
Reversed Controlled
A Flow Inlet Port "N" Thd. Pilot Port
"P" Thd.
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
A H 6
(.24)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed C B J
Controlled Flow Inlet Port
E
D
Drain Port
(O-Rings Furnished)
E
11(.43) Dia. Through Free Flow Inlet or
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface Reversed Controlled
4 Places Flow Outlet Port
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
119 89 6
(4.69) (3.50) (.24)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed 11.1 96.8 40
Controlled Flow Inlet Port (.44) (3.81) (1.57)
Drain Port
(3.31)
Locating Pin
84.1
(8.01)
203.5
FREE
6(.24) Dia.
(1.66)
42.1
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
(2.76)
70
Pilot Port
Pressure Drop
CPT-03, CPDT-03 CPG-03, CPDG-03
PSI MPa PSI MPa
175 1.2 1.0
CP T-03- -50 140
150 CP G-03- -50
120
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2 150
150 CP T-06- -20 CP G-06- -20
0.8
0.8 CP T-06- -04 100
100
CP G-06- -04
0.4 50 0.4
50
Reversed Reversed
0 Controlled Flow 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
CPT-10, CPDT-10 CPG-10, CPDG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1.8 300 2.0
250 CP T-10- -50 CP G-10- -04
CP G-10- -50
1.5 250
Pressure Drop ΔP
CP G-10- -35
1.2 200
150 CP T-10- -20 1.2
CP T-10- -04 CP G-10- -20
0.9 150
100 0.8
0.6 100
50 0.3 50 0.4 Reversed
Reversed
0 Controlled Flow 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
10
1400 Cracking Pressure
P2 P2 0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
P1 P1 0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
1200
8
PP PP
1000
6
800
P2
600 4 P1
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
400 0.04 MPa (6 PSI) PP
2
200 A
A : Min. Pilot Pressure to open the Decompression Valve
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow Only when Decompression Valve is Opened
CPDT-03, CPDG-03 CPDT-06, CPDG-06 CPDT-10, CPDG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
3500 25 3500 25 3500 25
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
2000 15 2000 15 15
2000
10 10 10
1000 1000 1000
5 5 5
0 0 0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 L/min
■ List of Seals
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
5
12
1 19
10
4 20
16
3 21
2 18
7
6 17 CPDT-03/06/10
8 11
13 15
9
List of Seals
E
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
CPT/CPDT-03 CPT/CPDT-06 CPT/CPDT-10
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P7 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 SO-NB-P29 SO-NB-P36 1
005 Series 25
517
Modular Valves (3630) 005
01 Series 31.5
535
Modular Valves (4570) 01 01
03 Series 25
577
Modular Valves (3630) 03 03
06 Series 25
619
Modular Valves (3630) 06
10 Series 25
633
Modular Valves (3630) 10
511
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the
Synthetic Fluids
model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-containing Fluids Use water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve.
Name Contamination Nominal Filtration
Specifications
Max. Operating
Valve Max. Flow 2
Series Pressure Number of Stack
Size L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
25 15
005 Series (3630) (3.96) 1 to 4 stackes
1
31.5 35 [60] 3
01 Series 1/8 (4570) (9.24 [15.9])
1 1 to 5 stackes
4 1
25 [31.5] 70 [120]
03 Series 3/8 (3630 [4570])
4
(18.5 [31.7])
1
25 500
06 Series 3/4 (3630) (132) 1 to 5 stackes
10 Series 1-1/4
25
(3630)
800
(211) F
1. The values in parentheses represent the max. flow rates for throttle modular valves
Modular Valves
(MSP) and throttle check modular valves (MSA/MSB/MSW).
2. Solenoid operated directional valve is included in the number of stack.
3. Solenoid operated directional valve is included in the number of stack. If the
working pressure is above 25 MPa (3630 PSI), the maximum number of layers in a
stack is 4 including the solenoid operated directional valve.
4. The value range in parentheses represents the tightening torque requirements if the
operating pressure is above 25 MPa (3630 PSI).
Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401 (Hydraulic fluid power four port directional control valves
mounting surface) as listed in the table below.
Name of Valve ISO Mtg. Surface Code No.
01 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
03 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
06 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
10 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Stacking Example
03 Series
3/8, Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(DSG-03)
Modular Valves
P
T
Base Plate
B W A B A B A B A (MMC-03)
Stacking sequence when using reducing valves (for "A" (Incorrect) (Correct)
or "B" line) and pilot operated check valves.
Because reducing valves are spool type, there is an internal
leakage. In the stacking sequence shown in the drawing left Solenoid Operated
(incorrect), the cylinder moves due to leakage through the Directional Valve
pilot pressure line . Pilot Operated
Consequently, retaining the position of the cylinder using Check Valve
a pilot operated check valve becomes impossible. The (for "A&B-Lines")
stacking sequence shown in the drawing right (correct) is Reducing Valve
required in order to retain the cylinder position. (for "B-Line")
P T B A P T B A
005 Series MMC-005-*-20 531 DSGM-005*-20 342 005 Series MBK-005-*-20 2.5-3.5 (22-31)
01 Series MMC-01-*-40 573 DSGM-01*-31 356 01 Series MBK-01-*-30 5-6[6-7] (44-53[53-62])
03 Series MMC-03-T-*-21 615 DSGM-03*-40 373 03 Series MBK-03-*-10 12-15 (106-133)
06 Series Consult your Yuken DHGM-06*-50 402 06 Series MBK-06-*-30 50-60 (443-531)
10 Series representative in advance. DHGM-10*-40 403 10 Series MBK-10-*-10 150-170 (1330-1505)
The value range in parentheses represents the tightening
torque requirements if the operating pressure is above 25
MPa (3630 PSI).
Assembly Mounting Bolt Kits
Assembly should be carried out in clean conditions and in accordance Solenoid Operated
with the following procedure. Cautious attention should be paid to Directional Valve
ensure that the interface of the valves are clean and free from dirt or SOL a SOL b
Modular Valves
1) To stack modular valves and solenoid operated directional valves
according to circuit requirements, match the O-ring surfaces to the Base Plate
1) Screw-in the four stud bolts(06 and 10 series: six stud bolts), fully
into the tapped holes on the mounting surface of the specified base SOL b SOL a
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the following formula.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
005 Series Change of the port hole dia. for large flow use
Base Plates MMC-005- -10 MMC-005-*-20 Yes
* (3.4 Dia. 4.3 Dia.).
Throttle Modular
MSP-01-30 MSP-01-50 Yes Modification for large flow use.
Valves
01 Series
Throttle and Check A A
MSB-01-**-40 MSB-01- -50 Yes Improved Controllability and Operatability.
Modular Valves W W **
Relief Modular
MB*-03-*-20 MB*-03-*-30 Yes Higher Operating Pressure.
Valves
03 Series
Reducing Modular P P
MRA-03-*-20 MRA-03-*-30 Yes Modification for large flow use.
Valves B B
E C A
B
"D" Dia.
"F" Thd.
Bolt Kit Model Numbers Dimensions mm (Inches) The number of the laminating
steps quantity of valves to be
"F" Thd.
stacked including solenoid
(New) 20 Design (Old) 10 Design A B C D E operated directional Valve
MBK-005-01-20 MBK-005-02-10 65(2.56) 2
MBK-005-02-20 MBK-005-03-10 95(3.74) 20 4 7 3 3
(0.79) (0.16) (0.28) (0.12) M4
MBK-005-03-20 125(4.92) 4
MBK-005-05-20 MBK-005-05-10 35(1.38) 1
MBK-005-01-2090 MBK-005-02-1090 65.1(2-9/16) 2
MBK-005-02-2090 MBK-005-03-1090 95.2(3-3/4) 22.4 4.17 6.86 3.6 3
MBK-005-03-2090 125.4(4-15/16) (0.88) (0.164) (0.27) (9/64) No.8-32 UNC 4
MBK-005-05-2090 MBK-005-05-1090 34.9(1-3/8) 1
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve 336
DSG-005-***-*-40
P T B A
Pressure Control
Releif Valves
(for "P-Line") 518
Valves
MBP-005-*-20
Reducing Valves
(for "P-Line") 521
MRP-005-*-20/2090
Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line", Metre-out)
MSA-005-X-20
Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line", Metre-in)
MSA-005-Y-20
Flow Control Valves
MPA-005-2-20
Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line") 527
MPB-005-2-20
Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A&B-Lines")
MPW-005-2-20
Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 529
MCP-005-0-20
End Plates
(Blocking plates)
Modular Plates and
530
Mounting Bolts
MDC-005-A-20
Base Plates
MMC-005-*-20/2080/2090 531
Bolts Kits
MBK-005-*-20/2090 534
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of P T B A
the next page. This back pressure should include MBP-005
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics
of the valves stacked to the base plate side of the
modular valve.
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure.
In case of a small flow, the setting pressure may
become unstable. To avoid this, refer to the
minimum flow characteristic curve of the next
page and use the valve within a range as shown
with .
1.0 4 3400
3 3200 23
0.5 2 3000 21
1 19
0 2600
0
0 7 14 21 MPa 2400 17
2200 15
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 2200 16
Pressure 2000 14
Pressure
1800 12
1800 12
1600
1400 10
Pressure Drop 1200 8
PSI MPa 8
1100
0.6 1000 7
80
900
F
Pressure Drop
P-Line 6
60 0.4 800 4
600
40 ine 400 3
0.2 T-L ine 200 2
20 B-L
A& 0 0 5 10 15 L/min
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
PSI MPa
200 1.4
160 1.2
120 0.8
80
0.4
40
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
2(.08)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
4(.16)
28(1.10) 8(.31)
Lock Nut
P 10(.39) Hex.
33(.1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
Fully Extended 73.5(2.89)
Fully Extended 114.5(4.51)
(.59)
15
3(.12)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
MBP-005-*-20
10
17
5 12 1 13 2 16 7 3 9 8 6 11 4 15 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
11 O-Ring SO-NA-P12.5 1
Included in Seal Kit
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 Kit No. : KS-MBP-005-20
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 4
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
If the pressure is set below 1.6 MPa (232 PSI), the maximum flow is limited.
See the minimum adjustment pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics and
during use, stay within the shaded zone on the graph.
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of P T B A
the next page. This back pressure should include MRP-005
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics
of the valves stacked to the base plate side of the
modular valve.
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure.
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
90 0.6
80
P
Pressure Drop 60 0.4
e
40 Lin
0.2 T- ne
20 B -Li
A&
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0.8
Pressure Drop
80 0.6
0.4
40
0.2
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
240
1.6
200
160 1.2
120 0.8
80
0.4
40
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
MRP-005-*-20/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
4.5(.18) Dia. Through MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
4 Places 44(1.73)
2(.08)
4(.16)
28(1.10) 8(.31)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep Lock Nut Thread Size
10(.39) Hex. Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
P
MR*-005-*-20 Rc 1/8 = 1/8 BSP.Tr
33(.1.30)
25(.98)
(.59)
15
(.12)
3
2(.08) Dia.
Mounting Surface
F
Locating Pin
(O-Rings Furnished) Approx. Mass......0.45 kg(.99 lbs.)
MRP-005-*-20/2090
7 12
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
12 O-Ring SO-NA-P12.5 1
Included in Seal Kit
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 Kit No. : KS-MRP-005-20
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 4
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSW-005-*-20
MSA-005-*-20 25 (3630) 15 (3.96)
MSB-005-*-20
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
P T B A P T B A
MSB-005-X MSB-005-Y
P T B A P T B A
MSW-005-X MSW-005-Y
P
100 120 0.8
P
A-Line: MSB-005
Pressure Drop
100 Throttle
80 0.6 B-Line: MSA-005 0.6 Fully Closed
Pressure Drop
80
60 0.4 60 0.4
40 40
0.2 0.2 Throttle
20 P&T-Line 20 Fully Open
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
Metred Flow vs. Screw Position Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open F
4 15 P=Differential Pressure MPa (PSI) PSI MPa
14 P=25(3630) 140 1.0
P=20(2900) 120 0.8
P
3 12
P=16(2320) 100
Pressure Drop
10 0.6
80
Flow Rate
P=10(1450)
8 60 0.4
28 23.8(.94)
4(.16)
Lock Nut T
(1.10)
8(.31) Hex. Fully Extended
P 44.5(1.75)
33(.1.30)
B A
T Approx. Mass......0.55 kg(1.2 lbs.)
Fully Extended
44.5(1.75)
Flow Adj. Screw MSB-005-*-20
Fully Extended 117(4.61) 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. DEC.
P
30(1.18)
B A
(.59)
T
15
28.5
(.12)
(1.12)
3
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin Fully Extended 101(3.98)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass......0.6 kg(1.3 lbs.) Approx. Mass......0.55 kg(1.2 lbs.)
MSA-005- X -20
Y
List of Seals
Qty.
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers MSA
MSW
MSB
7 O-Ring SO-NA-P3 1 2
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 4 4
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 2
10 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P3 1 2
5 3 10 7 4 2 9 6 11 1 8 12
MSW-005- X -20
Y
8 1 9 6 11 2 4 7 10 3 5
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPA-005-2-20
MPB-005-2-20 25 (3630) 15 (3.96)
MPW-005-2-20
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard
and N. American Design Standard
P T B A
MPA-01
80 0.6
Free Flow
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
40
0.2
20
Reversed Controlled Flow
0 Min. Pilot Pressure
0
0 5 10 15 L/min PSI MPa
200 14
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 180
Flow Rate 12
Min. Pilot Pressure (PP)
160
140 10
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa 120 8
80 0.6 A-Line: MPB-005 100
P
B-Line: MPA-005 80 6
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
60 4
40
40
0.2 2
20 20
P&T-Line
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
2(.08)
4(.16)
(1.10)
33(1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
33.5
(1.32)
95(3.74)
30(1.18)
3(.12)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass......0.55 kg(1.2 lbs.)
MPA-005-2-20
List of Seals
Item Name of Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
Parts
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 Included in Seal Kit
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 4 Kit No. : KS-MPA-005-20
5 1 10 4 11 3 2 7 9 6
MPB-005-2-20
6 9 7 2 3 10 4 11 1 5
MPW-005-2-20
1 10 4 11 3 2 7 9 6
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Number
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate MCP: Check Valve
Ester Type for P-Line 005 0: 0.035(5) 20 Refer to
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard
and N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbol
F
Typical Performance Characteristics P T B A
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 MCP-005
60 0.4 60 0.4
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 40 0.3
B-Line
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 A&T-Line
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
(1.10)
4
P
33(1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
8(.31)
65(2.56)
4 6 2 3 7 8 1
30(1.18)
List of Seals
Item Name of Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
Parts
(.12)
3
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure ------------ 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester MDC : End Plate 005 A: Blocking Plate 20 Refer to
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbol
MDC-005-A-20
44(1.73) P T B A
28 8(.31)
(.16)
(.08)
MDC-005-A
4
(1.10)
P
33(1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
4.5(.18) Dia. Through O-Ring for Port
4 Places (SO-NB-P6: 4 Pcs.)
29(1.14)
(.12)
2(.08) Dia.
3
Locating Pin
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Approx. Mass......0.3 kg(.66 lbs.)
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure ------------ 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
1 : 1 Station
2 : 2 Stations None : Japanese Standard "JIS"
MMC : Base Plate 005 3 : 3 Stations 20 80 : European Design Standard
4 : 4 Stations 90 : N.American Design Standard
5 : 5 Stations
100
Pressure Drop
80
0.5
60
40
20
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
(1.73)
P
20.75
28
44
(.82)
A
(.55)
(.31)
3.5
8
72(2.83)
2 Places B
(.87) (1.10)
P
28
(1.81)
T
(1.42)
A
46
36
Approx. Mass : 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs.)
22
25 2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
(.98)
A
72(2.83)
21(.83)
(P) P
18(.71)
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
36(1.42)
T (T)
B
21(.83)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T" Cylinder Port "B" Tank Port (T) Pressure Port "P"
"C" Thd. "C" Thd. "C" Thd. "C" Thd.
(.87) (1.10)
B B B B
T P T P T P
36(1.42)
22 28
P
(1.81)
T
46
A A A A
A A A A
72(2.83)
(P) P
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
T
B B B
B
21(.83)
36(1.42)
21(.83)
21(.83)
27
Tank Port "T" Tank Port (T) (1.06) Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "B"
"C" Thd. "C" Thd. "C" Thd.
"C" Thd. 45
Cylinder Port "A" (1.77)
"C" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to the above Model MMC-005-1.
72(2.83)
2 Places B
(.87) (1.10)
P
28
T
A
22
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
21(.83)
72(2.83)
(P) P
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
36(1.42)
T (T)
18(.71)
Pipe Plug F
21(.83)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T" Tank Port (T) 4 Places
Cylinder Port "B" Pressure Port "P"
3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd.
B B B B
T P T P T P
36(1.42)
22 28
P
T
A A A A
(P) P
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
T
B B B
B
21(.83)
21(.83)
21(.83)
36(1.42)
Stacking Example
MBK-005-*-20/2090
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "F" Thd.
E C A A B C D E
B 65
MBK-005-01-20
"D" Dia.
(2.56)
MBK-005-02-20 95
"F" Thd.
(3.74) 20 4 7 3 M4
125 (.79) (.16) (.28) (.12)
MBK-005-03-20
(4.92)
MBK-005-05-20 35
(1.38)
MBK-005-01-2090 65.1
(2-9/16)
MBK-005-02-2090 95.2
(3-3/4)
22.4 4.17 6.86 3.6 No. 8-32 UNC
125.4 (.88) (.164) (.27) (9/64)
MBK-005-03-2090
(4-15/16)
MBK-005-05-2090 34.9
(1-3/8)
Class
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(S-)DSG-01-***-*-70/7090 344 P T B A
E-DSG-01-***-D*-60/6090 378 Throttle Valves
T-DSG-01-***-D24*-70/7090 379 (for "P-Line") 559
G-DSG-01-***-*-50/5090 P T B A 412 MSP-01-50
Releif Valves Check and Throttle Valves
(for "P-Line") 536 (for "P-Line") 561
MBP-01-*-30 MSCP-01-30
Releif Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line") 536 (for "A-Line", Metre-out) 563
MBA-01-*-30 MSA-01-X-50
Releif Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "B-Line") 536 (for "A-Line", Metre-in) 563
MBB-01-*-30 MSA-01-Y-50
MRA-01-*-30/3090 MSB-01-Y-50
Reducing Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "B-Line") 539 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 563
MRB-01-*-30/3090 MSW-01-X-50
Brake Valves Throttle and Check Valves
542 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in) 563
MBR-01-*-30 MSW-01-Y-50
Sequence Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 544 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out, Metre-in) 563
MHP-01-*-30 MSW-01-XY-50
Counterbalance Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line") 544 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in, Metre-out) 563
MHA-01-*-30 MSW-01-YX-50
Pressure Switch Valves Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 547 (for "P-Line") 567
MJP-01-*-*-10 MCP-01-*-30
Pressure Switch Valves Check Valves
Directional Control Valves
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBP-01-*-30
MBA-01-*-30 21 (3050) 35 (9.25)
MBB-01-*-30
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
P T B A
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of MBP-01
the next page. This back pressure should include
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics
of the valves stacked to the base plate side of the
modular valve. P T B A
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut MBA-01
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure. P T B A
MBB-01
In case of a small flow, the setting pressure may
become unstable. To avoid this, refer to the
minimum flow characteristic curve of the next
page and use the valve within a range as shown
with .
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
Minimum Flow
P-Line: MBP-01 U.S.GPM L /min
0.6 T-Line
80 6
P
1.5
A&B-Line
Min. Flow
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 4
1.0
40
0.2 0.5 2
20
0 P-Line: MB A -01 0 0
0 B 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21
0 10 20 30 35 L /min MPa
F
Min. Adjustment Pressure Nominal Override Characteristics
Min. Adjustment Pressure
PSI MPa
200 1.4 PSI MPa
1.2 3000 21
160 20
2800
19
40 12
0 1000 7
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 800 6
5
500 3.5
300 2.5
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 1.5
Flow Rate 200 1.6
100 0.8
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
(.07)
4 Places
(.31)
(1.59)
1.8
8
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
P 13(.51) Hex.
15(.59)
A
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
32.5
31
47
Model No. L1 L2
T Pressure Adj. Screw MB*-01-C 151 (5.94) 92 (3.62)
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L2
MB*-01-H 166.5 (6.56) 107.5 (4.23)
Fully Extended L1
INC.
40(1.57)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MBA-01-*-30
Fully Extended L1
16
16.75
(.63)
(.66)
P
B A
12 12
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa(PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
MRB-01-*-30/3090
If the pressure is set below 1.9 MPa (280 PSI), the maximum flow is limited.
See the minimum adjustment pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics
and during use, stay within the shaded zone on the graph.
F:
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design Standard
F
Special Seals for MRP : Reducing Valve for P-Line B: *-7 (*-1020) 1
Phosphate Ester MRA : Reducing Valve for A-Line 01 C: 3.5-14 (510-2030) 30 Refer to 2
Type Fluids (Omit MRB : Reducing Valve for B-Line H: 7-21 (1020-3050)
if not required)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure vs. Maximum Flow" of the next page for the item marked *.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of P T B A
the next page. This back pressure should include MRP-01
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics
of the valves stacked to the base plate side of the
modular valve.
P T B A
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut MRA-01
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure. P T B A
MRB-01
PSI MPa
A&B-Line 3000 21
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
40 2900
20
0.2 2800
20
T-Line 2700 19
0
0 2000 14
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
Secondary Pressure
1900
13
1800
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
1700 12
Flow Rate
1000 7
900
6
800
700 5
600 4
80
0.5
Pres. Drop at Spool Fully Open (P-Line) 60
40 0.3
PSI MPa
20
P
160 0
120 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L/min
0.8
80
0.4
40
0 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min Flow Rate
Pressure Adj. Range
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM : "B"
Flow Rate : "C"
: "H"
280 2.0
240 1.6
200
160 1.2
120 0.8
80
40 0.4
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MRB-01-*-30/3090
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
8
(1.59)
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
P 13(.51) Hex.
15(.59) Model No. L1 L2
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
B A
32.5
31
47
MR*-01- B 158 (6.22) 92 (3.62)
C
T
MR*-01-H 173.5 (6.83) 107.5 (4.23)
Fully Extended L2
Fully Extended L1
Pressure Adj. Screw
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090
MRB-01-*-30/3090 17 9 10 2 1 7 3 5 4 6 16 8 13 12
15 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4
Included in Seal Kit
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2
Kit No.: KS-MBP-01-30
16 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 1
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBR-01-*-30 25 (3630) 35 (9.25)
Pressure Drop P T B A
PSI MPa
0.6
80
P
A-Line
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 Instructions
40 B-Line The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
0.2 obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
20
0 P&T-Line characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of the
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min left. This back pressure should include the value of
the T-line pressure drop characteristics of the valves
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
stacked to the base plate side of the modular valve.
Flow Rate
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut and
turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or anti-
Min. Adjustment Pressure clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly
Min. Adjustment Pressure
PSI MPa
200 1.4
1.2
after making adjustment to the pressure.
160
120 0.8
80
0.4
40
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
MBR-01-*-30
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
65(2.56)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
(1.59)
8
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
P
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
32.5
B A
31
47
T
Fully Extended L2
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended L1
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
MBR-01-*-30
6 15
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P7 1
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Included in Seal Kit
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 Kit No.: KS-MBR-01-30
17 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 1
Specifications
Max. Operating Max. Flow Free Flow
Model Numbers Pressure L/min L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MHP-01-*-30
25 (3630) 35 (9.25)
MHA-01-*-30 35 (9.25)
Graphic Symbols
P T B A P T B A
MHP-01
MHP-01 MHA-01
MHA-01
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure (MHP-01) equals The minimum adjustment pressure (MHA-01) equals
the value obtained from the minimum adjustment the value obtained from the minimum adjustment
pressure characteristics plus the tank line back pressure characteristics plus the outlet-side back
pressure of the next page. This back pressure should pressure of the valve on the next page. The outlet-side
include the value of the T-line pressure drop back pressure should include the values of the A-line
characteristics of the valves stacked to the base plate and T-line pressure drop characteristics of the valves
side of the modular valve. to be stacked due to the valve with internal drain.
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut and
turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or anti-
clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly
after making adjustment to the pressure.
0.6
200 1.4 80
P
160 1.2
A&B-Line
60
Pressure Drop
0.4
120 0.8
80 40
0.4 0.2
40 20
0 0
T-Line
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
F
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Pressure Drop
PSI MPa MHA-01 PSI MPa MHA-01
0.6 60 0.4
P
80 B-Line
P
Pressure Drop
40
60
Pressure Drop
0.4 0.2
20 P&T-Line
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
(.07)
4 Places
(.31)
1.8
(1.59)
8
0.75
(.03)
Lock Nut
Model Numbers L1 L2
P 13(.51) Hex.
A MHP-01-C 151 (5.94) 92 (3.62)
15(.59)
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
B
32.5
31
47
MHP-01-H 166.5 (6.56) 107.5 (4.23)
T
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended L2 4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L1
INC.
40(1.57)
20.5(.81)
DIMENSIONS IN
MHA-01-*-30 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
65(2.56)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
(1.59)
8
0.75
(.03)
Lock Nut
Model Numbers L1 L2
P 13(.51) Hex.
A MHA-01-C 171 (6.73) 112 (4.41)
15(.59)
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
B
32.5
31
47
20.5(.81)
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4
Included in Seal Kit
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 Kit No.:
KS-MBP-01-30
17 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 1
15
MHA-01-*-30
11 4 10 3 1 5 16 9 2 6 7 8 17 12 13 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4
Included in Seal Kit
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 Kit No.:
KS-MHA-01-30
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 1
15
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa(PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MJ*-01-M-*-*-10 31.5 (4570)
MJ*-01-J-35-10 10 (1450)
MJ*-01-J-100-10 10 (1450) 35 (9.25)
MJ*-01-J-200-10 20 (2900)
MJ*-01-J-350-10 35 (5080)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
P T B A P T B A P T B A
MJP-01-M MJA-01-M MJB-01-M
P T B A P T B A P T B A
MJP-01-J MJA-01-J MJB-01-J
Attachment
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
MJP-01-M
PSI MPa
140 1.0
P
B-Line
120 0.8 P-Line
Pressure Drop
MJ*-01-J
P
80 0.6 A-Line
PSI MPa
Pressure Drop
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
MJA-01-M
PSI MPa MJB
140 1.0
P
0.6 P-Line
80
0.4 A-Line: MJA-01, B-Line:MJB-01
40 T-Line
0.2
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
15.5 (.61)
5 (.20) Hex. Soc. (1.59)
(.07)
(.31)
INC.
1.8
(.03)
0.75
8
Lock Nut Approx. Mass............1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.)
17(.67) Hex.
P
P -01"
(1.22)
(1.85)
B A For other dimensions, refer to "MJA
47
31 drawing left.
T
(1.28)
32.5
128.3
(5.05)
Fully Extended 286.5 (11.28)
F
40 (1.57)
(.81)
20.5
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug-in Connector Type
MJA-01-M-*-N-10
Applicable cable: MJB-01-M-*-N-10
O.D. of cable 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
2
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm
(.0023 Sq. in.)
Fully Extended 280.8 (11.06)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
4 Places
Fully Extended
65(2.56) 115.2 (4.54)
P
Pressure Adjustment Screw 40.5 11(.43) B A
15.5 (.61)
INC.
1.8
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
(1.54)
17(.67) Hex.
53(2.09)
62.5(2.46)
39
B A
47
31
P -01"
For other dimensions, refer to "MJA
T
(1.28)
drawing left.
32.5
110.6 (4.35)
122.6 (4.83)
Fully Extended 280.8 (11.06)
40 (1.57)
(.81)
20.5
As shown by the dot-and-dash line, the cable departure can also be faced opposite.
30(1.18) Dia.
65(2.56)
1.8(.07)
(.61)
RED-------Power Supply
B A
BLACK---Power Supply
T WHITE---Output
GREEN---Output
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 43(1.69) 30
4 Places (1.18)
97(3.82) 2000(78.7)
MJB-01-J-*-10
P
B A
40(1.57)
20(.79)
T
45.5
(1.79)
O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.) 2000(78.7) 97(3.82)
17 7 19 12 16 8 5
Plug-in Connector Type
MJP
MJA-01-M-*-N-10
MJB
6 13 2 4 11 10 9 3 18 1 14 15 20
List of Seals
Cable Connector Type
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
MJP 7 Packing 3116-VK414239-4 1
MJA-01-M-*-10 8 Packing 3116-VK414240-2 1
MJB
18 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 1
8 21 19 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit
number from the table below.
MFP-01-10
MFA-01-*-10 16 (2320) 35 (9.25)
MFB-01-*-10 35 (9.25)
MFW-01-*-10
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Instructions
P T B A
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial MFP-01
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the Metre-out Metre-in
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the
flow rate.
P T B A P T B A
MFA-01-X MFA-01-Y
P T B A P T B A
MFB-01-X MFB-01-Y
P T B A P T B A
MFW-01-X MFW-01-Y
1.2 W 8 30
160 MFP-01
1.0
Flow Rate
120 0.8 6
20
80 0.6
4
0.4
40 10
0.2 2
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(Fully Open)
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
Flow Rate
34
15
Flow Rate
2.65 10.0
200 2.60 9.8
10 2.55 9.6
.064 0.24
100 .060
5 0.22
.056
.052 0.20
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 PSI 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 SSU
2200
Differential Pressure Viscosity
0 P&T-Line 2.8
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 2.6 10
2.4 9
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 1.1
Flow Rate .28
.26 1.0
.24 0.9
0 4 8 12 16 MPa
Pressure Drop for Free Flow
PSI MPa 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 PSI
140 1.0
P
2200
120 0.8 Differential Pressure
Pressure Drop
80 0.6
0.4
40
0.2
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
MFP-01-10
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 67(2.64)
4 Places
(.07)
(.31)
13(.51)
1.8
40.5
8
(.03)
0.75
(1.59)
P
12 3 4 5
32 Dia.
B
(1.26)
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
A
32.5
47
31
T
Fully Extended
138 (5.43)
Fully Extended 192 (7.56) Flow Adj. Dial
INC.
8 9 0 1 2
40 (1.57)
LOCK
(.87)
22
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass............ 1.7 kg (3.8 lbs.)
MFW-01- X -10
Y
65(2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
F
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 40.5 11(.43)
4 Places (1.59)
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
(for B-Line)
INC.
P
89 0 12
89 0 1 2
32 Dia.
A
(1.26)
B
(1.85)
(1.28)
(1.22)
32.5
Fully Extended
131.3 (5.17) Flow Adj. Dial
Fully Extended 305.5 (12.03)
(for A-Line)
INC.
5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
40 (1.57)
LOCK
P P
89 0 1 2
89 0 1 2
B A B A
T T
Approx. Mass............ 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.)
10 20 15 22 16
MFW-01- X -10
Y
1 7 5 2 4 11 8 9 3 12 18 17 14
19 10 20 15 22 16
MFA-01- X -10
Y
13 1 19 7 2 4 11 8 9 3 12 18 17 14 22
20 5 10 20 15 16
MFB-01- X -10
Y
22 14 17 18 12 3 9 8 20 4 5 7 19 1 13
16 15 11 2 10 20
Specifications
Max. Max. Max. Min. Max.
Operating Differential Metred Metred Free
Model Numbers Pressure Pressure Flow Flow Flow
MPa MPa L/min L/min L/min
(PSI) (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MSTA-01-X-10
31.5 14 35 0.5 35
MSTB-01-X-10
(4570) (2030) (9.25) (.13) (9.25)
MSTW-01-X-10
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
P T B A P T B A P T B A
MSTA-01-X MSTB-01-X MSTW-01-X
P
A-Line: MSTB-01
Pressure Drop
30 240 1.6
0.2
Pressure Drop
200
20 1.2
0.1 160
10 P&T-Line 120 0.8
0
0 80
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0.4
40
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
P: 1(145)
20
5
4 15
3 P: 0.5(70)
10
2
5
1
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(Fully Open)
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
MSTW-01-X-10 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
65(2.56) 4 Places
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
0.75
(.03)
8
P
8 9 0 12
89 0 1 2
32 Dia.
B
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.26)
(1.85)
32.5
A
31
47
T
Fully Extended
81.8(3.22)
Fully Extended 206.5(8.13)
Flow Adj. Dial
(for B-Line)
Flow Adj. Dial
INC. (for A-Line) INC.
5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
40(1.57)
LOCK LOCK
(.87)
22
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
F
Approx. Mass............ 1.5 kg (3.3 lbs.)
MSTA-01-X-10 MSTB-01-X-10
P P
8 9 0 12
89 0 1 2
B A B A
T T
Approx. Mass............ 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.)
MSTA-01-X-10
15 9 14 1 8 3 2 4 13 12 7 6 10 11 5
MSTB-01-X-10
MSTW-01-X-10
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Number
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSP-01-50 31.5 (4570) 60 (15.9)
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure
Drop at Throttle Fully Open".
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open Metred Flow vs. Dial Position
P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
PSI MPa P=25(3630)
2.0 P=21(3050)
250
P
P=14(2030)
200 1.5 P=10(1450)
Pressure Drop
P=7(1020)
150 1.0
U.S.GPM L /min
100
0.5 16 60
50
0 0 50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 12
40
Flow Rate
0 4 8 12 16
8 30
Flow Rate U.S.GPM
P=4(580)
20
P=2(290)
4
Pressure Drop 10 P=1(145)
PSI MPa P=0.5(70)
0
2.0 0
250 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P
A-Line
150 1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0 B&T-Line Instructions
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
0 4 8 12 16
Flow Rate U.S.GPM clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the
flow rate.
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
8
(.03)
0.75
89 0 1 2
47(1.85)
32 Dia.
(1.28)
B A
(1.22)
(1.26)
32.5
31
T
Fully Extended
79 (3.11)
Fully Extended 133 (5.24)
LOCK
(.81)
20.5
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
MSP-01-50
12 1 3 11 7 13 2 5 8 4 10
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
7 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 1
11 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 Included in Seal Kit
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Kit No.: KS-MSP-01-50
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Number
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSCP-01-30 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure
Drop at Throttle Fully Open".
0.6
80
Pressure Drop
8 30
60 0.4
40 6 P=14(2030)
Flow Rate
0.2
20 20 P=10(1450)
0 P=7(1020)
0 4
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
P=4(580)
10 P=2(290)
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 2 P=1(145)
Flow Rate P=0.5(70)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8.5
Pressure Drop (Fully Open)
PSI MPa Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
70 0.5
P
60 A-Line
0.4
Pressure Drop
40
0.2 B-Line Instructions
20 To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
0 T-Line
0 for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the
Flow Rate flow rate.
65(2.56)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 11(.43)
40.5
4 Places
(.07)
(1.59)
1.8
(.31)
8
(.03)
0.75
89 0 1 2
12.5(.49)
32 Dia.
31(1.22)
47(1.85)
(1.26)
(1.28)
B A
32.5
Fully Extended
77.5 (3.05)
Fully Extended 131.5 (5.18)
LOCK
(.81)
20.5
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
MSCP-01-30
13 1 5 2 7 3 6 12 11 14 9 10 8 17 16
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
11 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 1
12 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 Included in Seal Kit
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Kit No.: KS-MSP-01-30
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-01-**-50
MSB-01-**-50 31.5 (4570) 60 (15.9)
MSW-01-**-50
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure Drop
at Throttle Fully Open" of the next page.
Graphic Symbols
Instructions Metre-out Metre-in
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the P T B A P T B A
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the MSA-01-X MSA-01-Y
flow rate.
P T B A P T B A
MSB-01-X MSB-01-Y
P T B A P T B A
MSW-01-X MSW-01-Y
Metre-out Metre-in Metre-in Metre-out
P T B A P T B A
MSW-01-XY MSW-01-YX
1.5 P=21(3050)
200
Pressure Drop
Flow Rate
0 4 8 12 16 U.S.GPM 8 30 P=10(1450)
Flow Rate P=7(1020)
20 P=4(580)
4 P=2(290)
10 P=1(145)
0 P=0.5(70)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (Fully Open)
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
Pressure Drop for Free Flow
PSI MPa
2.0
250
P
200 1.5
Pressure Drop
150 1.0
100 Application
0.5
50
0 Circuit of Clamp Cylinder
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L /min for Injection Molding Machine
a
0 4 8 12 16 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 2 DSG-01-3C4
b
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open P T B A
PSI MPa
2.0 MSW-01-XY-50
250
P
200 1.5
Pressure Drop
1 DSG-03-3C12
150 1.0
100 a b
0.5
50 Clamp Cylinder
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L /min
0 4 8 12 16 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Operation Sequence
End Point
Clamp Cylinder Advance Decompression Retreat
Pressurisation
Solenoid Operated Sol.a Sol.b
Directional Valve Centre Position
1 ON ON
Solenoid Operated Sol.b Sol.a Sol.b
Directional Valve
2 ON ON ON
MSW-01- X -50
Y DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
Flow Adj. Dial
8
0.75(.03)
(for B-Line)
INC.
P
47(1.85)
8 9 0
1 2
32 Dia.
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.26)
A
32.5
31
8 9 0
1 2
B
T
Fully Extended
83.8 (3.30)
Fully Extended 210.5 (8.29)
5 6 7 8 9
(1.57)
40
LOCK
8 9 0
B A B A
8 9 0
1 2
T T
Approx. Mass............ 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.)
MSA-01- X -50
Y
1 15 7 6 14 13 2 5 3 11 4
10
9 16
MSB-01- X -50
Y
MSW-01-**-50
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MCP-01-*-30
31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
MCT-01-*-30
40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
(1.59)
(.03)
0.75
47(1.85)
(1.22)
(1.28)
PSI MPa
32.5
B A
31
1.3 MC*-01-4
180
1.2 P' (T) T
160
140 1.0 36
P
MC*-01-2
P (T') (1.42)
120 90(3.54)
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
40
40
0.2
20
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min DIMENSIONS IN Approx. Mass...... 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs.)
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
MCP-01- -30
MCT *
7 1 2 4 10 5 8
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
P
A-Line
70 0.5
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 B-Line
40 T-Line:
0.2 MCP-01
20 P-Line:
0 MCT-01
List of Seals
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
7 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Included in Seal Kit
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM 8 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 Kit No.: KS-MCP-01-30
Flow Rate
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Number
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MAC-01-30 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
F:
Special Seals for Phosphate MAC : Anti-Cavitation
Ester Type Fluids 01 30 Refer to
Valve
(Omit if not required)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and
N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbol
P T B A
Presure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU),
Specific Gravity 0.850
MAC-01-30
65(2.56)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
Pressure Drop
8
(.03)
(1.59)
0.75
PSI MPa
0.5 P
70
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
T-Line B A
32.5
31
47
60 0.4
P
50
T
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
18.5
30 0.2 A&B-Line 80(3.15) (.73)
20
0.1
10
0 P-Line
(1.57)
0
40
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Approx. Mass...... 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs.)
MAC-01-30
2 8 5 3 1 4 7
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
7 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Included in Seal Kit
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 Kit No.: KS-MAC-01-30
Specifications
Max. Operating
Max. Flow
Model Numbers Pressure
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
Standard MP*-01-*-40
Low Pilot Pressure 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
MP*-01-*-4001
Control Type
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and
N. American Design Standard P T B A
MPB-01
Typical Performance Characteristics
120
0.8 Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow
100 MP*-01-4
P
PSI MPa
0.6
Pressure Drop
0.6
80 80
P
60 0.4 60 0.4
Pressure Drop
MP*-01-2
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
80 12
1500 PP P1
P
40
60 9 -4-
0.4 -01
Pressure Drop
-40
1000 P2 MP * -01-2
40 6
MP *
0.2 1
A-Line: MPB-01 500 1-4-400
20 B-Line: MPA-01 3 M *-0
P
-4 0 0 1
P,T-Line 1-2
0 0 MP *-0
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
8
(1.59)
(.03)
0.75
P
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
32.5 B A
31
47
T
45.5
5.5(.22) Dia. Through (1.79)
4 Places 134(5.28)
(1.57)
40
Approx. Mass............ 1.2 kg (2.6 lbs.)
MPW-01-*-40
1 6 11 7 2 9 12 8 6 7 3 2 9 12
1 4
MPB-01-*-40
4 1
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Included in Seal Kit
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 Kit No.: KS-MAC-01-30
End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surface or for
closing unnecessary circuits.
Bypass plates are used for unidirectional circuits that require
no solenoid operated directional valves.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDC-01-*-30 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
Graphic Symbols
P T B A
Model Number Designation MDC-01-A
F- MDC -01 -A -30 *
Special Seals Series Number
Plate
Size
Type of Plate
Design
Number
Design
Standard
P T B A
F
F: MDC-01-B
Special Seals
for Phosphate A : Blocking
Ester Type Plate
MDC : End Plate 01 30 Refer to
Fluids B: Bypass
(Omit if not Plate
required)
(1.59)
8
(.03)
0.75
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa P
0.6
47(1.85)
(1.22)
(1.28)
80
32.5
B A
P
31
60
Pressure Drop
0.4
T
40 P B Line
0.2 A T Line 5.5(.22) Dia. Through
20 9.5(.37) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
(1.57)
(1.50)
40
38
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Approx. Mass......... 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDS-01-*-30/3090 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard Graphic Symbols
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), P T B A
Specific Gravity 0.850 MDS-01-PA
Pressure Drop
P
PSI MPa
Pressure Drop
0.1 P T B A
10
5 P, A, B, T-Line MDS-01-PB
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM P T B A
Flow Rate MDS-01-AT
MDS-01-*-30/3090
40.5 11(.43)
1.8
(.31)
47(1.85)
B A
32.5
31
T
Port "Y" Model Numbers Thread Size "C" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Port "X"
"C" Thd. MDS-01-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
40(1.57)
30 P P B A
Pressure Drop
0.2 T T B
B A B' MMC-01-1
20
0.1 P' A' A
10 P
0 (P) P
0 T (T)
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM MMC-01-2-10
Flow Rate
T P
40.5
A
Interface Mounting Surface Dimensions for
1/8 Modular Valve
(.43)
5.2(.20)
11
31
When standard base plates (MMC-01) are not used, (1.22)
15.5(.61)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep
the mounting surface described on right must be 25.8(1.02) 4 Places
prepared. The mounting surface should have a good
31(1.22) 8(.31)
machined finish.
47(1.85)
72(2.83)
B
2 Places
(1.59)
46(1.81)
40.5
P
(1.42)
T
36
A
The two tank ports (T) are not machined
for 4090 design.
(.49)
12.5
31 28
(1.22) (1.10)
62(2.44)
53(2.09) 45 53(2.09)
Cylinder Port "A"
18(.71) "C" Thd. (1.77) 27(1.06) 18(.71)
21(.83)
72(2.83)
62(2.44)
(P)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
18(.71)
T (T)
B
(1.42)
36
21(.83)
21(.83)
MMC-01-*-40/4090
Number of Station
(2-10 Stations)
L1
10 L2 Threaded Holes 4 Places
(.39) 32.5(1.28) Each Station
Port Holes 4 Places
8.8(.35) Dia. Through
72(2.83)
B B B B B 14(.55) C'Bore
(1.59)
36(1.42)
40.5
T P T P T P T P T 2 Places
P
A A A A A
31(1.22)
(.49)
12.5
P
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
(1.69)
(T)
21(.83)
43
B B B B B
27(1.06)
21(.83)
Dimensions
Thread Size
Model Numbers mm (Inches)
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. F
MMC-01-*-40 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/2 M5 10 (.39)
MMC-01-*-4090 3/8 NPT 1/2 NPT No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
72(2.83)
B Pipe Plug
(1.59)
40.5
P
Part No.900-V33905
(1.42)
T
36
A
31 28
(.49)
12.5
(1.22) (1.10)
53(2.09) 45 53(2.09)
Cylinder Port "A"
18(.71) 3/8 BSP.F Thd. (1.77) 18(.71)
(P)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
18(.71)
T (T)
B
(1.42)
36
21(.83)
21(.83)
B B B B B
(1.59)
2 Places
36(1.42)
40.5
T P T P T P T P T
P
A A A A A
31(1.22)
(.49)
12.5
P
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
(1.69)
(T)
21(.83)
43
B B B B B
21(.83)
27(1.06) 7.8(.31)
Cylinder Port "B" Pressure Port (P) Tank Port (T)
3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 69(2.72) 3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Each Station
Cylinder Port "A"
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Each Station
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-01-1.
MBK-01-01/02/03/04-30/3090 MBK-01-05-30/3090
Socket Head Cap Screw
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd. MBK-01-05-30: 4(.16)
Both Ends MBK-01-05-3090: 3.97(5/32)
MBK-01-05-30: M5 45 Lg.
9 9 MBK-01-05-3090: No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
(.35) (.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Nut
"B" Thd.
Model Numbers A mm (In.) "B" Thd.
8.5 Dia.
MBK-01-01-30 94 (3.70 )
(.33)
Class
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(S-)DSG-03-***-*-50/5090 361 P T B A
E-DSG-03-***-D*-50/5090 378 Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valves
T-DSG-03-***-D24*-50/5090 379 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 595
G-DSG-03-***-*-50/5090 P T B A 412 MSTW-03-X-20
Releif Valves Throttle Valves
(for "P-Line") 578 (for "P-Line") 598
MBP-03-*-30 MSP-03-30
Releif Valves Check and Throttle Valves
(for "A-Line") 578 (for "P-Line") 600
MBA-03-*-30 MSCP-03-20
Releif Valves Throttle and Check Valves
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBP-03-*-30
MBA-03-*-30
31.5 (4570) 70 (18.5)
MBB-03-*-30
MBW-03-*-30
2000 14.0
1950 13.5
1900 13.0
1000 7.0 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
950 6.5 Flow Rate
900 6.0
500 3.5
450 3.0
400 2.5
140 1.0
100 0.7
60 0.4
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
F
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
50 A-Line: MBP-03
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
30 0.2
Min. Flow vs. Adjustment Pressure 20 B-Line: MBP-03
0.1 T-Line: MBB-03
10
U.S.GPM L /min P-Line: MBP-03
6 0 P,A&B-Line: MBA/MBB/
1.5 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 MBW-03
Min. Flow
1.0 4 L /min
12(.47)
25(.98)
134(5.28)
26 54
(1.02) (2.13) P
A B
P
TA TB
(1.81)
(2.76)
A B
46
70
TA TB
1.8(.07)
Fully Extended
133(5.24)
For other dimensions, refer to "MBW-03"
Fully Extended 320(12.60) drawing left.
26(1.02)
55(2.17)
P
A B
(1.08)
27.5
TA TB
Approx. Mass............ 3.8 kg (8.4 lbs.) For other dimensions, refer to "MBW-03"
drawing left.
6 4 5 15
MBW-03-*-30
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa(PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MRP-03-*-30/3090
MRA-03-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
MRB-03-*-30/3090
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.3
Nominal Override Characteristics
40 A&B-Line
P
3600 25
20
0.1 3400 24
10 T-Line
23
0 19
0 2700
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
18
2500
17
0 4 8 12 16 18 U.S.GPM 1900 13
Secondary Pressure
Flow Rate
1700 12
11
1000 7
Pilot Flow 6
cu.in./min cm3/min 800
50 800 5
600
4
40
600 400 3
Pilot Flow
30 200 2
140 1.0
400
20 0.8
100
0.6
200
10 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 4 8 12 16 18 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Differential Pressure Pressure Adj. Range
(Primary pressure - Secondary pressure) : "B"
: "H"
60 0.4
P
50
Pressure Drop
0.3
40
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 4 8 12 16 18 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
MRP-03-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
MRB-03-*-30/3090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
7(.28) Dia. Through
Lock Nut 92(3.62)
4 Places
14(.55) Hex. 19 54
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
Thread Size
14(.55) P Model Numbers
A B
"C" Thd.
(1.81)
(2.76)
46
70
TA TB MB*-01-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
MB*-01-*-3090 1/4 NPT
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
Pressure Adj. Screw 131(5.16)
14(.55) Hex. Fully Extended 232.5(9.15)
INC.
Pressure Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
(2.17)
55
(1.08)
27.5
MRA-03-*-30/3090
11 10 3 5 15 18 16 12 4 1 2 19 9 17 13
6 7 14
List of Seals
MRA-03-*-30/3090
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1
Included in Seal Kit
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 1 Kit No.:
KS-MRP-03-30
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P26 1
Specifications
Max.
Operating Pres. Adj. Max. Flow
Model Numbers Pressure Range L/min
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090 7 (1020) 0.2-6.5 (29-940) 50 (13.2)
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
When pressure setting is less than 0.8 MPa (116 PSI), maximum flow
decreases. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure vs. Max. Flow" on the next page for
the appropriate range.
P T B A TA A P B TB
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the pressure adjustment handle clockwise V V
DR
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn MRLA-03 DR
P T B A TA A P B TB
P 60 0.4
50
0.3
Pressure Drop
40
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
25
Pressure Drop
20 A&B-Line
0 T-Line
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
120
0.8
80 0.6
0.4
40
0.2
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
(.24) Design
1080
Only
7(.28) Dia. Through
Vent Port "V" 4 Places
92(3.62)
"D" Thd.
6
19 54
(.47)
Lock Nut
12
14(.55) Hex. (.75) (2.13)
45 Dia.
(1.77)
70(2.76)
A B
(1.85)
(1.81)
47
46
(.55)
TA TB
(.07)
1.8
(2.09)
Fully Extended
151.5(5.96)
Fully Extended 259.5(10.22)
(1.08)
27.5
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
MRL*-03-10 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4
MRL*-03-1080 1/4 BSP.F 1/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
MRL*-03-1090 1/4 NPT 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090
MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
22 25
23 20 21
13 12 11 6 15 2 10 9 8 19 7 4 5 1 16 18 3
F
17 14
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090
14 17
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 2
17 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Included in Seal Kit
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 1 Kit No.:KS-MRLP-03-10
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 1
25 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/8 1
Note: No bonded seal are included in seal kits.
Specifications
Max. Operating Max. Flow Max. Free Flow
Model Numbers Pressure L/min L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MHP-03-*-20
MHA-03-*-20 25 (3630) 50 (13.2)
70 (18.5)
MHB-03-*-20
MHP-03
MHA/MHB-03
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure" of the next page for the item marked *.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value Model Graphic Detailed Graphic
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure Numbers Symbols Symbols
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of
the next page. This back pressure should include MHP-03
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics P T B A TA A P B TB
of the valves stacked to the base plate side of the
modular valve.
MHA-03
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut P T B A TA A P B TB
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock MHB-03
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure. P T B A TA A P B TB
PSI MHP/MHA/MHB-03 50
P
0.8 0.3
100 40
Pressure Drop
80 0.6
30 0.2
60 0.4 20
40 0.1
0.2 10
20
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
Pressure Drop
25 B-Line: MHA-03
20
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
20
15 0.10
0.1 T-Line: MHA-03
10 A,B-Line
10 P-Line
5 T-Line: MHB-03
0 T-Line 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
(.47)
12
14(.55) Hex. (2.13)
P
(.55)
70(2.76)
14
A
(1.81)
B
46
TA TB
Fully Extended
Pressure Adj. Screw
(.07)
134(5.28)
1.8
14(.55) Hex. INC.
Fully Extended 242(9.53)
55(2.17)
(1.08)
27.5 Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MHA-03-*-20 MHA-03-*-20
(.67)
17
17
A B A B
TA TB TA TB
Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.)
MHB-03-*-20
4 5 17 10 9 14 12 15 1 2 18 8 3 6 16 7 19 13
MHB-03
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
15 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5
16 O-Ring SO-NA-P16 1 Included in Seal Kit
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P29 1 Kit No.:KS-MHB-03-20
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 1
Specifications
Max. Operating
Pressure Max. Metred Flow Max. Free Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MFP-03-11
MFA-03-*-11 16 (2320) 50 (13.2)
MFB-03-*-11 70 (18.5)
MFW-03-*-11
F:
Special Seals for
MFP : Flow Control Valve for P-Line
of Flow Number
11
Standard
F
Phosphate Ester MFA : Flow Control and Check Valve for A-Line 03 Refer to
X : Metre-out
Type Fluids (Omit MFB : Flow Control and Check Valve for B-Line 11
Y : Metre-in
if not required) MFW : Flow Control and Check Valve for A&B-Lines
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
MFA-03-X MFA-03-Y
P T B A TA A P B TB P T B A TA A P B TB
MFB-03-X MFB-03-Y
P T B A TA A P B TB P T B A TA A P B TB
MFW-03-X MFW-03-Y
P T B A TA A P B TB P T B A TA A P B TB
P
0.8
Differential Pressure
MFP-03
A
Pressure Drop
120 0.8 MF B -03 80 0.6
W
80 0.4
0.4 40
40 0.2
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
100 50
Flow Rate
75 30 A-Line: MFB-03
20 30 0.2 A
50 T-Line: MF B -03
20
25 10 0.1 A&B-Line: MFP-03
10
0 0 T-Line: MFB-03 , P-Line
0 0
0 1 2 3
5 4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
(Fully Open)
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Min. Metred Flow
cu.in./min cm3/min Metred Flow vs. Differential Pressure
700
40 U.S.GPM L/min
600
13.8
Min. Metred Flow
52
30 500 13.4
13.0 50
400
20 300 12.6 48
5.50 21
Flow Rate
200
10
100 5.25 20
0 5.00 19
0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 1.32 5.0
1.30
4.9
0 500 1000 1500 2000 1.28
4.8
2250 PSI
Differential Pressure
0 4 8 12 16 MPa
5.3 20.0
5.2 19.5
5.1
5.0 19.0
.13 0.50
.12 0.45
.11 0.40
MFP-03-11
7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62) 4 Places
15(.59)
19(.75)
(.47)
54
12
(2.13)
8 9 0
70(2.76)
A
(1.81)
B
46
1 2
TA TB
Fully Extended
(.07)
160(6.30)
1.8
32(1.26) Dia.
Flow Adj. Dial Fully Extended 233(9.17)
INC. 55(2.17)
1 2 3
33(1.30)
LOCK
4 5
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass............ 4.2 kg (9.3 lbs.)
MFW-03- X -11
Y DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
F
7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62)
4 Places
Flow Adj. Dial
(.47)
19(.75) 54
12
70(2.76)
46(1.81)
A B
TA TB
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
LOCK
P P
A B A B
TA TB TA TB
Approx. Mass............ 4.1 kg (9.0 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 4.1 kg (9.0 lbs.)
7 8 5 9 19 17
MFA-03- X -11
Y
23 12 13 15 16 10 4 18 2 3 6 17 1 14
21 7 8 9 5
MFB-03- X -11
Y
14 1 17 6 3 2 18 4 10 16 15 13 12 23
9 5 8 7 21
MFW-03- X -11
Y
23 12 13 15 16 10 4 18 2 3 6 17 1
21 7 8 9 5
Specifications
Max. Max. Max. Min. Max.
Operating Differential Metred Metred Free
Model Numbers Pressure Pressure Flow Flow Flow
MPa MPa L/min L/min L/min
(PSI) (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MSTA-03-X-20
25 25 70 2 (.53) 70
MSTB-03-X-20
(3630) (3630) (18.5) {1 (.26)} (18.5)
MSTW-03-X-20
The figures in parentheses are the values when the differential pressure is less than
3.5 MPa (510 PSI).
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
MSTB-03-X
P T B A TA A P B TB
MSTW-03-X
P T B A TA A P B TB
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa Metred Flow vs. Dial Position
30 0.20 B-Line:MSTA-03 P: Differential Pressure MPa(PSI)
A-Line:MSTB-03
25
P
P: 14(2030)
0.15
20
Pressure Drop
40
Flow Rate
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 10.0
Flow Rate
30 P: 7(1020)
7.5
P: 5(730)
5.0 20
P: 2(290)
P: 1(145)
Pressure Drop for Free Flow 2.5 10
P: 0.5(70)
PSI MPa
0
70 0.5 0
Throttle Closed 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
60
P
40 0.3
30 0.2
20
0.1
10 Throttle Fully Open
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
Metred Flow vs. Viscosity
U.S.GPM L/min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 18.8 71
Flow Rate 18.6
18.4 70
18.2 69
13.4 51
13.2 50
13.0 49
Flow Rate
5.6 21
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open 5.4
20
5.2
PSI MPa 5.0 19
1.2 .56
160 2.1
.54
2.0
P
120
0.8 1.1
100 .28
.26 1.0
80 0.6 .24 0.9
60 0.4
40 0 40 80 120 160
0.2 mm2/s
20
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 200 400 600 700
Viscosity SSU
8 9 0
(.47)
19(.75) 54
12
INC. TA TB
1 2
(2.13)
P
(.84)
21.4
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
8 9 0
1 2
46
8 9 0
TA TB Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.)
1 2
32(1.26) Dia.
(.07)
1.8
106(4.17) MSTB-03-X-20
Fully Extended 266(10.47)
Flow Adj. Dial Fully Extended 211(8.31)
(for B-Line)
51
(2.01)
INC.
P
55(2.17)
1 2 3
8 9
1 2
A
5 6 7
LOCK
(1.30)
8 9 0
4 5
TA TB
33
Locking Screw
2(.08)Hex.Soc. Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.)
Approx. Mass............ 3.7 kg (8.2 lbs.) For other dimensions, refer to "MSTW-03" drawing left.
F
Spare Parts List
MSTA-03-X-20 MSTB-03-X-20
10 11 8 9 5 4 3 2 7 1 6 6 1 7 2 3 4 5 9 8 11 10
MSTW-03-X-20
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Number
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSP-03-30 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
Maximum flow decreases when the differential pressure is less than
1 MPa (145 PSI).
See "Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open".
120 0.8
P
20
Pressure Drop
A-Line 100
Pressure Drop
0.1 0.6
80
10
60 0.4
B&T-Line
0 40
0 0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 20
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5
Flow Rate U.S.GPM
Metred Flow vs. Dial Position
P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
U.S.GPM L /min P=25(3630)
70 Instructions
17.5 P=20(2900)
60 To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking
15.0 P=14(2030)
50 screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment
P=10(1450) P=5(730)
Flow Rate
10.0 40
P=3(440)
dial clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease
30
P=2(290)
of flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-
5.0 20 tighten the locking screw firmly after the
P=1(145)
10 adjustment of the flow rate.
P=0.5(70)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial (Fully Open)
MSP-03-30
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(.47)
19 54
12
(.75) (2.13)
(.53)
13.5
8 9 0 12
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
46
TA TB
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
107(4.21)
Fully Extended 181(7.13)
F
32 Dia.
55 (2.17)
(1.26)
(1.30)
33
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass............ 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.)
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
8 Back Up Ring 900-VK411915-2 1
9 O-Ring SO-NA-P7 1 Included in Seal Kit
10 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Kit No.: KS-MSP-03-30
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 1
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Number
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSCP-03-20 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
Maximum flow decreases when the differential pressure is less than
1 MPa (145 PSI).
See "Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open".
20 80 0.6
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
A-Line
0.1 60 0.4
B-Line
10 40
T-Line 0.2
20
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
P=20(2900) P=25(3630)
P=14(2030)
U.S.GPM L /min Instructions
17.5
70 To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking
60 screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment
15.0 P=10(1450)
50
dial clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a
P=5(730) decrease of flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be
Flow Rate
10.0 40
P=3(440) sure to re-tighten the locking screw firmly
30 after the adjustment of the flow rate.
P=2(290)
5.0 20
P=1(145)
10
P=0.5(70)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Dial Position (Fully Open)
MSCP-03-20
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62) 4 Places
(.47)
19 54
12
(.75) (2.13)
(.65)
16.5
8 9 0 12
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
46
TA TB
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
109.7 (4.32)
Fully Extended 182.7 (7.19)
INC.
F
55 (2.17)
1 2 3 45
32 Dia.
(1.26)
LOCK
(1.08)
27.5
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass............ 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.)
MSCP-03-20
10 11 7 8 4 9 3 5 2 6 1
12 13 15 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
12 Back Up Ring 900-VK411915-2 1
13 O-Ring SO-NA-P7 1 Included in Seal Kit
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Kit No.: KS-MSP-03-30
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 1
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-03-*-40
MSB-03-*-40 25 (3630) 120 (31.7)
MSW-03-*-40
F:
Special Seals MSA : Throttle and Check Valve
for A-Line
for Phosphate
Ester Type MSB : Throttle and Check Valve X : Metre-out
03 40 Refer to
Fluids for B-Line Y : Metre-in
(Omit if not MSW : Throttle and Check Valve
required) for A&B-Lines
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and
N. American Design Standard
Instructions
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the
flow rate.
MSA-03-X MSA-03-Y
P T B A TA A P B TB P T B A TA A P B TB
MSB-03-X MSB-03-Y
P T B A TA A P B TB P T B A TA A P B TB
MSW-03-X MSW-03-Y
P T B A TA A P B TB P T B A TA A P B TB
P
0.6 T-Line 120
80 0.8 Throttle Closed
Pressure Drop
0.4 0.6
40 80
0.2 0.4
0 P-Line 40
0 0.2 Throttle Fully Open
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
PSI
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open
MPa
F
1.2
160
1.0
P
120 0.8
Pressure Drop
0.6
80
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
20 P:30
(4350)
15 60
10 40 P:5(730)
P:2(290)
5 20 P:1(145)
0 P:0.5(70)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Turn of Flow Adj Dial Fully Open
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13) P
INC. A B
P
A B
(1.81)
(2.76)
TA TB
46
70
(.84)
21.4
TA TB
32(1.26) Dia
(.07)
1.8
Fully Extended For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-03" drawing left.
91.5 (3.60)
Flow Adj. Dial
Fully Extended 237 (9.33)
MSB-03- X -40
(for B-Line)
INC.
Y
Fully Extended 193.5 (7.62)
(2.17)
55
LOCK 48
(1.89)
(.94)
24
Locking Screw P
2 (.08) Hex. Soc. A B
9 10 11
MSW-03- X -40
Y
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MCP-03-*-10
MCA-03-*-20
25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
MCB-03-*-20
MCT-03-*-10
20 Refer to
F
MCB : Check Valve for B-Line
(Omit if not required) 2 : 0.2(29)
MCT : Check Valve for T-Line 10
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
60 MCA -03-0 P T B A TA A P B TB
0.4
Pressure Drop
MCB
50
0.3 MCP MCB-03
40 MCT -03-0
P T B A TA A P B TB
30 0.2
20
0.1 MCT-03
10
P T B A TA A P B TB
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
20 A&B-Line: MCP-03
0.1 T-Line: MCA/MCB-03
10 P-Line: MCA/MCB/MCT-03
B-Line: MCT-03
0 T-Line: MCP-03
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
(.47)
(.47)
12
19 (.75)
(.47)
54
12
(2.13)
12
(.75) (2.13)
(2.13)
P P
P
A B
(1.81)
(2.76)
A B (1.81)
(2.76)
(2.76)
(1.81)
A B
46
70
46
70
70
TA TB
46
TA TB TB
TA
44
(.07)
60
(.07)
23
1.8
(.07)
1.8
(1.73)
1.8
(.91) (2.36)
117(4.61)
100(3.94) 174(6.85)
(2.17)
(2.17)
(2.17)
55
55
55
Approx. Mass............ 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MCP-03-*-10 MCT-03-*-10
6 9 2 7 4 3 8 1 5 2 8 4 6 3 1 7
MCA-03-*-20 MCB-03-*-20
2 7 5 3 1 4 6
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
6 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Included in Seal Kit
7 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 2 Kit No.: KS-MCA-03-20
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MCPT-03-P*-T*-10 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbol
Typical Performance Characteristics
70 0.5
MCPT-03-P2-T*
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
50 MCPT-03-P*-T0 TA A P B TB
0.3
40
MCPT-03-P0-T*
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
Instructions
Tank Line Used
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM Check valve function of Tank Line is included in
Flow Rate TA-Line. Therefore, the tank line for a circuit that
uses this valve must be TA-line.
Pressure Drop
P
PSI MPa
0.2
Pressure Drop
25
20
0.1
10 A,B-Line
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
(.47)
12
(2.13)
(Check valve is included)
P
A
(1.81)
(2.76)
B
46
70
TA TB
60
(.07)
1.8
(2.36)
133
(5.24)
(2.17)
55
Approx. Mass............ 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
8 10 3 6 7 4 1 9 8 10 3 5 7 4
Y
Y
Y-Y Section
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
9 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Included in Seal Kit
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 Kit No.: KS-MCPT-03-10
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Number
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MAC-03-10 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
F:
Special Seals for Phosphate MAC : Anti-Cavitation
Ester Type Fluids 03 10 Refer to
Valve
(Omit if not required)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard
and N. American Design Standard
Pressure Drop
Graphic Symbol F
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
P
PSI MPa
P T B A
Pressure Drop
0.1
10 A&B-Line
5 P&T-Line Detailed Graphic Symbol
(2.13)
P
70(2.76)
(1.81)
A B
46
TA TB
48
(.07)
1.8
(1.89)
150
(5.91)
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
(2.17)
55
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Specifications
Max. Operating
Max. Flow
Model Numbers Pressure
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
Standard MP*-03-*-20
Low Pilot Pressure 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
MP*-03-*-2001
Control Type
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and
N. American Design Standard
MPA-03
P T B A TA A P B TB
MPB-03
P T B A TA A P B TB
MPW-03
P T B A TA A P B TB
P
50 50
B-Line: MPA-03
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 0.3 40 0.3
A-Line: MPB-03
30 0.2 T-Line 30 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
10 P-Line 10
0 0 0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
F
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Min. Pilot Pressure
PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.8 12
110
MP*-03-4 140
100 0.7 0
Min. Pilot Pressure (PP)
PP P1 -2
10 -4
P
MP*-03-2
0.6 -0
3 20
2-
8 M - 03
0.5 P2
P*
60 M
0.4 80 6
40 0.3 4
1
0.2 40 3-4-200
2 MP *-0
20 1
0.1 3-2-200
MP -0 *
0 0
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
(1.81)
(2.76)
A B
46
70
TA TB
(.07)
60
1.8
(2.36)
174(6.85)
(2.17)
55
MPA-03-*-20 MPB-03-*-20
7 8 5 4 3 9 2 1 6
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 2 Included in Seal Kit
7 11 8 5 10 4 3 9 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Kit No.: KS-MPA-03-20
MPW-03-*-20
End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surfaces or for closing
unnecessary circuit.
Bypass plates are used for one-way flow circuit that requires no solenoid
operated directional valves.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDC-03-*-10 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
Pressure Drop
Graphic Detailed Graphic
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 Model No.
Symbols Symbols
0.3 MDC-03-B
40
P B-Line
Pressure Drop
30 0.2 A T-Line P T B A TA A P B TB
20
0.1
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min MDC-03-*-10 O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-A014: 5 Pcs.)
(.75) (2.13)
P
A B
(2.76)
(1.81)
70
TA
46
TB
(.07)
1.8
(1.10)
(1.06)
28
27
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDS-03-10/1090 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
Graphic Symbol
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
P
PSI MPa P T B A
0.1
Pressure Drop
10
0.05 Detailed Graphic Symbol
5 P, A, B&T-Line
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
Flow Rate
22.5(.89)
(.47)
(.59)
(.63)
16
P
35(1.38)
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
46
TA TB
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure ------------ 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
Detailed Graphic
Pressure Drop Graphic Symbol
Symbol
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 TA A P B
PSI MPa
40
0.3
(P)
T
P T
(T) (P)
(T)
P
F
P
P P
0.2 T T
P P' A A' MMC-03-T-1
20 B A
0.1 T T'
10
0 B B' Graphic Symbol
3.2
19
27(1.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
37.3(1.47)
TA A
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
54(2.13)
(3.62)
P
92
B
Design Std. "C" Thd.
11(.43) Dia. (Max.) Japanese Standard "JIS" and M6
4 Places European Design Standard
12
(.47) N.American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC
70(2.76)
100(3.94)
A
(2.13)
54
(1.81)
P
46
B
(.39)
(.71)
14(.55) C' bore "F" Deep
10
32
18
46
4 Places (1.81) (1.26)
79(3.11) 79(3.11)
Cylinder Port "B"
55
32(1.26) "D" Thd. 32(1.26)
(2.17)
T B
(T)
95(3.74)
(P) 72.5(2.85) P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
(1.87)
60
47.5
60
47.5
(.89)
22.5
TA
(1.81)
54
P
8.5(.33) Dia. Through
46
(.39)
18
10
79(3.11) (1.26) (2.95) (2.95) 3/8-16 UNC Thd. 18(.71) Deep 79(3.11)
Pitch Both Ends For Eye Bolts
40(1.57) For Above Three Stations Type 40(1.57)
Pitch [MMC-03-T-*-2190 Models Only] 32(1.26)
32(1.26)
(.59)
55 75 75
15
(2.17) (2.95) (2.95)
B B B B B
(1.87) (.59)
T
95(3.74)
72.5(2.85)
47.5 15
P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
47.5
60
60
(P) A A A A A (T)
MMC-03-T-1-2180 DIMENSIONS IN
10(.39) 110(4.33) 10(.39) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
10(.39) 90(3.54) M6 Thd. 13(.51) Deep
4 Places
11(.43) Dia. Detail of Pipe Plug
TA 4 Places
100(3.94)
A
Bonded Seal
(2.13)
Part No.SG-FB-3/4
54
(1.81)
P
46
B
Pipe Plug
Part No.900-V33907
8.5(.35) Dia. Through
(.39)
(.71)
10
32
18
14(.55) C' bore 8(.31) Deep 46
4 Places (1.81) (1.26)
79(3.11) Cylinder Port "B" 79(3.11)
55 1/2 BSP.F Thd. 32(1.26)
32(1.26) (2.17) Pipe Plug
2 Places
B
T (T)
95(3.74)
72.5(2.85)
P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
(1.87)
60
47.5
(P) A
60
47.5
(.89)
22.5
TA
14(.55) C' bore 8.6(.34) Deep
54
(1.81)
P
46
B
4 Places
(.39)
18
10
T B B B B B
95(3.74)
72.5(2.85)
P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
(1.87)
(T)
47.5
47.5
60
60
(P) A A A A A
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Solenoid Approx.
Modular
Model Numbers Operated Mass
End Plate Valve & SOL b SOL a
Directional
(MDC-03) Connecting g (lbs.) Solenoid Operated
Valve
Plate Directional Valve
(*-DSG-03)
1 0
MBK-03-01-10* 1 120(.26)
0 1 03 Series
1 0 Modular Valves
MBK-03-02-10* 2 160(.35)
0 1
1 0
MBK-03-03-10* 3 200(.44)
0 1
Base Plate
1 0
MBK-03-04-10* 4 240(.53)
0 1
1 0
MBK-03-05-10* 0 40(.09)
0 1
Stacking Example
The solenoid operated directional valve comes with mounting bolts.
MBK-03-*-10/1090 MBK-03-05-10/1090
Socket Head Cap Screw
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
MBK-03-05-30: M6 35 Lg.
MBK-03-05-3090: 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
12 12
(.47) (.47)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"B" Thd.
Model Numbers A mm (In.) "B" Thd. C
10 Dia.
Class
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page
Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line") 620
MRA-06-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", Internal Pilot-)
Internal Drain Type) 626
Reducing Valves MPB-06-*-30/3090
(for "B-Line") 620
MRB-06-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", External Pilot-)
External Drain Type) 626
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 623
MSA-06-X-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", External Pilot-)
Internal Drain Type) 626
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-in) 623
MSA-06-Y-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A&B-Lines", Internal Pilot-)
Internal Drain Type) 626
Throttle and Check Valves MPW-06-*-30/3090
Flow Control Valves
MSB-06-X-30/3090
Bolt Kits
630
MBK-06-*-30/3090
Throttle and Check Valves
(for "B-Line", Metre-in) 623
MSB-06-Y-30/3090 Because drain ports "V" and "W" are not provided for solenoid
controlled pilot operated directional valves of Pressure Centred Type
(3H*) and models with Pilot Piston (P*), those valves cannot be
Throttle and Check Valves used in combination with modular valves.
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 623
MSW-06-X-30/3090
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa(PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MR*-06-A-30/3090 125 (33)
B 25 (3630)
MR*-06-C-30/3090 500 (132)
H
In the pressure adjustment ranges "A" and "B", maximum flow rates are
limited by the pressure setting on the secondary side.
Referring to the secondary pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics on
the following page, use the valve at the maximum flow rate within a
zone highlighted with .
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
P T Y X B A
MRB-06
300 2.0
P
15
Pressure Drop
0.10
Pressure Drop
1.5
10 200
0.05 1.0
5
100
0 0.5
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 0
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
Pilot Flow F
1.4 MR*-06-B/C/H
.35
1.2 Nominal Override Characteristics
.3
1.0 Primary Pressure 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
Pilot Flow
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa MR*-06-C/H
2000 14
0 1000 2000
3000
1900
3500 PSI 13
Differential Pressure 1800
(Primary Pres. - Secondary Pres.)
1700 12
MR*-06-B/C/H
1000 7
900
6
Secondary Pressure vs. Max. Flow 800
U.S.GPM L /min 700 5
500
120
400 0 0 100 200 400 500 L/min
100 300
Flow Rate
80 300
66 250 MR*-06-B
200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
33 125 Flow Rate
23.8 90 MR*-06-A
0 0
0 0.7 1 2 3 4 MPa
(.47)
12
(2.09) 14(.55) Hex.
Secondary Pressure
3
Gauge Connection
(.12)
(1.61)
"C" Thd.
116(4.57)
41
(3.62)
T P Y
92
X
A B
MRP-06 45 77
(1.77) (3.03)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection Fully Extended 281(11.06) Pressure Adj. Screw
"C" Thd. 14(.55) Hex.
INC.
(.12)
38(1.50)
(3.35)
3
85
Z
MRA-06
3 Secondary Pressure
120
(.24)
Gauge Connection Two Locating Pins
6
(.12) (4.72)
"C" Thd. 6(.24) Dia.
Thread Size
MRB-06 Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.
MR*-06-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr M8
MR*-06-*-3090 1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC
MRP-06-*-30/3090
MRA-06-*-30/3090
MRB-06-*-30/3090
14 3 10 18 21 1 12 5 6 7 2 16 17 8 9 11
13 19 15 4 20
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
17 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 1
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 5
Included in Seal Kit
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2
Kit No.: KS-MRP-06-10
20 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 4
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P30 2
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-06-*-30/3090
MSB-06-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 500 (132)
MSW-06-*-30/3090
F:
Special Seals MSA : Throttle and Check Valve
for A-Line
for Phosphate X : Metre-out
Ester Type MSB : Throttle and Check Valve 06 30 Refer to
for B-Line
Fluids Y : Metre-in
MSW : Throttle and Check Valve
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
Metre-out Metre-in
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen lock nut and
turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or anti-
clockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MSB-06-X MSB-06-Y
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MSW-06-X MSW-06-Y
300
P
1.5 B-Line: MSA-06 2.0
200
Pressure Drop
250
Pressure Drop
A-Line: MSB-06
150 1.0 200 1.5
100 P&T-Line
0.5 150 1.0
50 100
0 0.5
0 50
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
2.0
100 400
250
Pressure Drop
200 1.5
Flow Rate
(.47)
53
12
Lock Nut Extended
(2.09)
19(.75) Hex. 115.5(4.55)
(2.28)
58
(4.57)
(3.62)
116
P Y
92
T
T P Y
X A B
X A B
Fully
Extended 77
115.5(4.55) (3.03) Approx. Mass............ 12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
Fully Extended 385(15.16)
For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-06" drawing left.
Flow Adj. Screw Flow Adj. Screw
MSB-06- X -30/3090
(for A-Line) (for B-Line)
120 8(.31) Hex. INC. 8(.31) Hex.
(4.72) INC. Y
Fully Extended 310(12.20)
(3.35)
40.5
85
(1.59)
(.24)
F
6
14 12 9 13
MSW-06-*-30/3090
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPA-06*-*-*-30/3090
MPB-06*-*-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 500 (132)
MPW-06-*-30/3090
Graphic Symbols
Pilot-Drain Internal pilot- Exnternal pilot- External pilot-
type
Model No. Internal drain type External drain type Internal drain type
MPA-06
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MPB-06
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MPW-06
P T Y X B A
MPW-06-*
P
300 2.0 300 2.0
B-Line: MPA-06
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
200 A-Line: MPB-06 200
1.0 1.0
P&T-Line
100 100
0 0
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
300 500
Pressure Drop
2.0 P2
3.0
200 400
1.0
(.47)
53 13.5(.53) Dia. Through
12
(2.09) 6 Places
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep
2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
(4.57)
(3.62)
116
Y
92
T P
X A B
40.5 77
(1.59) (3.03)
120(4.72) 235(9.25)
MP*-06-*-30 M8
MP*-06-*-3090 5/16-18 UNC
Two Locating Pins
(.24)
6
23(.91)
Thread Size
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot- Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
Internal Drain Type
253 120(4.72) MPA-06-*-*-30 Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
40.5 (9.96) 58
(1.59) (2.28) MPA-06-*-*-3090 3/8 NPT
MPA-06S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.05)
52
Thread Size
MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot- Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
Internal Drain Type
120(4.72) 253
MPB-06-*-*-30 Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
58 58.5 (9.96)
Pilot Port "C" Thd. MPB-06-*-*-3090 3/8 NPT
(2.28) (2.30)
MPB-06S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.05)
52
For other dimensions, refer to "Internal pilot-Internal drain type" drawing above.
Internal Pilot-
Internal Drain Type
13 8 2 4 3 1 6 13
5 7 10 9 12
External Pilot-
External Drain Type
1 3 15 18 11 14 19 16 17
MPA-06*-*-X-30/3090 MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090 MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090
06 Series
Modular Valves
Stacking Example
MBK-06-*-30/3090 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
Also, when no sub-plates are used, be sure to use the following mounting surface.
156(6.14)
12.5 130.2(5.13)
(.49)
112.7(4.44)
100.8(3.97)
(.47)
29.4 12
(.19)
6 Places
4.8
(1.16)
19.1
(.75)
17.5
Y
73.1(2.88)
74.6(2.94)
92.1(3.63)
116(4.57)
Min. Pitch : 125(4.92)
A B
X
17.5
(.69)
29.5
(1.16)
T P
Y
A B
X
Class
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page
Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line") 634
MRA-10-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", Internal Pilot-)
Internal Drain Type) 640
Reducing Valves MPB-10-*-30/3090
(for "B-Line") 634
MRB-10-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", External Pilot-)
External Drain Type) 640
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 637
MSA-10-X-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", External Pilot-)
Internal Drain Type) 640
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-in) 637
MSA-10-Y-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A&B-Lines", Internal Pilot-)
Internal Drain Type) 640
Throttle and Check Valves MPW-10-*-30/3090
Flow Control Valves
MSB-10-X-30/3090
Bolt Kits
644
MBK-10-*-10/1090
Throttle and Check Valves
(for "B-Line", Metre-in) 637
MSB-10-Y-30/3090 Because drain ports "V" and "W" are not provided for solenoid
controlled pilot operated directional valves of Pressure Centred Type
(3H*) and models with Pilot Piston (P*), those valves cannot be
Throttle and Check Valves used in combination with modular valves.
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 637
MSW-10-X-30/3090
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa(PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MR*-10-A-30/3090 250 (66)
B 25 (3630)
MR*-10-C-30/3090 800 (211)
H
In the pressure adjustment ranges "A" and "B", maximum flow rates are
limited by the pressure setting on the secondary side.
Referring to the secondary pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics on
the following page, use the valve at the maximum flow rate within a
zone highlighted with .
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
P T Y X B A
MRB-10
350
Pressure Drop
40 300 2.0
A,B&T-Line
P
0.2
20
Pressure Drop
1.5
200
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min 1.0
100
0.5
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min
.5
2.0
1.8
Nominal Override Characteristics
F
1.6 MR*-10-B/C/H
.4 Primary Pressure 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
1.4
Pilot Flow
1.2
.3 MR*-10-A
1.0 PSI MPa MR -10-H
3000 21
*
.2 0.8 2900
.1
MR*-10-C/H
0.2 2000 14
0 1900
0 13
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
MR*-10-A
1000 7
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 900
3500 6
Differential Pressure MR*-10-B/C/H
(Primary Pres. - Secondary Pres.) MR*-10-A
100 0.7
90
0.6
125 500
MR*-10-B
100 400
75 300
66 250
47.6 180
25 100 MR*-10-A
0 0
0 0.7 1 2 3 4 MPa
View Arrow Z
205(8.07)
MRP-10 Secondary Pressure
Pressure Adj. Screw
7 Gauge Connection
14(.55) Hex. INC.
(.28) "C" Thd.
230.5(9.07)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
6 Places 20 190.5 42 Lock Nut
(.79) (7.50) (1.65)
(.79)
76 14(.55) Hex.
20
(2.99)
Fully Extended
99(3.90)
(2.95)
75
199(7.83)
205(8.07)
(6.26)
MRA-10 T P Y
159
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
X
A B
"D"Thd.16(.63)Deep 62 114
(4.49)
(.28)
2 Places (2.44)
7
205(8.07)
120(4.72)
MRB-10
45(1.77)
Secondary Pressure Z
7
(.28) Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
(.24)
6(.24) Dia.
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.
MR*-10-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr M8
MR*-10-*-3090 1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC
MRP-10-*-30/3090 12
4 14 18 3 11 1 21 16
MRA-10-*-30/3090 13
MRB-10-*-30/3090 10
5
17
9
18
Y Y
11
6
21 2 19 22 20 7
8
15
List of Seals
Section Y-Y
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
17 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 1
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4
Included in Seal Kit
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 2
Kit No.: KS-MRP-10-10
20 O-Ring SO-NB-P40 4
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P44 2
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-10-*-30/3090
MSB-10-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 800 (211)
MSW-10-*-30/3090
F:
Special Seals MSA : Throttle and Check Valves
for A-Line
for Phosphate X : Metre-out
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
Metre-out Metre-in
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or
anti-clockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MSB-10-X MSB-10-Y
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MSW-10-X MSW-10-Y
P
0.6
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 Throttle Closed
40 P&T-Lines 150 1.0
0.2
20
0 100
0 0.5
0 200 400 600 800 L /min 50 Throttle Fully Open
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM 0 200 400 600 800 L /min
Flow Rate
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
700 P=14(2030)
1.5 175
200
Pressure Drop
P=10(1450)
600
150 150 P=7(1020)
1.0
500
125
Flow Rate
100
0.5 100 400
50 P=5(730)
0 75 300 P=3(435)
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min 200 P=2(290)
50
P=1(145)
25 100
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM P=0.5(70)
0 0
Flow Rate
0 2 4 68 10 12 14 15.3
(Fully Open)
Turn of Flow Adj. Screw
(.79)
20 76 "D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep
(2.99) 2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw T P Y
(3.54)
Flow Adj. Screw
199(7.83)
159(6.26)
90
(for B-Line) X
T P Y A B
10(.39) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
(for A-Line) X
A
INC. Approx. Mass............ 35 kg (77.2 lbs.)
B
10(.39) Hex. For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-10" drawing left.
Fully Extended 114
INC. 103(4.06) (4.49)
Fully Extended 436(17.17) MSB-10- X -30/3090
205 Y
(8.07) Fully Extended 378(14.88)
45
(4.72)
120
(1.77)
F
(.24)
T P Y
6
6(.24) Dia.
MSW-10-X ------ 75(2.95)
MSW-10-Y ------ 45(1.77)
X
A B
Model Numbers "D" Thd.
MS*-10-*-30 M8
Approx. Mass............ 35 kg (77.2 lbs.)
MS*-10-*-3090 5/16-18 UNC For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-10" drawing left.
Approx. Mass............ 35.7 kg (78.7 lbs.)
11 8 13
MSW-10-*-30/3090
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPA-10*-*-*-30/3090
MPB-10*-*-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 800 (211)
MPW-10-*-30/3090
Graphic Symbols
Pilot-Drain Internal Pilot- Exnternal Pilot- External Pilot-
type
Model No. Internal Drain Type External Drain Type Internal Drain Type
MPA-10
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MPB-10
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MPW-10
P T Y X B A
MPW-10-*
P
2.0 1.5
200
250
Pressure Drop
P
A-Line: MPB-10
100
1.0 0.5
100 P&T-Line 0
0.5 0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
PP P1
300 2.0 600 4.0
Pressure Drop
(.79)
76
20
6 Places
(2.99)
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep
2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
(7.83)
(6.26)
199
159
T P Y
X
A B
45 114
(1.77) (4.49)
205(8.07)
320(12.60)
MP*-10-*-30 M8
MP*-10-*-3090 5/16-18 UNC
(.24)
6(.24) Dia.
45 (14.33) 90
(3.54) Pilot Port "C" Thd.
(1.77)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
90(3.54)
50(1.97)
Thread Size
MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot- Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
Internal Drain Type
324 205(8.07) MPA-10-*-*-30 Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
(12.76) Pilot Port "C" Thd.
45 90
(1.77) (3.54) MPA-10-*-*-3090 3/8 NPT
MPA-10S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.95)
75
MPB-10S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.95)
75
Internal Pilot-
Internal Drain Type
8 13 5 2 7 4 1 3 6
10 9 12
External Pilot-
External Drain Type
13 1 3 15 19 20 11 14 17 16 18
MPA-10*-*-X-30/3090 MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090
MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090 MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090